IOWA ADMINISTRATIVEBULLETIN
Published Biweekly VOLUME XXIII NUMBER 24 May 30,
2001 Pages 1789 to 1892
CONTENTS IN THIS ISSUE
Pages 1802 to 1884 include ARC 0676B to ARC
0720B
AGENDA
Administrative rules review committee 1794
ALL AGENCIES
Schedule for rule making 1792
Publication procedures 1793
Administrative rules on CD–ROM 1793
Agency identification numbers 1800
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Filed, Violator/shock probation programs,
20.18 ARC
0698B 1845
DELAY
Public Health Department[641]
Radioactive waste
transportation,
38.8(11) Delay 1885
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Dental assistants—expanded
function
registration, 20.6(3) ARC 0720B 1802
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Notice, Accreditation of schools and school
districts, 12.1
to 12.3, 12.5, 12.8
ARC 0718B 1802
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
Notice, Assisted living programs, 27.1, 27.8,
27.9 ARC
0706B 1808
EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENT
Executive Order Number 18 1886
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice, College graduates in social work—
specified
services provided without
experience requirement, 108.4(3),
185.10(1)
ARC 0688B 1810
Notice, Rehabilitative treatment and supportive
service
(RTSS) providers—independent audit,
185.102(4) ARC
0689B 1810
Filed, State training school—notification to
sex
offenders of duty to register and
complete risk assessment, 7.1, 7.5(4),
7.10(4),
103.31 to 103.35 ARC 0681B 1845
Filed, Food stamp program—claims, 65.21
ARC
0682B 1849
Filed, Medicaid—payment for drugs used for
weight
loss, 78.1(2), 78.28(1) ARC 0683B 1849
Filed, Medicaid—reimbursement for local
education
agency services, 78.50
ARC 0684B 1850
Filed, Inpatient and outpatient services—
payments to
hospitals from graduate medical
education and disproportionate share
fund,
79.1(5), 79.1(16) ARC 0685B 1851
Filed, Review—founded child abuse reports
and
criminal convictions, amendments to
chs 107 to 110, 113, 157, 170,
200
ARC 0686B 1858
Filed Emergency, College graduates in
social
work—specified services provided without
experience
requirement, 108.4(3), 185.10(1)
ARC 0687B 1843
INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY
DEPARTMENT[471]
Notice, Information technology operational
standards, ch 12
ARC 0700B 1811
Filed, Information technology development
strategies and
activities, ch 15 ARC 0699B 1859
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Filed, Birth centers, 52.3, 52.4(4), 52.5(1),
52.8(1),
52.9, 52.10 ARC 0696B 1860
Filed, Quality–based inspection, ch 66
ARC
0695B 1861
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Filed, Fees, ch 8 ARC 0710B 1862
Filed, Permanent physician licensure; mandatory
reporting
and grounds for discipline, ch 9,
12.40(5) ARC 0708B 1862
Filed, Resident, special and temporary physician
licensure,
ch 10 ARC 0707B 1864
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653] (Cont’d)
Filed, Continuing education and mandatory
training for
identifying and reporting abuse,
ch 11 ARC 0709B 1865
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
NATURAL RESOURCES
DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Notice, Waivers or variances from administrative
rules, ch
11 ARC 0713B 1812
Notice, State parks and recreation areas; state
forest
camping, 61.2 to 61.6, 61.9, 61.12,
62.7, 62.8 ARC
0715B 1813
Filed, Wild turkey fall hunting by residents,
ch 99 ARC
0714B 1867
Filed, Deer hunting by residents, ch 106
ARC
0711B 1867
PETROLEUM UST FUND BOARD,
IOWA
COMPREHENSIVE[591]
Filed, Waivers and variances, ch 16
ARC
0719B 1873
PRESERVES, STATE ADVISORY BOARD FOR[575]
NATURAL RESOURCES
DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Notice, Update of references; types of
preserves;
management of preserves, 1.1 to 1.8, 2.1, 2.2
ARC
0712B 1819
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Dietitians, chs 79, 80; 81.6“5,”
81.10;
chs 82, 83 ARC 0703B 1820
Notice, Speech pathologists and audiologists,
chs 299, 300;
rescind ch 302; 303.3(2), 303.6,
303.10; chs 304, 305 ARC
0705B 1825
Filed, Nursing home administrators,
ch 141; rescind ch 142;
143.6, 143.10(4);
chs 144, 145 ARC 0704B 1874
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Delay, Radioactive waste
transportation,
38.8(11) 1885
Filed, Notification and surveillance of
reportable
diseases, rescind chs 1 to 3; adopt ch 1
ARC
0691B 1879
Filed, Radiation, amendments to chs 38, 39,
41, 42, 45
ARC 0694B 1879
Filed, Special supplemental nutrition program
for women,
infants, and children (WIC),
73.2, 73.7 to 73.9, 73.11(2), 73.19
ARC
0692B 1880
Filed, Variances and waivers of public
health
administrative rules, ch 178 ARC 0693B 1881
PUBLIC HEARINGS
Summarized list 1797
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
Notice, Waivers, variances, and exceptions,
5.1(5), 5.15,
10.1, 10.222 ARC 0717B 1831
Notice, Sex offender registry—criminal
transmission
of HIV, 8.302(11)“i”
ARC 0676B 1836
Notice, Fee schedule—building code plan
reviews,
16.131(2)“c” ARC 0678B 1837
Filed Emergency, Sex offender registry—
criminal
transmission of HIV, 8.302(11)“i”
ARC 0677B 1843
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Public Notice 1837
Notice, Multilevel marketers—audit by
department,
4.1(4)“b”(1) ARC 0702B 1838
Filed, Tax exemptions—dyed fuel, motor
fuel,
cigarettes, and tobacco products, 68.3,
68.8(18),
82.4(5)“b,” 83.4, 83.10, 83.11(2),
84.2 ARC
0701B 1881
SOIL CONSERVATION DIVISION[27]
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP
DEPARTMENT[21]“umbrella”
Filed, Waiver or variance of rules, ch 8
ARC
0690B 1882
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGY
COMMISSION,
IOWA[751]
Filed, Uniform waiver and variance rules, ch 16,
17.6
ARC 0716B 1883
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Notice, Vehicle registration and certificate of
title,
400.3(2), 400.7, 400.8, 400.13, 400.19,
400.28, 400.44(2), 400.45,
400.60(2),
400.70, 400.71, 405.3(2), 405.6(3)
ARC
0697B 1839
Filed, Iowa scenic byway program, 132.1,
132.5 ARC
0680B 1883
USURY
Notice 1841
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice, Service of filings on office of consumer
advocate,
1.8(4)“c” ARC 0679B 1841
PUBLISHED UNDER
AUTHORITY OF IOWA
CODE SECTIONS 2B.5 AND
17A.6
__________________________________
PREFACE
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is published biweekly in
pamphlet form pursuant to Iowa Code chapters 2B and 17A and contains Notices of
Intended Action on rules, Filed and Filed Emergency rules by state agencies.
It also contains Proclamations and Executive Orders of the
Governor which are general and permanent in nature; Economic Impact Statements
to proposed rules and filed emergency rules; Objections filed by Administrative
Rules Review Committee, Governor or the Attorney General; and Delay by the
Committee of the effective date of filed rules; Regulatory Flexibility Analyses
and Agenda for monthly Administrative Rules Review Committee meetings. Other
“materials deemed fitting and proper by the Administrative Rules Review
Committee” include summaries of Public Hearings, Attorney General Opinions
and Supreme Court Decisions.
The Bulletin may also contain Public Funds Interest Rates
[12C.6]; Workers’ Compensation Rate Filings [515A.6(7)]; Usury
[535.2(3)“a”]; Agricultural Credit Corporation Maximum Loan Rates
[535.12]; and Regional Banking—Notice of Application and Hearing
[524.1905(2)].
PLEASE NOTE: Italics indicate new material
added to existing rules; strike through letters indicate
deleted material.
Subscriptions and Distribution Telephone:
(515)242–5120
Fax: (515)242–5974
KATHLEEN K. BATES, Administrative Code
Editor Telephone: (515)281–3355
STEPHANIE A. HOFF, Assistant
Editor (515)281–8157
Fax: (515)281–4424
SUBSCRIPTION
INFORMATION
Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is sold as a separate
publication and may be purchased by subscription or single copy. All
subscriptions will expire on June 30 of each year. Subscriptions must be paid
in advance and are prorated quarterly.
July 1, 2000, to June 30, 2001 $264.00 plus
$15.84 sales tax
Iowa Administrative
Code
The Iowa Administrative Code and Supplements are sold in
complete sets and subscription basis only. All subscriptions for the Supplement
(replacement pages) must be for the complete year and will expire on June 30 of
each year.
Prices for the Iowa Administrative Code and its Supplements
are as follows:
Iowa Administrative Code - $1,210.31 plus $72.62 sales
tax
(Price includes 22 volumes of rules and index, plus a
one–year subscription to the Code Supplement and the Iowa Administrative
Bulletin.)
Iowa Administrative Code Supplement - $425.61 plus
$25.54 sales tax
(Subscription expires June 30, 2001)
All checks should be made payable to the Iowa State Printing
Division. Send all inquiries and subscription orders to:
Customer Service Center
Department of General Services
Hoover State Office Building, Level A
Des Moines, IA 50319
Telephone: (515)242–5120
Schedule for Rule
Making
2001
NOTICE SUBMISSION
DEADLINE
|
NOTICE PUB.
DATE
|
HEARING OR COMMENTS 20
DAYS
|
FIRST POSSIBLE ADOPTION
DATE 35 DAYS
|
ADOPTED FILING DEADLINE
|
ADOPTED PUB.
DATE
|
FIRST POSSIBLE
EFFECTIVE DATE
|
POSSIBLE EXPIRATION OF NOTICE 180
DAYS
|
Dec. 22 ’00
|
Jan. 10 ’01
|
Jan. 30 ’01
|
Feb. 14 ’01
|
Feb. 16 ’01
|
Mar. 7 ’01
|
Apr. 11 ’01
|
July 9 ’01
|
Jan. 5
|
Jan. 24
|
Feb. 13
|
Feb. 28
|
Mar. 2
|
Mar. 21
|
Apr. 25
|
July 23
|
Jan. 19
|
Feb. 7
|
Feb. 27
|
Mar. 14
|
Mar. 16
|
Apr. 4
|
May 9
|
Aug. 6
|
Feb. 2
|
Feb. 21
|
Mar. 13
|
Mar. 28
|
Mar. 30
|
Apr. 18
|
May 23
|
Aug. 20
|
Feb. 16
|
Mar. 7
|
Mar. 27
|
Apr. 11
|
Apr. 13
|
May 2
|
June 6
|
Sept. 3
|
Mar. 2
|
Mar. 21
|
Apr. 10
|
Apr. 25
|
Apr. 27
|
May 16
|
June 20
|
Sept. 17
|
Mar. 16
|
Apr. 4
|
Apr. 24
|
May 9
|
May 11
|
May 30
|
July 4
|
Oct. 1
|
Mar. 30
|
Apr. 18
|
May 8
|
May 23
|
May 25
|
June 13
|
July 18
|
Oct. 15
|
Apr. 13
|
May 2
|
May 22
|
June 6
|
June 8
|
June 27
|
Aug. 1
|
Oct. 29
|
Apr. 27
|
May 16
|
June 5
|
June 20
|
June 22
|
July 11
|
Aug. 15
|
Nov. 12
|
May 11
|
May 30
|
June 19
|
July 4
|
July 6
|
July 25
|
Aug. 29
|
Nov. 26
|
May 25
|
June 13
|
July 3
|
July 18
|
July 20
|
Aug. 8
|
Sept. 12
|
Dec. 10
|
June 8
|
June 27
|
July 17
|
Aug. 1
|
Aug. 3
|
Aug. 22
|
Sept. 26
|
Dec. 24
|
June 22
|
July 11
|
July 31
|
Aug. 15
|
Aug. 17
|
Sept. 5
|
Oct. 10
|
Jan. 7 ’02
|
July 6
|
July 25
|
Aug. 14
|
Aug. 29
|
Aug. 31
|
Sept. 19
|
Oct. 24
|
Jan. 21 ’02
|
July 20
|
Aug. 8
|
Aug. 28
|
Sept. 12
|
Sept. 14
|
Oct. 3
|
Nov. 7
|
Feb. 4 ’02
|
Aug. 3
|
Aug. 22
|
Sept. 11
|
Sept. 26
|
Sept. 28
|
Oct. 17
|
Nov. 21
|
Feb. 18 ’02
|
Aug. 17
|
Sept. 5
|
Sept. 25
|
Oct. 10
|
Oct. 12
|
Oct. 31
|
Dec. 5
|
Mar. 4 ’02
|
Aug. 31
|
Sept. 19
|
Oct. 9
|
Oct. 24
|
Oct. 26
|
Nov. 14
|
Dec. 19
|
Mar. 18 ’02
|
Sept. 14
|
Oct. 3
|
Oct. 23
|
Nov. 7
|
Nov. 9
|
Nov. 28
|
Jan. 2 ’02
|
Apr. 1 ’02
|
Sept. 28
|
Oct. 17
|
Nov. 6
|
Nov. 21
|
Nov. 23
|
Dec. 12
|
Jan. 16 ’02
|
Apr. 15 ’02
|
Oct. 12
|
Oct. 31
|
Nov. 20
|
Dec. 5
|
Dec. 7
|
Dec. 26
|
Jan. 30 ’02
|
Apr. 29 ’02
|
Oct. 26
|
Nov. 14
|
Dec. 4
|
Dec. 19
|
Dec. 21
|
Jan. 9 ’02
|
Feb. 13 ’02
|
May 13 ’02
|
Nov. 9
|
Nov. 28
|
Dec. 18
|
Jan. 2 ’02
|
Jan. 4 ’02
|
Jan. 23 ’02
|
Feb. 27 ’02
|
May 27 ’02
|
Nov. 23
|
Dec. 12
|
Jan. 1 ’02
|
Jan. 16 ’02
|
Jan. 18 ’02
|
Feb. 6 ’02
|
Mar. 13 ’02
|
June 10 ’02
|
Dec. 7
|
Dec. 26
|
Jan. 15 ’02
|
Jan. 30 ’02
|
Feb. 1 ’02
|
Feb. 20 ’02
|
Mar. 27 ’02
|
June 24 ’02
|
Dec. 21
|
Jan. 9 ’02
|
Jan. 29 ’02
|
Feb. 13 ’02
|
Feb. 15 ’02
|
Mar. 6 ’02
|
Apr. 10 ’02
|
July 8 ’02
|
Jan. 4 ’02
|
Jan. 23 ’02
|
Feb. 12 ’02
|
Feb. 27 ’02
|
Mar. 1 ’02
|
Mar. 20 ’02
|
Apr. 24 ’02
|
July 22 ’02
|
PRINTING SCHEDULE FOR IAB
|
ISSUE NUMBER
|
SUBMISSION DEADLINE
|
ISSUE DATE
|
26
|
Friday, June 8, 2001
|
June 27, 2001
|
1
|
Friday, June 22, 2001
|
July 11, 2001
|
2
|
Friday, July 6, 2001
|
July 25, 2001
|
PLEASE
NOTE:
Rules will not be accepted after 12 o’clock noon
on the Friday filing deadline days unless prior approval has been received from
the Administrative Rules Coordinator’s office.
If the filing deadline falls on a legal holiday, submissions
made on the following Monday will be accepted.
PUBLICATION PROCEDURES
TO: Administrative Rules Coordinators and Text Processors of
State Agencies
FROM: Kathleen K. Bates, Iowa Administrative Code
Editor
SUBJECT: Publication of Rules in Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Administrative Code Division uses Interleaf 6 to publish
the Iowa Administrative Bulletin and can import documents directly from most
other word processing systems, including Microsoft Word, Word for Windows (Word
7 or earlier), and WordPerfect.
1. To facilitate the processing of rule–making
documents, we request a 3.5” High Density (not Double Density) IBM
PC–compatible diskette of the rule making. Please indicate on each
diskette the following information: agency name, file name, format used for
exporting, and chapter(s) amended. Diskettes may be delivered to the
Administrative Code Division, First Floor South, Grimes State Office Building or
included with the documents submitted to the Governor’s Administrative
Rules Coordinator.
2. Alternatively, if you have Internet E–mail access,
you may send your document as an attachment to an E–mail message,
addressed to both of the following:
bcarr@legis.state.ia.us
kbates@legis.state.ia.us
Please note that changes made prior to publication of the
rule–making documents are reflected on the hard copy returned to agencies
by the Governor’s office, but not on the diskettes; diskettes are returned
unchanged.
Your cooperation helps us print the Bulletin more quickly and
cost–effectively than was previously possible and is greatly
appreciated.
______________________
IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE RULES and IOWA COURT RULES on
CD–ROM
2000 WINTER EDITION
Containing: Iowa Administrative Code (updated through
December 2000)
Iowa Administrative Bulletins (July 2000 through
December 2000)
Iowa Court Rules (updated through December
2000)
For free brochures and order forms contact:
Legislative Service Bureau
Attn: Ms. Stephanie
Cox
State Capitol
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
Telephone:
(515)281–3566 Fax:
(515)281–8027
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us
AGENDA
The Administrative Rules Review Committee will hold a special
meeting on Tuesday, June 5, 2001, at 10 a.m. and Wednesday, June 6, 2001, at 9
a.m. in Senate Committee Room 116, State Capitol, Des Moines, Iowa. The
following rules will be reviewed:
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Violator/shock probation programs, 20.18,
Filed ARC 0698B 5/30/01
CREDIT UNION DIVISION[189]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Uniform waiver and variance rules, ch 23,
Notice ARC 0672B 5/16/01
DEAF SERVICES DIVISION[429]
HUMAN RIGHTS
DEPARTMENT[421]“umbrella”
Waiver rules, ch 10, Filed ARC
0663B 5/16/01
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Dental assistants—expanded function
registration, 20.6(3)“a,” Notice ARC
0720B 5/30/01
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Accreditation of schools and school districts, ch
12 preamble, 12.1(1), 12.1(12), 12.2, 12.3(6) to 12.3(12),
12.5(8),
12.5(19), 12.5(20), 12.8(1), 12.8(3),
Notice ARC 0718B 5/30/01
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
Assisted living programs, 27.1, 27.8, 27.9,
Notice ARC 0706B 5/30/01
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
NATURAL RESOURCES
DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Onsite wastewater treatment system assistance
program, ch 93, Filed ARC 0667B 5/16/01
Removal and disposal of polychlorinated biphenyls
(PCBs) from white goods prior to processing, ch 118, Notice ARC
0668B 5/16/01
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Eldora training school—notification to
sexual offenders of duty to register and complete
risk
assessment, 7.1, 7.5(4)“f,” 7.10(4)“d,” ch 103 division
I, 103.1 to 103.30, ch 103 division II,
103.31 to 103.35,
Filed ARC 0681B 5/30/01
Food stamp program—claims, 65.21(4) to
65.21(6), Filed ARC 0682B 5/30/01
Medicaid—payment for drugs used for weight
loss, 78.1(2)“a”(2) and (3), 78.28(1)“d”(20)
Filed ARC 0683B 5/30/01
Medicaid reimbursement—modified
price–based case–mix system for non–state–owned nursing
facilities, 78.1(2)“b,”
78.3(13), 78.3(14),
78.3(16), 78.6(1)“a” and “b,” 78.9(10)“a”(1)
and (2), 78.10(4)“b,” 78.11,
78.19(1)“a”(1),
78.24,
78.28(9)“a”(1) and (2), 79.1, 79.1(2), 79.1(9),
80.2(2)“u” and “am,” 81.1, 81.3(2),
81.6,
81.6(3) to 81.6(5), 81.6(9)“a,”
81.6(11)“h”(4), 81.6(12)“e,” 81.6(14) to 81.6(19),
81.10(1), 81.10(2),
81.10(4)“f” and
“h,” 81.10(7)“a” to “c,” 81.20(1), 81.31,
Notice ARC 0671B 5/16/01
Medicaid reimbursement for local education agency
services, 78.50, Filed ARC 0684B 5/30/01
Payments to hospitals from graduate medical
education and disproportionate share fund, 79.1(5)“a” and
“b,”
79.1(5)“d”(2),
79.1(5)“e”(1) to
(4), 79.1(5)“f”(1) and (2), 79.1(5)“k,” “m,”
“o,” “v,” “w,” “y” and
“ab,” 79.1(16)“a,”
79.1(16)“e”(2),
79.1(16)“f,”
“i” to “k,” “m,” “p,”
“q” and “v,” Filed ARC
0685B 5/30/01
Sex offender registry checks and evaluation of
founded child abuse reports and criminal convictions
for
registrants and licensees, 107.4(5), 108.8(1)“c”(13),
108.9(4)“d,” 109.6(6),
110.7(3), 110.31,
113.13, 157.3(1)“b,” 170.4(3)“h,”
200.4(1)“b” and c,” Filed ARC
0686B 5/30/01
Exemption from experience requirements for
graduates with a bachelor’s degree in social
work,
108.4(3)“b” to “e,”
185.10(1)“a”(2) to (7), Notice ARC 0688B, also
Filed Emergency ARC 0687B 5/30/01
Independent audit of rehabilitative treatment and
support service (RTSS) providers, 185.102(4), Notice ARC
0689B 5/30/01
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT[471]
Information technology operational standards, ch
12, Notice ARC 0700B 5/30/01
Information technology development strategies and
activities, ch 15, Filed ARC 0699B 5/30/01
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Birth centers, 52.3, 52.4(4),
52.5(1)“n,” 52.8(1)“a,” 52.9(2), 52.9(4)“h,”
52.10“1” to “7,” 52.10(4)“b”(10),
Filed ARC 0696B 5/30/01
Quality–based inspection, ch 66,
Filed ARC 0695B 5/30/01
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Fees, ch 8, Filed ARC
0710B 5/30/01
Permanent physician licensure, ch 9, 12.40(5),
Filed ARC 0708B 5/30/01
Resident, special and temporary physician
licensure, ch 10, Filed ARC 0707B 5/30/01
Continuing education and mandatory training for
identifying and reporting abuse, ch 11, Filed ARC
0709B 5/30/01
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
NATURAL RESOURCES
DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Waivers or variances from administrative rules,
ch 11, Notice ARC 0713B 5/30/01
State parks and recreation areas; state forest
camping, 61.2, 61.3(1), 61.3(1)“c” and “j” to
“l,” 61.3(3)“b,”
61.3(5),
61.3(5)“b,” “g” and
“i,” 61.3(6), 61.3(6)“c,” 61.4, 61.4(1)“a,”
“b” and “g,” 61.4(3), 61.4(3)“b,”
“e,” “i,” “l,” “n,” and
“o,”
61.4(4), 61.4(4)“a” and
“b,” 61.4(5)“a”(1), 61.4(5)“b,”
61.4(6)“b”(4) to (8), 61.4(7), 61.5, 61.5(5)“a” and
“d,”
61.5(6), 61.5(8)“b,”
61.5(8)“b”(1) to (4), 61.5(8)“b”(4)“1,”
61.5(8)“b”(5) and (6), 61.5(10), 61.5(13) to
61.5(15),
61.6, 61.6(1), 61.6(3), 61.9, 61.9(8),
61.9(11), 61.9(16), 61.9(18), 61.12, 62.7, 62.8, Notice ARC
0715B 5/30/01
Wild turkey fall hunting by residents, ch 99,
Filed ARC 0714B 5/30/01
Deer hunting by residents, ch 106, Filed
ARC 0711B 5/30/01
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
Layoffs, reorganization, and recall of employees,
10.2, 11.3, 11.3(1) to 11.3(6),
11.3(8),
14.2(2)“l” and “m,”
14.3(10), Notice ARC 0675B 5/16/01
IPERS, 21.1(6), 21.5(1)“a”(19),
21.6(9)“d”(6), 21.8(9), 21.11(6), 21.13(10)“d,”
21.22(2), 21.22(3),
21.24(17),
21.29(2)“a”(1), 21.30(3),
21.31(1), 21.31(4), 21.31(8), 21.31(12), 21.31(13), Filed ARC
0670B 5/16/01
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK FUND BOARD, IOWA
COMREHENSIVE[591]
Waivers and variances, ch 16, Filed
ARC 0719B 5/30/01
PRESERVES, STATE ADVISORY BOARD FOR[575]
NATURAL RESOURCES
DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Organization and operation; management of state
preserves, 1.2 to 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, Notice ARC
0712B 5/30/01
PROFESSIONAL LICENSING AND REGULATION
DIVISION[193]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Investigatory subpoenas; contested cases, chs 6,
7, Filed ARC 0669B 5/16/01
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Dietetic examiners, adopt chs 79, 80;
81.6“5,” 81.10(2), 81.10(3); adopt chs 82, 83, Notice
ARC 0703B 5/30/01
Nursing home administrator examiners, adopt ch
141; rescind ch 142; 143.6“3” and “5,”
143.10(4)“b”;
adopt chs 144, 145,
Filed ARC 0704B 5/30/01
Speech pathology and audiology examiners, adopt
chs 299, 300; rescind ch 302; 303.3(2)“g,” 303.6,
303.10;
adopt chs 304, 305, Notice ARC
0705B 5/30/01
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Notification and surveillance of reportable
diseases; ophthalmia prophylactics; clinical
laboratories,
rescind chs 1 to 3, adopt new ch 1,
Filed ARC 0691B 5/30/01
Radiation, 38.1(2), 38.2, 39.1(3), 39.1(5),
41.1(1), 41.1(3)“a,” 41.1(3)“a”“1” to
“3,” 41.1(7)“c”(2),
41.2(22)“b,”
41.2(41)“e,”
41.2(67) to 41.2(73), 41.3(2), 41.3(18)“a”(4)“2,”
41.3(18)“a”(7)“2,”
41.3(18)“e”(1)“3,”
41.3(18)“f”(5)“2”
and “3,” 41.6(1), 42.3(3)“a,” 45.1(1),
45.2(6)“a”(2), 45.4(1)“b” and “c,”
45.4(3)“a,”
45.4(6)“c” and
“d,” 45.4(10)“c” and “d,”
45.4(11)“b,” “c,” “e,” and “h,”
Filed ARC 0694B 5/30/01
Special supplemental nutrition program for women,
infants, and children (WIC), 73.2, 73.7(2)“b,”
73.7(3)“c,”
73.8(1), 73.8(3)“c”
and “d,” 73.8(4)“a” to “c,” 73.8(5),
73.9(2)“c”(1), 73.9(3)“d” to “f” and
“j,”
73.11(2)“a,”
73.19(1)“b” and “g,” Filed ARC
0692B 5/30/01
Variances and waivers of public health
administrative rules, ch 178, Filed ARC
0693B 5/30/01
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
Waivers, variances, and exceptions, 5.1(5), 5.15,
10.1, 10.222, Notice ARC 0717B 5/30/01
Iowa sex offender registry—list of
aggravated offenses, 8.302(11)“i,” Notice ARC
0676B,
also Filed Emergency ARC
0677B 5/30/01
Fee schedule for building code plan review,
16.131(2)“c,” Notice ARC
0678B 5/30/01
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]“umbrella”
Contested cases; track and excursion boat
licensees’ responsibilities; occupational and vendor licensing; greyhound
racing;
thoroughbred and quarter horse racing; gambling
games; accounting and cash control, 4.4(3), 4.7, 4.42(3), 4.48,
5.3,
5.4(4), 5.4(16), 5.5(8), 5.6(3),
6.2(1)“m,” 6.2(5), 6.7, 6.8, 6.16(1), 7.1, 7.2(2),
7.2(2)“a,” 7.2(3)“a” and
“b,”
7.2(4)“c,”
7.3(1)“a,” 7.3(3)“b” to “i,”
7.3(4)“a” and “b,” 7.3(5), 7.3(7)“a,”
7.3(9)“b,” 7.3(15)“a” to
“c,”
7.4(7), 7.5(2)“a,”
“e,” “h,” and “l,” 7.7(1), 7.7(10),
7.7(12)“b,” 7.9(2), 7.9(8)“a,” 7.12(10),
7.14(2)“a,” 7.14(3)“a,”
10.1,
10.4(5)“b” and “d,” 10.4(5)“i”(1) and (4),
10.4(5)“j,” 10.4(8)“b”(3), 10.4(11)“j,”
10.5(1)“a”(27),
10.5(2)“g,”
10.5(2)“j”(3),
10.5(2)“r”(2) and (5), 10.5(2)“s,”
10.5(2)“v”(4)“4,” 10.5(3)“a”(5),
10.6(2)“c”(1), 10.6(2)“e,” “i” and
“k,”
10.6(6)“a” and
“b,” 10.6(7), 10.6(12), 10.6(18)“a”(1)“3,”
10.7(1)“f,” 10.7(2)“a,” 10.7(3)“a,” 11.4(1),
11.13(3)“d”(1),
12.3(1)“b”(1) and
(3), 12.3(1)“c” and “d,” 12.3(2), 12.13, 12.14,
12.16(2), Filed ARC 0665B 5/16/01
Harness racing, ch 9, Filed ARC
0666B 5/16/01
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Audit of multilevel marketers,
4.1(4)“b”(1), Notice ARC
0702B 5/30/01
Tax exemptions—dyed fuel, motor fuel,
cigarettes and tobacco, 68.3, 68.8(18),
82.4(5)“b,”
83.4, 83.10, 83.11(2), 84.2,
Filed ARC 0701B 5/30/01
Tobacco master settlement agreement, ch 85,
Notice ARC 0674B 5/16/01
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
Waiver and variance rules, ch 10, Filed
ARC 0664B 5/16/01
SOIL CONSERVATION DIVISION[27]
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP
DEPARTMENT[21]“umbrella”
Waiver or variance of rules, ch 8, Filed
ARC 0690B 5/30/01
STATUS OF WOMEN DIVISION[435]
HUMAN RIGHTS
DEPARTMENT[421]“umbrella”
Iowans in transition, 5.1, Filed
ARC 0673B 5/16/01
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGY COMMISSION,
IOWA[751]
Uniform waiver and variance rules, ch 16, rescind
17.6, Filed ARC 0716B 5/30/01
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Scenic byway program, 132.1(2), 132.1(3),
132.5(1), 132.5(2), 132.5(4) to 132.5(7), Filed ARC
0680B 5/30/01
RISE program, 163.1, 163.8(2)“i,”
163.9(2)“h,” 163.9(6)“c,” 163.11(2)“a,”
Notice ARC 0662B 5/16/01
Vehicle registration and certificate of title;
salvage, 400.3(2), 400.7, 400.7(2), 4007.(4)“f” to
“j,”
400.7(10), 400.13(3)“b,”
400.13(5), 400.19(1), 400.19(2), 400.44(2),
400.45(2),
400.45(3), 400.60(2), 400.71,
405.3(2)“c,” 405.6(3), Notice ARC
0697B 5/30/01
General aviation hangar revolving loan fund, ch
718, Notice ARC 0661B 5/16/01
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Service of filings on office of consumer
advocate, 1.8(4)“c,” Notice ARC
0679B 5/30/01
ADMINISTRATIVE RULES REVIEW COMMITTEE
MEMBERS
Regular statutory meetings are held the second
Tuesday of each month at the seat of government as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.8. A special meeting may be called by the Chair at any place in the state
and at any time.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Terms ending April 30,
2003.
Senator Merlin E. Bartz
2081 410th Street
Grafton, Iowa 50440
|
Representative Clyde Bradley
835 Blackhawk Lane
Camanche, Iowa 52730
|
Senator Patricia M. Harper
3336 Santa Maria Drive
Waterloo, Iowa 50702
|
Representative Danny Carroll
244 400th Avenue
Grinnell, Iowa 50112
|
Senator JoAnn Johnson
1405 Court Street
Adel, Iowa 50003
|
Representative Marcella R. Frevert
3655 450th Avenue
Emmetsburg, Iowa 50536
|
Senator John P. Kibbie
P.O. Box 190
Emmetsburg, Iowa 50536
|
Representative Janet Metcalf
12954 Oak Brook Drive
Urbandale, Iowa 50323
|
Senator Sheldon Rittmer
3539 230th Street
DeWitt, Iowa 52742
|
Representative Paul Scherrman
104 Michigan Avenue, Box 309
Farley, Iowa 52046
|
Joseph A. Royce
Legal Counsel
Capitol, Room 116A
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
Telephone (515)281–3084
Fax (515)281–5995
|
Brian Gentry
Administrative Rules Coordinator
Governor’s Ex Officio Representative
Capitol, Room 11
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
|
PUBLIC HEARINGS
To All Agencies:
The Administrative Rules Review Committee voted to request
that Agencies comply with Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b” by allowing
the opportunity for oral presentation (hearing) to be held at least twenty
days after publication of Notice in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
AGENCY
|
HEARING LOCATION
|
DATE AND TIME OF HEARING
|
CREDIT UNION DIVISION[189]
|
|
Uniform waiver and variance rules, ch 23 IAB 5/16/01
ARC 0672B
|
Conference Room, Suite 370 200 E. Grand Ave. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
June 5, 2001 1 p.m.
|
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]
|
|
Expanded function dental assistant, 20.6(3) IAB 5/30/01
ARC 0720B
|
Conference Room, Suite D 400 SW Eighth St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
June 19, 2001 3 to 4 p.m.
|
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
|
|
Accreditation of schools and school districts, 12.1 to
12.3, 12.5, 12.8 IAB 5/30/01 ARC 0718B
|
Library, Wilson Junior High School 715 N. 21 St. Council
Bluffs, Iowa
|
June 27, 2001 7 to 9:30 p.m.
|
|
Media Center, Hoover High School 4800 Aurora Ave. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
July 12, 2001 7 to 9:30 p.m.
|
|
Media Center, West High School 3505 W. Locust Davenport,
Iowa
|
August 13, 2001 7 to 9:30 p.m.
|
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
|
|
Assisted living programs, 27.1, 27.8, 27.9 IAB 5/30/01
ARC 0706B
|
Room 316 Hotel Fort Des Moines 10th and Walnut Des
Moines, Iowa
|
June 19, 2001 10 a.m.
|
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
|
|
Discarded appliance demanufacturing, ch 118 IAB 5/16/01
ARC 0668B
|
Fifth Floor Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
June 5, 2001 2 p.m.
|
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
|
|
Price–based case–mix system for reimbursing
non–state–owned nursing facilities for Medicaid
recipients, 78.1(2), 78.3, 78.6(1), 78.9(10), 78.10(4), 78.11, 78.19(1),
78.24, 78.28(9), 79.1, 80.2(2), 81.1, 81.3(2), 81.6, 81.10, 81.20(1),
81.31 IAB 5/16/01 ARC 0671B
|
Seventh Floor Conference Room Iowa Bldg. 411 Third St.
SE Cedar Rapids, Iowa
|
June 6, 2001 9 a.m.
|
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
(Cont’d)
|
|
|
ICN Conference Room 417 E. Kanesville Blvd. Council
Bluffs, Iowa
|
June 6, 2001 9 a.m.
|
|
Large Conference Room, Fifth Floor Bicentennial
Bldg. 428 Western Davenport, Iowa
|
June 6, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Conference Room 102 City View Plaza 1200
University Des Moines, Iowa
|
June 6, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Liberty Room, Mohawk Square 22 N. Georgia Ave. Mason
City, Iowa
|
June 6, 2001 11 a.m.
|
|
Conference Room 3 120 E. Main Ottumwa, Iowa
|
June 6, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Fifth Floor 520 Nebraska St. Sioux City, Iowa
|
June 6, 2001 1:30 p.m.
|
|
Rooms 213/215 Pinecrest Office Bldg. 1407 Independence
Ave. Waterloo, Iowa
|
June 6, 2001 10 a.m.
|
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT[471]
|
|
Informational technology operational standards, ch
12 IAB 5/30/01 ARC 0700B
|
Director’s Conference Room Level B, Hoover State
Office Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
June 19, 2001 10 to 11 a.m.
|
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
|
|
Game management areas, 51.3(1), 51.5(3), 51.9, 51.10 IAB
5/2/01 ARC 0651B
|
Fifth Floor East Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
June 6, 2001 1 p.m.
|
State parks and recreation areas; state forest
camping, 61.2 to 61.6, 61.9, 61.12, 62.7, 62.8 IAB 5/30/01 ARC
0715B
|
Fourth Floor East Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
June 21, 2001 9 a.m.
|
Unprotected nongame—garter snakes and timber
rattlesnakes, 76.1(2) IAB 5/2/01 ARC 0652B
|
Fifth Floor East Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
June 6, 2001 1 p.m.
|
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
|
|
Layoffs, reorganization or recall of employees, 10.2,
11.3, 14.2(2), 14.3(10) IAB 5/16/01 ARC 0675B
|
Grimes North Conference Room First Floor Grimes State
Office Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
June 5, 2001 9 a.m.
|
PRESERVES, STATE ADVISORY BOARD FOR[575]
|
|
Organization and operation; management of state
preserves, 1.1 to 1.4, 2.1, 2.2 IAB 5/30/01 ARC 0712B
|
Fourth Floor Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
June 21, 2001 10 a.m.
|
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
|
|
Dietetic examiners, chs 79, 80; 81.6, 81.10; chs 82,
83 IAB 5/30/01 ARC 0703B
|
Fifth Floor Board Conference Room Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
June 20, 2001 9 to 11 a.m.
|
Speech pathology and audiology examiners, chs 299,
300; rescind ch 302; 303.3(2), 303.6, 303.10; chs 304, 305 IAB 5/30/01
ARC 0705B
|
Fifth Floor Board Conference Room Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
June 20, 2001 9 to 11 a.m.
|
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
|
|
Waivers, variances, and exceptions, 5.1(5), 5.15, 10.1,
10.222 IAB 5/30/01 ARC 0717B
|
Third Floor Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
June 22, 2001 10:30 a.m.
|
Criminal justice information— aggravated offense,
8.302(11) IAB 5/30/01 ARC 0676B (See also ARC
0677B herein)
|
Third Floor Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
June 22, 2001 9:30 a.m.
|
Fees for building code plan reviews, 16.131(2) IAB
5/30/01 ARC 0678B
|
Third Floor Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
June 22, 2001 10 a.m.
|
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
|
|
RISE program—brownfield sites, 163.1, 163.8(2),
163.9, 163.11(2) IAB 5/16/01 ARC 0662B
|
Commission Conference Room 800 Lincoln Way Ames,
Iowa
|
June 7, 2001 11 a.m. (If
requested)
|
Vehicle registration and certificate of title; salvage,
400.3(2), 400.7, 400.8, 400.13, 400.19, 400.28, 400.44(2), 400.45, 400.60(2),
400.70, 400.71, 405.3(2), 405.6(3) IAB 5/30/01 ARC 0697B
|
DOT Conference Room Park Fair Mall 100 Euclid
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
June 21, 2001 10 a.m. (If
requested)
|
General aviation hangar revolving loan fund, ch 718 IAB
5/16/01 ARC 0661B
|
Commission Conference Room 800 Lincoln Way Ames,
Iowa
|
June 7, 2001 10 a.m. (If
requested)
|
AGENCY IDENTIFICATION
NUMBERS
Due to reorganization of state government by 1986 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1245, it was necessary to revise the agency identification numbering
system, i.e., the bracketed number following the agency name.
“Umbrella” agencies and elected officials are set
out below at the left–hand margin in CAPITAL letters.
Divisions (boards, commissions, etc.) are indented and set out
in lowercase type under their statutory “umbrellas.”
Other autonomous agencies which were not included in the
original reorganization legislation as “umbrella” agencies are
included alphabetically in small capitals at the left–hand margin, e.g.,
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101].
The following list will be updated as changes occur:
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP DEPARTMENT[21]
Agricultural Development Authority[25]
Soil Conservation Division[27]
ATTORNEY GENERAL[61]
AUDITOR OF STATE[81]
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101]
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
CITIZENS’ AIDE[141]
CIVIL RIGHTS COMMISSION[161]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]
Alcoholic Beverages Division[185]
Banking Division[187]
Credit Union Division[189]
Insurance Division[191]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
Accountancy Examining Board[193A]
Architectural Examining Board[193B]
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board[193C]
Landscape Architectural Examining Board[193D]
Real Estate Commission[193E]
Real Estate Appraiser Examining Board[193F]
Savings and Loan Division[197]
Utilities Division[199]
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Parole Board[205]
CULTURAL AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[221]
Arts Division[222]
Historical Division[223]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
City Development Board[263]
Iowa Finance Authority[265]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Educational Examiners Board[282]
College Student Aid Commission[283]
Higher Education Loan Authority[284]
Iowa Advance Funding Authority[285]
Libraries and Information Services Division[286]
Public Broadcasting Division[288]
School Budget Review Committee[289]
EGG COUNCIL[301]
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
EMPOWERMENT BOARD, IOWA[349]
ETHICS AND CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE BOARD,
IOWA[351]
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL[361]
FAIR BOARD[371]
GENERAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT[401]
HUMAN INVESTMENT COUNCIL[417]
HUMAN RIGHTS DEPARTMENT[421]
Community Action Agencies Division[427]
Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning Division[428]
Deaf Services Division[429]
Persons With Disabilities Division[431]
Latino Affairs Division[433]
Status of African–Americans, Division on
the[434]
Status of Women Division[435]
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT[471]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Employment Appeal Board[486]
Foster Care Review Board[489]
Racing and Gaming Commission[491]
State Public Defender[493]
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
LIVESTOCK HEALTH ADVISORY
COUNCIL[521]
MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT[541]
Appeal Board, State[543]
City Finance Committee[545]
County Finance Committee[547]
NARCOTICS ENFORCEMENT ADVISORY
COUNCIL[551]
NATIONAL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE, IOWA COMMISSION
ON[555]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]
Energy and Geological Resources Division[565]
Environmental Protection Commission[567]
Natural Resource Commission[571]
Preserves, State Advisory Board[575]
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK
FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
PREVENTION OF DISABILITIES POLICY
COUNCIL[597]
PUBLIC DEFENSE DEPARTMENT[601]
Emergency Management Division[605]
Military Division[611]
PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS BOARD[621]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Substance Abuse Commission[643]
Professional Licensure Division[645]
Dental Examiners Board[650]
Medical Examiners Board[653]
Nursing Board[655]
Pharmacy Examiners Board[657]
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
RECORDS COMMISSION[671]
REGENTS BOARD[681]
Archaeologist[685]
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Lottery Division[705]
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
SEED CAPITAL CORPORATION,
IOWA[727]
SHEEP AND WOOL PROMOTION BOARD,
IOWA[741]
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGY COMMISSION,
IOWA[751]
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Railway Finance Authority[765]
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
TURKEY MARKETING COUNCIL,
IOWA[787]
UNIFORM STATE LAWS
COMMISSION[791]
VETERANS AFFAIRS COMMISSION[801]
VETERINARY MEDICINE BOARD[811]
VOTER REGISTRATION
COMMISSION[821]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
Labor Services Division[875]
Workers’ Compensation Division[876]
Workforce Development Board and
Workforce Development
Center Administration Division[877]
NOTICES
ARC 0720B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 20, “Dental Assistants,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The purpose of the proposed amendment is to change the
eligibility criteria for dental assistants applying for expanded function
registration beginning July 1, 2002. The amendment eliminates the requirement
that a person must have either two years of experience as a registered dental
assistant or be a current certified dental assistant (CDA) with six months of
dental assisting experience. The amendment would require that a person have
either two years of clinical dental assisting experience or be a current CDA,
without any additional clinical experience. To receive the CDA credential, a
person must already have a certain level of clinical experience in order to
challenge the examination or have received clinical experience as part of the
accredited dental assisting education program. Requiring two years of clinical
dental assisting experience instead of two years of experience as a registered
dental assistant will allow persons who are not CDAs to begin applying for
registration in expanded functions in the year 2002 instead of 2003. In
addition, the change makes the requirement consistent with the level of
experience needed to challenge the Dental Assisting National Board CDA
exam.
This amendment is subject to waiver or variance pursuant to
650—Chapter 7.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendment on or before June 19, 2001. Such written comments
should be directed to Jennifer Hart, Executive Officer, Board of Dental
Examiners, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4687.
E–mail may also be sent to jhart@bon.state.ia.us.
Also, there will be a public hearing on June 19, 2001, from 3
to 4 p.m. in the Conference Room, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa.
At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the
record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendment. Any person
who plans to attend the public hearing and who may have special requirements,
such as hearing or mobility impairments, should contact the Board and advise of
specific needs.
This amendment was approved at the April 26, 2001, regular
meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
17A, 147 and 153.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend subrule 20.6(3), paragraph
“a,” as follows:
a. To meet the qualifications of expanded function dental
assistant, applicants must:
(1) Have two years of clinical dental assisting
experience as a registered dental assistant; or
(2) Be a current certified dental assistant as defined by the
Dental Assisting National Board with six months of dental assisting
experience; and
(3) Have successfully completed a formal program in one or
more expanded functions within the previous two years of application as an
expanded function dental assistant or documentation of equivalent
out–of–state registration or education.
ARC 0718B
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT[281]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 256.7(5), the
State Board of Education hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter
12, “Accreditation of Schools and School Districts,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments create an accreditation process that
helps to ensure that all students, regardless of their background, achieve at
high levels and that schools and school districts provide welcoming and
supportive learning environments for all students.
These amendments reflect statutory provisions, and because of
their relationship to civil rights legislation, a waiver of this rule might
conflict with state and federal law.
Any interested party may make written suggestions or comments
on the proposed amendments on or before August 13, 2001. Written materials
should be directed to TomAndersen, Bureau of Administration and School
Improvement Services, Iowa Department of Education, Grimes State Office
Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0146, or by fax (515)281–7700, or
by E–mail to tom.andersen@ed.state. ia.us. Persons who wish to
convey their views orally should contact the Bureau of Administration and School
Improvement Services at (515)281–8170 or at the Bureau offices on the
second floor of the Grimes State Office Building.
Public hearings on the proposed amendments will be held as
follows:
The first hearing will be held on June 27, 2001, from 7 to
9:30 p.m. in the Library, Wilson Junior High School, 715 North 21st Street,
Council Bluffs, Iowa.
The second hearing will be held on July 12, 2001, from 7 to
9:30 p.m. in the Media Center, Hoover High School, 4800 Aurora Avenue, Des
Moines, Iowa.
The third hearing will be held on August 13, 2001, from 7 to
9:30 p.m. at the Media Center, West High School, 3505 West Locust, Davenport,
Iowa.
At the hearings, persons will be asked to give their names and
addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
amendments.
Any person who intends to attend a public hearing and requires
special accommodations for specific needs should contact the Bureau of
Administration and School Improvement Services at (515)281–8170 at least
five business days prior to the hearing date.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
19B.11, 19B.12, 216.9, 256.7(21), 279.8, 280.3,and 729A.1; and 20 U.S.C. Section
794, 20 U.S.C. Sections 1400 ff., 20 U.S.C. Section 1681, 20 U.S.C. Sections
1701–1721, 42 U.S.C. Sections 2000 c and d, and 42 U.S.C. Section
11432.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend 281—Chapter
12, Preamble, as follows:
PREAMBLE
The goal for the early childhood through twelfth grade
educational system in Iowa is to improve the learning, achievement,
and performance and citizenship of all students so they
become successful members of a community and workforce. It is expected that each
school and school district shall continue to improve its inclusive
educational system so that more all students will
increase their learning, achievement, and performance.
Accreditation focuses on an ongoing school improvement process
for schools and school districts. However, general accreditation standards are
the minimum requirements that must be met by an Iowa public school district to
be accredited. A public school district that does not maintain accreditation
shall be merged, by the state board of education, with one or more contiguous
school districts as required by Iowa Code subsection 256.11(12). A nonpublic
school must meet the general accreditation standards if it wishes to be
designated as accredited for operation in Iowa.
General accreditation standards are intended to fulfill the
state’s responsibility for making available providing
an appropriate educational program that has in a safe
and civil learning environment with high expectations for all students in
Iowa. The accreditation standards ensure that each child has access to an
educational program that meets the needs and abilities of the child regardless
of race, color, national origin, gender, disability, religion, creed,
marital status, geographic location, or socioeconomic background
color, creed, disability, gender, marital status, national origin, race,
religion, sexual orientation, or socioeconomic status.
With local community input and collaboration, school
districts and accredited nonpublic schools shall incorporate accountability for
student achievement into comprehensive school improvement plans designed to
increase the learning, achievement, and performance and
citizenship of all students. As applicable, and to the extent possible,
comprehensive school improvement plans shall consolidate federal and state
program goal setting, planning, and reporting requirements. Provisions for
multicultural and gender fair education, technology integration, global
education, gifted and talented students, at–risk students, students with
disabilities, and the professional development of all staff shall be
incorporated, as applicable, into the comprehensive school improvement plan.
See subrules 12.5(8) to 12.5(13), 12.7(1), and 12.8(1).
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 12.1(1),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
12.1(1) Schools and school districts governed by
general accreditation standards. These standards govern the accreditation of
all prekindergarten, if offered, or kindergarten through grade 12 school
districts operated by public school corporations and the accreditation, if
requested, of prekindergarten or kindergarten through grade 12 schools operated
under nonpublic auspices. Schools and school districts shall take action to
ensure that all students are provided with equitable opportunity in programs,
courses, and activities and that all students are free from discriminatory acts
and practices on the basis of color, creed, disability, gender, marital status,
national origin, race, or religion. Each school district
Schools and school districts shall take affirmative steps to integrate
students in attendance centers, educational programs,
and courses, and activities on the basis of
disability, gender, national origin, race and socioeconomic status as stated in
subrules 12.1(12) and 12.5(20). Schools and school districts shall
collect and annually review district, attendance center, and course enrollment
data on the basis of race, national origin, gender, and disability. Equal
opportunity in programs shall be provided to all students regardless of race,
color, national origin, gender, disability, religion, or
creed.
Nothing in this rule these rules shall
be construed as prohibiting any bona fide religious institution from imposing
qualifications based upon religion when such qualifications are related to a
bona fide religious purpose.
ITEM 3. Adopt new subrule
12.1(12) as follows:
12.1(12) Inclusive schools. Schools and
school districts shall take affirmative steps to include students in attendance
centers on the basis of disability, gender, national origin, race and
socioeconomic status. These steps shall be taken to help ensure high levels of
achievement for all students. Schools and school districts shall collect and
annually review district and attendance center enrollments on the basis of
disability, gender, race, and socioeconomic status in order to monitor
schools’ and school districts’ progress toward inclusion.
The affirmative steps to increase student achievement by
including students shall be an integral part of long–range and annual
planning and shall include the following:
a. Facilities and student enrollment. Schools and
school districts shall consider the impact that decisions related to
construction, remodeling and closing schools, the drawing of attendance
boundaries, the development of vertical feeder systems, student transportation,
intradistrict transfer policies, the placement of specialized programs
and services, and access to technological resources will have on the isolation
of students on the basis of disability, gender, national origin, race, or
socioeconomic status.
b. Resource allocation. Schools and school districts shall
ensure the equitable distribution of resources across all geographic areas of
the school district. Equitable does not necessarily mean equal resources. It
means the distribution of resources necessary to achieve the same student
learning goals in every school attendance center. Resources means the assets,
financial and nonfinancial, available to a school or school district. Examples
of resource allocation that do not affect finances include the use of
volunteers, the reassignment of more experienced teachers, and the use of
federal and community resources.
c. Educational alternatives. Schools and school districts
shall provide educational alternatives that create opportunities for students,
parents, and families to make voluntary, informed choices to participate in
inclusive schools and inclusive educational programs. Alternatives could
include, but are not limited to, extended school year, block scheduling, and
magnet programs within individual schools in the arts, science and technology,
foreign language, multicultural/international studies, business, speech and
writing.
d. Community outreach. Schools and school districts shall
engage the community, parents, family members, and students from diverse
backgrounds in planning and implementing integration strategies within the
context of the broader involvement of the community in school improvement as
required in paragraph 12.8(1)“a.” Schools and school districts are
strongly encouraged to communicate and collaborate with community housing
authorities, business, labor, faith–based organizations, health and human
services providers, other governmental agencies, the media, and higher education
representatives within the community.
e. Climate and student support services. Schools and school
districts shall implement strategies for making schools welcoming and supportive
for diverse learners as an integral part of the school improvement
process.
f. Collaboration. Collaboration to implement joint strategies
that contribute to better understanding and relationships among students from
diverse backgrounds is strongly encouraged between:
(1) Desegregating school districts and the school districts
contiguous to them;
(2) Racially isolated school districts and the school
districts contiguous to them; and
(3) Inclusive attendance centers and isolated attendance
centers within the same school district.
If, after the first five of the above affirmative steps
have been taken to include students in attendance centers on the basis of
disability, national origin, race, and socioeconomic status, isolated
attendance centers still exist, schools and school districts shall implement the
steps outlined in subrule 12.8(1).
ITEM 4. Amend rule 281—12.2(256)
as follows:
Amend the following definitions:
“Comprehensive school improvement plan” means a
design that shall describe how the school or school district will increase
student learning, achievement, and performance as well as foster citizenship
skills for all students. This ongoing improvement design may
address more than student learning, achievement, and
performance.
“School improvement advisory committee” means a
committee, as defined in Iowa Code section 280.12, that is appointed by the
board. Committee membership shall include students, parents, teachers,
administrators, and representatives from the local community which may include
business, industry, labor, community agencies, higher education, or other
community constituents. To the extent possible, committee membership shall have
balanced representation of the following: race, gender, national origin,
and disability disability, gender, national origin and race.
The school improvement advisory committee as defined by Iowa Code section 280.12
and the board are also part of, but not inclusive of, the local
community.
“Subgroups” means a subset of the student
population that has a common characteristic. Subgroups include, but are not
limited to, gender, race, students with disabilities, and
disability, English language learner, gender, race,
or socioeconomic status.
Adopt the following new definitions in
alphabetical order:
“Diversity” means the variety of characteristics
that make individuals unique including age, color, creed, disability, gender,
marital status, national origin, race, religion, sexual orientation, and
socioeconomic status.
“English language learner” means a student whose
primary language is one other than English and whose inability or limited
ability to speak, write, or read English significantly impedes the
student’s educational progress and achievement.
“Harassment” means verbal, nonverbal, or physical
conduct based on an employee’s actual or perceived age, or a
student’s or employee’s color, creed, disability, gender, marital
status, national origin, race, religion, sexual orientation, or socioeconomic
status and which has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with a
student’s educational performance or an employee’s employment or of
creating an intimidating, hostile, or abusive educational or employment
environment.
“Inclusion” means the acts of a school or school
district to welcome, physically include, and provide supportive learning and
working environments for all students and employees regardless of their age (age
applies to employees only), color, creed, disability, gender, marital status,
national origin, race, religion, sexual orientation, or socioeconomic
status.
“Sexual harassment” means unwelcome sexual
advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal and physical conduct of a
sexual nature when:
1. Submission to such conduct is made either explicitly or
implicitly a term or condition of a person’s employment or advancement or
of a student’s participation in school programs or activities;
or
2. Submission to or rejection of such conduct by an employee
or student is used as a basis for decisions affecting the employee or student;
or
3. Such conduct has the purpose or effect of unreasonably
interfering with an employee’s or student’s performance or creating
an intimidating or hostile working or learning environment.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 12.3(6) as
follows:
12.3(6) Student responsibility and discipline. The
board shall adopt student responsibility and discipline policies as required by
Iowa Code section 279.8. The board shall involve parents, students,
instructional and noninstructional professional staff, and community members in
the development and revision of those policies where practicable or unless
specific policy is mandated by legislation. The policies shall relate to the
educational purposes of the school or school district. The policies shall
include, but are not limited to, the following: attendance; use of tobacco; the
use or possession of alcoholic beverages or any controlled substance;
student–to–student harassment; harassment of or by
students and staff; violent, destructive, and seriously
disruptive behavior; suspension, expulsion, emergency removal, weapons, and
physical restraint; out–of–school behavior; participation in
extracurricular activities; academic progress; and citizenship.
The policies shall ensure due process rights for students and
parents, including consideration for students who have been identified as
requiring special education programs and services.
The board shall also consider the potential, disparate impact
of the policies on students because of race, color, national origin,
gender, disability, religion, creed, color, creed, disability,
gender, national origin, race, religion, or socioeconomic
background status. The board shall collect and
analyze suspension and expulsion data on the basis of disability, gender, and
race.
The board shall publicize its support of these policies; its
support of the staff in enforcing them; and the staff’s accountability for
implementing them.
ITEM 6. Adopt new subrules
12.3(7) to 12.3(9) as follows and renumber existing subrules 12.3(7) to
12.3(9) as 12.3(10) to 12.3(12):
12.3(7) Student discrimination and harassment.
Schools and school districts shall develop policies and practices to ensure that
students are free from discriminatory acts and practices on the basis of color,
creed, disability, gender, marital status, national origin, race, or religion.
Schools or school districts also shall develop policies and practices to ensure
that students are free from harassment which is sexual in nature or based upon
color, creed, disability, gender, marital status, national origin, race,
religion, or sexual orientation.
12.3(8) Employee discrimination and harassment.
Schools and school districts shall develop policies and practices to ensure that
employees and applicants for employment are free from discriminatory acts and
practices on the basis of age, color, creed, disability, gender, marital status,
national origin, race, or religion.
Schools and school districts also shall develop policies and
practices to ensure that all employees and applicants for employment are free
from harassment which is sexual in nature or based upon age, color, creed,
disability, gender, marital status, national origin, race, religion, or sexual
orientation.
12.3(9) Staff diversity. School districts
shall take steps to hire and retain employees of diverse backgrounds so as to
provide role models and better ensure high academic achievement for all students
as required by Iowa Code section 19B.11.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 12.5(8) as
follows:
12.5(8) Multicultural and gender fair approaches to
the educational program. The board shall establish a policy to ensure
that students are free from discriminatory practices in the educational
program as required by Iowa Code section 256.11 multicultural,
gender fair approaches are used across the entire educational program. In
developing or revising the policy, parents, students, instructional and
noninstructional staff, and community members from diverse backgrounds
shall be involved. Each school or school district shall incorporate
multicultural and gender fair goals for the educational program into its
comprehensive school improvement plan. Incorporation shall include the
following:
a. Multicultural approaches to the educational
program. These shall be defined as approaches which foster knowledge of, and
respect and appreciation for, the historical and contemporary contributions of
diverse cultural groups, including race, color, national origin, gender,
disability, religion, creed, and socioeconomic background. The contributions
and perspectives of Asian Americans, African Americans, Hispanic Americans,
American Indians, European Americans, and persons with disabilities shall be
included in the program.
b. Gender fair approaches to the educational program.
These shall be defined as approaches which foster knowledge of, and respect and
appreciation for, the historical and contemporary contributions of women and men
to society. The program shall reflect the wide variety of roles open to both
women and men and shall provide equal opportunity to both
sexes.
Schools and school districts shall incorporate into their
instructional strategies and curriculum multicultural gender fair approaches to
the educational program which shall be defined as approaches which foster
knowledge of the historical and contemporary contributions of men and women from
diverse racial and ethnic groups and persons with disabilities. The program
shall also include the wide variety of career and life roles available to men
and women from diverse racial and ethnic groups and persons with
disabilities.
In addition, schools and school districts shall incorporate
into their instructional strategies and curriculum content and activities
related to the responsibilities, rights, and respect for diversity which are
necessary for effective citizenship in a diverse community and global
economy.
ITEM 8. Adopt new subrule
12.5(19) as follows:
12.5(19) Homeless students. Each board shall have a
policy and implement practices that ensure that homeless children of school age
(as defined in rule 281—33.2(256)) have access to the same free and
appropriate education as is provided to other children including access to
transportation; that any residency requirements do not act as barriers to the
enrollment, attendance, or success of homeless children in schools; that
homelessness alone is not used as a reason to separate students from the
mainstream school environment; and that homeless children have access to
education and the necessary services to provide them with the opportunity to
meet the same student performance standards to which all students are
held.
ITEM 9. Adopt new subrule
12.5(20) as follows:
12.5(20) Isolated educational programs.
Schools and school districts shall take affirmative steps to include
students in educational programs, courses, and activities on the basis of
disability, gender, national origin, and race. Schools and school districts
shall collect and annually review educational program and course enrollment data
on the basis of disability, gender, and race in order to monitor schools’
and school districts’ progress toward inclusion. For the purposes of
these rules, a “disability isolated educational program” is an
educational program, course, or activity in which the enrollment of students
with disabilities is ten percentage points greater or less than the enrollment
of students with disabilities in the school they attend. A “gender
isolated educational program” is an educational program, course, or
activity in which the enrollment exceeds 80 percent for either males or females.
However, athletics and sex education programs are exempted by federal law from
compliance (34 CFR 106.41; 20 U.S.C. 1681; 34 CFR 106.9). A “racially
isolated educational program” is an educational program, course, or
activity in which the aggregate enrollment of minority students is ten
percentage points greater or less than the aggregate enrollment of minority
students in the school they attend.
Having an isolated program as defined in this subrule does
not, in and of itself, constitute noncompliance with these rules. When
educational programs, courses, and activities are identified as isolated on the
basis of disability, gender, and race, schools and school districts
shall:
a. Review their student assignment and program policies,
practices, and content to ensure that they are not causing or contributing to
the isolation;
b. Take specific steps to encourage integration or the
enrollment of students who have not traditionally been included or involved;
and
c. Demonstrate, in the case of disability isolation when the
isolation is found to be due to student assignment and program policies, that
the degree of isolation is consistent with the “least restrictive learning
environment” for the students involved and that the existing isolation is
conducive to improved student learning.
ITEM 10. Amend subrule 12.8(1) as
follows:
12.8(1) Comprehensive school improvement. The general
accreditation standards are minimum, uniform requirements. However, the
department encourages schools and school districts to go beyond the minimum with
their work toward ongoing improvement. As a means to this end, local
comprehensive school improvement plans shall be specific to a school or school
district and designed, at a minimum, to increase the learning, achievement, and
performance of all students in inclusive learning environments.
As a part of ongoing improvement in its educational system,
the board shall adopt a written comprehensive school improvement plan designed
for continuous school, parental, and community involvement in the development
and monitoring of a plan that is aligned with school or school district
determined needs.
If, after the affirmative steps outlined in subrule
12.1(12) have been implemented, isolated attendance centers stillexist, the
existence of such isolated attendance centers shall not, in and of itself,
constitute noncompliance with theserules. For the purposes of these rules, a
“disability isolated attendance center” means an attendance center
in which the enrollment of students with disabilities is more than 20 percentage
points greater than the percentage of students with disabilities enrolled in the
district as a whole. A “racially isolated attendance center” means
an attendance center in which the aggregate minority enrollment of the
attendance center is more than 20 percentage points greater than the aggregate
minority enrollment of the district as a whole. A “socioeconomically
isolated attendance center” means an attendance center in which the
enrollment of students who are eligible for free or reduced–price lunches
exceeds 75 percent. However, if within such isolated attendance centers there
are significantly higher percentages of students achieving at the
“low” performance level than there are in the district as a whole,
the school or school district shall take the following steps in its
comprehensive school improvement plan:
1. Review its student assignment policies and practices to
ensure that they are not causing or contributing to the isolation;
2. Take specific steps to encourage enrollment of students
who have traditionally not been enrolled in the attendance center;
3. In the case of disability isolation caused by student
assignment or program policies, show that the degree of isolation is consistent
with the “least restrictive learning environment” for the students
involved and that the existing isolation is contributing to improved student
learning.
4. Develop a school improvement plan for each isolated
attendance center that contains annual improvement goals and
activities;
5. Allocate existing resources in a manner that will assist
the students in isolated attendance centers to progress toward the same academic
achievement goals that have been set for other attendance centers in the
district; and
6. Provide ongoing documentation in the school’s or
school district’s annual progress report to show that the steps that have
been implemented have been effective in reducing the differences in achievement
that may exist between the isolated attendance centers and other attendance
centers in the district.
Comprehensive school improvement plans The
plan shall incorporate, to the extent possible, the consolidation of
federal and state planning, goal setting, and reporting requirements. The plan
shall contain, but is not limited to, the following components:
a. Community involvement.
(1) Local community. The school or school district shall
involve the local community in decision–making processes as appropriate.
The school or school district shall seek input from the local community about,
but not limited to, the following elements at least once every five
years:
1. Statement of philosophy, beliefs, mission, or
vision;
2. Major educational needs; and
3. Student learning goals.
(2) School improvement advisory committee. To meet
requirements of Iowa Code section 280.12(2), the board shall appoint and charge
a school improvement advisory committee to make recommendations to the board.
Based on the committee members’ analysis of the needs assessment data,
they the committee shall make recommendations to the
board about the following components:
1. Major educational needs;
2. Student learning goals; and
3. Long–range goals that include, but are not limited
to, the state indicators that address reading, mathematics, and science
achievement.
(3) At least annually, the school improvement advisory
committee shall also make recommendations to the board with regard to, but not
limited to, the following:
1. Progress achieved with the annual improvement goals for the
state indicators that address reading, mathematics, and science in subrule
12.8(3);
2. Progress achieved with other locally determined core
indicators; and
3. Annual improvement goals for the state indicators that
address reading, mathematics, and science achievement.
b. Data collection, analysis, and goal setting.
(1) Policy. The board shall adopt a policy for conducting
ongoing and long–range needs assessment processes. This policy shall
ensure involvement of and communication with the local community regarding its
expectations for adequate preparation for all students as responsible citizens
and successful wage earners. The policy shall include provisions for keeping
the local community regularly informed of progress on state indicators as
described in subrule 12.8(3), other locally determined indicators within the
comprehensive school improvement plan as required by Iowa Code section 280.12,
and the methods a school district will use to inform kindergarten through grade
3 parents of their individual child’s performance biannually as described
in 1999 Iowa Acts, House File 743 Iowa Code chapter
256D. The policy shall describe how the school or school district shall
provide opportunities for local community feedback on an ongoing
basis.
(2) Long–range data collection and analysis. The
long–range needs assessment process shall include provisions for
collecting, analyzing, and reporting information derived from local, state, and
national sources. The process shall include provisions for reviewing
information acquired over time on the following:
1. State indicators and other locally determined
indicators;
2. Locally established student learning goals; and
3. Specific data collection required by federal and state
programs.
Schools and school districts shall also collect information
about additional factors influencing student achievement which may include, but
are not limited to, demographics, attitudes, health, and other risk
factors.
(3) Long–range goals. The board, with input from its
school improvement advisory committee, shall adopt long–range goals to
improve student achievement in at least the areas of reading, mathematics, and
science. When significant differences exist between and among subgroups on
state indicator achievement data, the school or school district shall establish
goals to close the achievement gaps.
(4) Annual data collection and analysis. The ongoing needs
assessment process shall include provisions for collecting and analyzing annual
assessment data on the state indicators, other locally determined indicators,
and locally established student learning goals.
(5) Annual improvement goals. The board, with input from its
school improvement advisory committee, shall adopt annual improvement goals
based on data from at least one districtwide assessment. The goals shall
describe desired annual increase in the curriculum areas of, but not limited to,
mathematics, reading, and science achievement for all students, for particular
subgroups of students, or both. Annual improvement goals may be set for the
early intervention program as described in subrule 12.5(18), other state
indicators, locally determined indicators, locally established student learning
goals, other curriculum areas, future student employability, or factors
influencing student achievement.
c. Content standards and benchmarks.
(1) Policy. The board shall adopt a policy outlining its
procedures for developing, implementing, and evaluating its total curriculum.
The policy shall describe a process for establishing content standards,
benchmarks, performance levels, and annual improvement goals aligned with needs
assessment information.
(2) Content standards and benchmarks. The board shall adopt
clear, rigorous, and challenging content standards and benchmarks in reading,
mathematics, and science to guide the learning of students from the date of
school entrance until high school graduation. Standards and benchmarks may be
adopted for other curriculum areas defined in 281—Chapter 12, Division V.
The comprehensive school improvement plan submitted to the department shall
contain, at a minimum, content standards for reading, mathematics, and science.
The educational program as defined in 281—Chapter 12, Division II, shall
incorporate career education, multicultural and gender fair education,
technology integration, global education, higher–order thinking skills,
learning skills, and communication skills as outlined in subrules 12.5(7),
12.5(8), 12.5(10), and 12.5(11), and subparagraph
12.8(1)“c”(1).
d. Determination and implementation of actions to meet the
needs. The comprehensive school improvement plan shall include actions the
school or school district shall take districtwide in order to accomplish its
long–range and annual improvement goals as required in Iowa Code
subsection 280.12(1)“b.”
(1) Actions shall include, but are not limited to, addressing
the improvement of curricular and instructional practices to attain the
long–range goals, annual improvement goals, and the early intervention
goals as described in subrule 12.5(18). Specific actions shall be taken to
decrease any significant gaps that exist in achievement data for subgroups as
defined in subrule 12.8(3).
(2) A school or school district shall document consolidation
of state and federal resources and requirements, as appropriate, to implement
the actions in its comprehensive school improvement plan. State and federal
resources shall be used, as applicable, to support implementation of the
plan.
(3) A school or school district may have building–level
action plans, aligned with its comprehensive school improvement plan in
attendance centers other than those that are defined as isolated. These may
be included in the comprehensive school improvement plan or kept on file at the
local level.
e. Evaluation of the comprehensive school improvement plan.
A school or school district shall develop strategies to collect data and
information to determine if the plan has accomplished the goals for which it was
established.
f. Assessment of student progress. Each school or school
district shall include in its comprehensive school improvement plan provisions
for districtwide assessment of student progress for all students. The plan
shall identify valid and reliable student assessments aligned with local content
standards. These assessments are not limited to commercially developed
measures. School districts receiving early intervention funding described in
subrule 12.5(18) shall provide for diagnostic reading assessments for
kindergarten through grade 3 students as described in 1999 Iowa Acts,
House File 743 Iowa Code chapter 265D.
(1) State indicators. Using at least one districtwide
assessment, a school or school district shall assess student progress on the
state indicators in, but not limited to, reading, mathematics, and science as
specified in subrule 12.8(3). At least one districtwide assessment shall allow
for, but not be limited to, the comparison of the school or school
district’s students with students from across the state and in the nation
in reading, mathematics, and science. A school or school district shall use
additional assessments to measure progress on locally determined content
standards in at least reading, mathematics, and
science.
(2) Performance levels. A school or school district shall
establish at least three performance levels on at least one districtwide valid
and reliable assessment in the areas of reading and mathematics for at least
grades 4, 8, and 11 and science in grades 8 and 11 or use the achievement levels
as established by the Iowa Testing Program to meet the intent of this
subparagraph (2).
g. Assurances and support. A school or school district shall
provide evidence that its board has approved and supports the five–year
comprehensive school improvement plan and any future revisions of that plan.
This assurance includes the commitment for ongoing improvement of the
educational system.
ITEM 11. Amend subrule 12.8(3) as
follows:
12.8(3) Annual reporting requirements. A
school or school district shall, at minimum, report annually to its local
community about the progress on the state indicators and other locally
determined indicators.
a. State indicators. A school or school district shall
collect data on the following indicators for reporting purposes:
(1) The percentage of all fourth, eighth, and eleventh grade
students achieving proficient or higher reading status using at least three
achievement levels and by gender, race, socioeconomic status, students
with disabilities by disability, English language learner status,
gender, race, socioeconomic status, and other subgroups as required by state
or federal law.
(2) The percentage of all fourth, eighth, and eleventh grade
students achieving proficient or higher mathematics status using at least three
achievement levels and for gender, race, socioeconomic status, students
with disabilities by disability, English language learner status,
gender, race, socioeconomic status, and other subgroups as required by state
or federal law.
(3) The percentage of all eighth and eleventh grade students
achieving proficient or higher science status using at least three achievement
levels.
(4) The percentage of students considered as dropouts for
grades 7 to 12 by gender, race, students with disabilities
by disability, gender, and race, and other subgroups as required by
state or federal law.
(5) The percentage of high school seniors who intend to pursue
postsecondary education/training.
(6) The percentage of high school students achieving a score
or status on a measure indicating probable postsecondary success. This measure
should be the measure used by the majority of students in the school, school
district, or attendance center who plan to attend a postsecondary
institution.
(7) The percentage of high school graduates who complete a
core program of four years of English–language arts and three or more
years each of mathematics, science, and social studies.
b. Annual progress report. Each school or school district
shall submit an annual progress report to its local community, its respective
area education agency, and the department. That report shall be submitted to the
department by September 15, 2000, and by September 15 every year thereafter.
The report shall include, but not be limited to, the following
information:
(1) Baseline data on at least one districtwide assessment for
the state indicators described in subrule 12.8(3). Every year thereafter the
school or school district shall compare the annual data collected with the
baseline data. A school or school district is not required to report to the
community about subgroup assessment results when a subgroup contains fewer than
ten students at a grade level. A school or school district shall report
districtwide assessment results for all enrolled and tuitioned–in
students.
(2) Locally determined performance levels for at least one
districtwide assessment in, at a minimum, the areas of reading, mathematics, and
science. Student achievement levels as defined by the Iowa Testing Program may
be used to fulfill this requirement.
(3) Long–range goals to improve student achievement in
the areas of, but not limited to, reading, mathematics, and science.
(4) Annual improvement goals based on at least one
districtwide assessment in, at a minimum, the areas of reading, mathematics, and
science. One annual improvement goal may address all areas, or individual
annual improvement goals for each area may be identified. When a school or
school district does not meet its annual improvement goals for one year, it
shall include in its annual progress report the actions it will take to meet
annual improvement goals for the next school year.
(5) Data on multiple assessments for reporting achievement for
all students in the areas of reading and mathematics by September 15, 2001, and
for science by September 15, 2003.
(6) Results by individual attendance centers, as appropriate,
on the state indicators as stated in subrule 12.8(3) and any other locally
determined factors or indicators. An attendance center, for reporting purposes,
is a building that houses students in grade 4 or grade 8 or grade 11.
(7) Results by individual attendance centers that have been
identified as isolated buildings as determined by subrule 12.8(1) regarding
building–level student achievement goals.
(7) (8) Progress with the use of
technology as required by Iowa Code section 295.3. This requirement does not
apply to accredited nonpublic schools.
(8) (9) School districts are
encouraged to provide information on the reading proficiency of kindergarten
through grade 3 students by grade level. However, all school districts
receiving early intervention block grant funds shall report to the department
the progress toward achieving their early intervention goals.
(9) (10) Other reports of progress as
the director of the department requires and other reporting requirements as the
result of federal and state program consolidation.
ARC 0706B
ELDER AFFAIRS
DEPARTMENT[321]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 231C.3, the
Department of Elder Affairs hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 27, “Assisted Living Programs,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The proposed amendments reorganize current structural
requirements and add safety measures to be taken when items such as locks and
kitchen appliances become hazardous to persons with cognitive impairment; add
requirements for new construction where preexisting structural limitations do
not exist to provide adequate space and a private bathroom to create a living
unit that affords tenants privacy and dignity; and add language allowing
modifications in the general assisted living structure requirements for assisted
living programs serving persons with dementia to meet the therapeutic
environmental needs of persons with dementia. The amendments to rule
321—27.9(231C) update cross references and add key life safety measures
for assisted living programs serving persons with dementia, such as a procedure
for responding to missing person reports and providing additional evacuation
time by using slower–burning building materials.
The proposed amendments to Chapter 27 will be subject to
waiver.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on the proposed amendments on or before June 19, 2001. Written comments should
be directed to Beth Bahnson, HCBS Division Administrator, Department of Elder
Affairs, 200 Tenth Street, Suite 300, Des Moines, Iowa
50309–3609.
Oral or written comments on these amendments may be submitted
at a public hearing to be held at 10 a.m. on Tuesday, June 19, 2001, in Room
316, Hotel Fort Des Moines, Tenth and Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa. At the hearing,
persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to
confine their remarks to the subject of these amendments.
Anyone who wishes to attend the hearing and has special
requirements such as hearing, vision, mobility impairments, or other special
needs should notify the Department of Elder Affairs no later than 4 p.m. on
Thursday, June 14, 2001. Notice may be provided in writing at the address above
or by telephone at (515)242–3325.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
231C.3.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
321—27.1(231C) by adopting the following new
definition in alphabetical order:
“Dementia–specific assisted living program”
means an assisted living program certified under this chapter that holds itself
out as providing special care for persons with cognitive impairment or dementia,
such as Alzheimer’s disease, in a dedicated setting.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 321—27.8(231C)
as follows:
321—27.8(231C) Structure.
27.8(1) General requirements.
a. The structure of the assisted living program shall
be designed and operated to meet the needs of the tenants.
27.8(2) b. Building and
grounds shall be well maintained, clean, safe and sanitary.
27.8(3) c. Assisted living
programs may shall have private dwelling units with a
single–action lockable doors entrance door.
An assisted living program serving persons with cognitive impairment or
dementia, whether in a general or dementia–specific setting, shall have
the means to disable or remove the lock and shall do so if the presence of the
lock presents a danger to the health and safety of the tenant.
and
d. Assisted living programs may have individual cooking
facilities within the private dwelling units. Any assisted living
program serving persons with cognitive impairment or dementia, whether in a
general or dementia–specific setting, shall have the means to disable or
easily remove appliances and shall do so if the presence of cooking appliances
presents a danger to the health and safety of the tenant.
27.8(4) 27.8(2) Dwelling
units.
a. For assisted living programs certified prior to July 4,
2001.
(1) Each dwelling unit shall have at least one room
which will have not less than 120 square feet of floor area. Other habitable
rooms shall have an area of not less than 70 square feet.
b. (2) Each dwelling unit shall have
not less than 190 square feet of floor area, excluding bathrooms.
c. (3) A dwelling unit used for double
occupancy shall have not less than 290 square feet of floor area, excluding
bathrooms.
27.8(5) (4) The assisted
living program shall have a minimum common area of 15 square feet per
tenant.
b. For new construction built on or after July 4,
2001.
(1) Each dwelling unit shall have at least one room that
will have not less than 120 square feet of floor area. Other habitable rooms
shall have an area of not less than 70 square feet.
(2) Each dwelling unit used for single occupancy shall have
a total square footage of not less than 240 square feet of floor area, excluding
bathrooms and door swing.
(3) A dwelling unit used for double occupancy shall have a
total square footage of not less than 340 square feet of floor area, excluding
bathrooms and door swing.
(4) Each dwelling unit shall contain a bathroom, including
but not limited to a toilet, sink and bathing facilities. An assisted living
program serving persons with cognitiveimpairment or dementia, whether in a
general or dementia–specific setting, shall have the means to disable or
remove the water control and shall do so if the presence of the water control
presents a danger to the health and safety of the tenant.
(5) The assisted living program shall have a minimum of 25
square feet of common space per tenant.
c. For a structure being converted to or rehabilitated for
use as an assisted living program on or after July 4, 2001.
(1) Each dwelling unit shall have at least one room that
has not less than 120 square feet of floor area. Other habitable rooms shall
have an area of not less than 70 square feet.
(2) Each dwelling unit used for single occupancy shall have
a total square footage of not less than 190 square feet of floor area, excluding
bathrooms and door swing.
(3) A dwelling unit used for double occupancy shall have
a total square footage of not less than
290 square feet of floor area, excluding bathrooms and door swing.
(4) The assisted living program shall have a minimum common
area of 15 square feet per tenant dedicated for use by assisted living program
tenants.
(5) Each dwelling unit shall have a bathroom, including but
not limited to a toilet, sink and bathing facility.
27.8(3) Dwelling units in
dementia–specific assisted living programs. Dementia–specific
assisted living programs are excepted from 27.8(2) as follows:
a. For an assisted living program built in a family or
neighborhood design.
(1) Each dwelling unit used for single occupancy shall have
total square footage of not less than 150 square feet of floor area, excluding a
bathroom;
(2) Each dwelling unit used for double occupancy shall have
total square footage of not less than 250 square feet of floor area, excluding a
bathroom; and
(3) The common areas shall be increased by the equivalent
of the waived square footage.
b. Self–closing doors are not required for individual
dwelling units or bathrooms.
c. Fire–retardant curtains are permitted in place of
doors for bathroom doorways within the dwelling units.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 321—27.9(231C)
as follows:
321—27.9(231C) Fire Life
safety.
27.9(1) The assisted living program shall have a
written emergency and fire safety procedure. An assisted living
program serving persons with cognitive impairment or dementia, whether in a
general or dementia–specific setting, shall also include written
procedures regarding appropriate staff response if a tenant with cognitive
impairment or dementia is missing.
27.9(2) The assisted living program
facility program’s structure and procedures shall meet the
fire life safety standards of the National Fire
Protection Association, 1994 edition, chapter 22 or 23 and referenced addenda,
as designated for this category in 661 IAC 5.626(231C) and such other
building and public safety codes as may apply to an assisted living program as
defined in Iowa Code section 231C.1, including but not limited to the Americans
with Disabilities Act, the Fair Housing Act, applicable regulations of the
Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and the rules pertaining to
accessibility contained in the Iowa State Building Code, administration section,
division 7, and 661 IAC 18.
27.9(3) The assisted living program shall
have the means to control the maximum temperature of water at sources accessible
by a tenant to prevent scalding and shall do so for tenants with cognitive
impairment or at tenant request.
27.9(4) Each sleeping room shall have a
minimum of 5.7 square feet of operable window in accordance with 661 IAC
5.52(1), exception 2. Waiver of this requirement must be granted by the state
fire marshal or designee.
27.9(5) Reserved.
27.9(6) Dementia–specific assisted
living programs built on or after July 4, 2001, shall also meet the following
life safety criteria:
a. Have an operating alarm system connected to each door
exiting the dementia–specific assisted living program; and
b. Be built at a minimum of Type V (111)
construction.
27.9(7) Visual and audible fire alarms shall
be installed in exit corridors and common spaces, and in tenant dwelling units
as required by the Americans with Disabilities Act. In cases where the visual
or audible alarm located in a fully accessible dwelling unit of a
dementia–specific assisted living program has been proven to be disruptive
to the evacuation of the dwelling unit’s tenant, the visual or audible
alarm may be disabled. Disabling an alarm shall require documentation
indicating why the tenant does not need the alarm in the dwelling unit and how
the tenant will be safely evacuated. Said documentation shall be maintained in
the record of the tenant occupying the accessible dwelling unit.
ARC 0688B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 234.6 and
238.16, the Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 108,
“Licensing and Regulation of Child–Placing Agencies,” and
Chapter 185, “Rehabilitative Treatment Services,” appearing in the
Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments allow college graduates who have a
bachelor’s degree in social work to provide specified services under the
Rehabilitative Treatment Services Program or through licensed
child–placing agencies without meeting the experience requirements
applicable to those who have a bachelor’s degree in a human services field
related to social work. Social work graduates have completed a practicum as
part of their education that provides experience in these types of
services.
The Board of Social Work Examiners has reviewed and approved
these changes. These changes will expand the pool of qualified applicants for
the providers of these services. Providers have indicated that locating
qualified staff is an issue in the current economy.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because the amendments confer a benefit by expanding the pool of
personnel qualified to provide these services.
The substance of these amendments is also Adopted and Filed
Emergency and is published herein as ARC 0687B. The purpose of this
Notice is to solicit comment on that submission, the subject matter of which is
incorporated by reference.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and
arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human
Services, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, on or
before June 20, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
234.6 and 234.38 and Iowa Code chapter 238.
ARC 0689B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 234.6, the
Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 185,
“Rehabilitative Treatment Services,” appearing in the Iowa
Administrative Code.
This amendment is intended to clarify the independent audit of
Rehabilitative Treatment and Supportive Service (RTSS) providers. The amendment
also:
• Changes the name of the
audit from “certified” audit to “independent” audit to
more accurately reflect industry terminology.
• Clarifies which legal
entity in a multi–entity organization must be audited.
• Simplifies the dollar
standard when an audit is required by changing it from receipt of $500,000 or
more from the Department and a total revenue of $1,000,000 from all sources to
$500,000 from the Department.
• Establishes a time frame
for the completion of required independent audits and provides a method for
extensions of this time frame if needed.
• Clarifies the audit format
that should be used for not–for–profit and other types of
providers.
• Clarifies which providers
are not required to have an independent audit performed.
• Clarifies when a copy of
any independent audit should be shared with the Department.
This amendment does not provide for waivers of the audit
requirement for providers receiving more than $500,000 from the Department
because the audit is needed by the Department to verify the accuracy of billings
and charges.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and
arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human
Services, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, on or
before June 20, 2001.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
234.6 and 234.38.
The following amendment is proposed.
Rescind subrule 185.102(4) and adopt the following
new subrule in lieu thereof:
185.102(4) Independent audits. When a provider has an
independent audit conducted, the provider shall submit a copy of the independent
audit report to the department within 30 days of receipt. A firm not related to
the provider shall conduct the independent audit. The bureau of purchased
services shall receive and maintain the report and provide a copy of the report
to the bureau’s fiscal consultant.
a. The department requires independent audits on an annual
basis when a provider receives from the department $500,000 or more from funds
paid under contracts for rehabilitative treatment and supportive services and
purchase of services for services provided in any state fiscal year.
(1) The legal entity that has contracted with the department
must be the subject of this independent audit.
1. When the legal entity that has contracted with the
department is a subsidiary of another legal entity and a separate independent
audit of the contracting entity is not performed because a consolidated or
combined audit of the larger entity is required by American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) standards, the department will accept the
consolidated or combined audit if supplemental schedules that separately
identify the financial statements of the contracting legal entity are
provided.
2. When contract services are provided by a subsidiary entity
of the contracting entity and a consolidated or combined audit is performed, the
department may require supplemental schedules to separately identify the
financial statements of the subsidiary entity and the contracting entity. If a
consolidated or combined audit is not performed, the department may require that
the subsidiary entity also be the subject of an independent audit.
(2) Required audits shall be completed within six months of
the end of a provider’s established fiscal year end for the
provider’s established fiscal year that ends during the state fiscal year
in question. The bureau of purchased services may approve an extension of this
time period upon written request from the provider.
(3) Not–for–profit providers shall ensure that the
audit of their financial statements follows one of the uniform audit report
formats recommended by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants in
the most recent version of the AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide for
Not–for–Profit Organizations.
(4) Other types of providers shall ensure that the audit of
their financial statements follows the formats prescribed by the AICPA for their
specific industry.
b. Providers receiving less than $500,000 from funds paid
under contracts for rehabilitative treatment and supportive services and
purchase of services for services provided in any state fiscal year annually are
not required to have an independent audit. They shall submit a copy, as set
forth in this rule, of any independent audit report they receive as a result of
conducting an independent audit.
ARC 0700B
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
DEPARTMENT[471]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 14B.105, the
Information Technology Council hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to adopt
new Chapter 12, “Information Technology Operational Standards,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
This chapter provides the manner in which the Information
Technology Department may set operational standards, including system design,
system integration, and interoperability, to ensure compatibility and
interoperability of state government information technology systems, while at
the same time promoting effective technology alignment with enterprise
strategies and programs.
Any interested person may make written suggestionsor comments
on the proposed new chapter on or before June 19, 2001. Such material should be
directed to the Rules Ad–ministrator, Information Technology Department,
Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319; fax (515)
281–6137.
Also, there will be a public hearing on June 19, 2001, from 10
to 11 a.m. in the Director’s Conference Room, Information Technology
Department, Level B, Hoover State Office Building, at which time persons may
present their views either orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will
be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their
remarks to the subject of the rules. Persons with special needs should contact
the Information Technology Department prior to the hearing if accommodations
need to be made.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
14B.
The following new chapter is proposed.
CHAPTER 12
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
OPERATIONAL
STANDARDS
471—12.1(14B) Definitions. As used in this
chapter:
“Information technology” means computing and
electronics applications used to process and distribute information in digital
and other forms and includes information technology devices and information
technology services.
“Information technology device” means equipment or
associated software, including programs, languages, procedures, or associated
documentation, used in operating the equipment which is designed for utilizing
information stored in an electronic format. “Information technology
device” includes but is not limited to computer systems, computer
networks, and equipment used for input, output, processing, storage, display,
scanning, and printing.
“Information technology services” means services
designed to do any of the following:
1. Provide functions, maintenance, and support of information
technology devices.
2. Provide services including, but not limited to, any of the
following:
• Computer systems
application development and maintenance.
• Systems integration and
interoperability.
• Operating systems
maintenance and design.
• Computer systems
programming.
• Computer systems software
support.
• Planning and security
relating to information technology devices.
• Data management
consultation.
• Information technology
education and consulting.
• Information technology
planning and standards.
• Establishment of local
area network and workstation management standards.
“Nonparticipating entity” means the office of the
governor or the office of an elective constitutional or statutory
officer.
“Operational standards” means information
technology standards, including system design, system integration, and
interoperability, but not including procurement standards.
“Participating agency” means all executive branch
agencies except the following:
1. The state board of regents and institutions operated under
the authority of the state board of regents.
2. The public broadcasting division of the department of
education.
3. The state department of transportation mobile radio
network.
4. The department of public safety law enforcement
communications systems.
5. The Iowa telecommunications and technology commission,
established in Iowa Code chapter 8D, with respect to information technology that
is unique to the Iowa communications network.
471—12.2(14B) Authority and purpose.
12.2(1) The information technology department is
required to develop and implement information technology and standards through a
process as set forth in this chapter. It is the intent of the general assembly
that information technology standards be established for the purpose of guiding
development of technology.
12.2(2) The goal of the department is to ensure
compatibility and interoperability of state government information technology
systems, while at the same time promoting effective technology alignment with
enterprise strategies and programs.
471—12.3(14B) Application of standards to
participating agencies. Operational standards established by the
department, unless waived pursuant to rule 12.6(14B), shall apply to all
information technology participating agencies.
471—12.4(14B) Application of standards to
nonparticipating entities.
12.4(1) Nonparticipating entities are required to
consult with the information technology department prior to procuring
information technology.
12.4(2) Nonparticipating entities are also required to
consider the operational standards recommended to agencies by the
department.
12.4(3) Upon the decision by a nonparticipating entity
regarding acquisition of information technology, the entity shall provide a
written report to the information technology department.
471—12.5(14B) Development of operational
standards.
12.5(1) Recommendation of operational standards.
The director of the information technology department is charged with
recommending standards.
12.5(2) Implementation of operational
standards. The department shall implement information technology standards
which are applicable to information technology operations by participating
agencies, including but not limited to system design and systems integration and
interoperability for participating agencies, pursuant to Iowa Code section
14B.102(2)“d.”
12.5(3) Effective date of operational standards.
Operational standards are effective upon 24 hours of final posting unless
otherwise specified.
471—12.6(14B) Waivers of operational standards.
Participating agencies may apply directly to the information technology
department for a waiver of a current or proposed standard. The director of the
information technology department, upon the written request of a participating
agency and for good cause shown, may grant a waiver from a requirement otherwise
applicable to a participating agency relating to an information technology
standard established by the information technology department.
471—12.7(14B) Review of operational standards by the
public and period of public comment.
12.7(1) Interested members of the public may
participate in the process of establishing standards by providing written
comment to Director, Information Technology Department, Hoover State Office
Building, Level B, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. Comments will be accepted for a
period of ten days after the initial posting of the standard by the departmenton
the department’s Web site at
http://www.state.ia.us/government/its/Standards%20&%20Policies/ITStandards/index.htm.
12.7(2) Interested members of the public may inquire
about standards currently being considered for recommendation by the director by
telephoning the information technology department, administrator of policy and
planning, at (515)281–5503, in writing to Information Technology
Department, Hoover State Office Building, Level B, Des Moines, Iowa 50319, or by
accessing the department’s Web site at
http://www.state.ia.us/government/its/Standards%20&%20Policies/ITStandards/index.htm.
471—12.8(17A) Petition to initiate review of
operational standards. Any interested member of the public may petition the
information technology department for review of an existing or recommended
standard by filing a written or electronic request with the department. The
director may grant the petition if the director determines that the petition has
merit. If the petitioner does not receive a response within 30 days of receipt
of petition by the department, the petitioner may deem the petition
denied.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
14B.
ARC 0713B
NATURAL RESOURCE
COMMISSION[571]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and
455A.5, the Natural Resource Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action
to adopt new Chapter 11, “Waivers or Variances from Administrative
Rules,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The purpose of this rule making is to adopt waiver rules to
implement Iowa Code section 17A.9A and Executive Order Number 11, signed by
Governor Vilsack on September 14, 1999. The proposed amendment will adopt by
reference the currently proposed new 561—Chapter 10, “Waivers or
Variances from Administrative Rules.” Notice of Intended Action proposing
561—Chapter 10 was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
0495B on February 21, 2001.
Any interested person may make written suggestionsor comments
regarding the proposed rules on or before June 19, 2001. Written comments
should be directed to AnnePreziosi, Department of Natural Resources, Air
QualityBureau, 7900 Hickman, Urbandale, Iowa 50322; telephone
(515)281–6243; fax (515)242–5094.
Requests for a public hearing regarding this rule making must
be submitted in writing to the above address by that date.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
17A.9A and Executive Order Number 11.
The following new chapter is proposed.
CHAPTER 11
WAIVERS OR VARIANCES
FROM ADMINISTRATIVE
RULES
571—11.1(17A) Adoption by reference. The
commission adopts by reference 561—Chapter 10, Iowa Administrative Code,
provided that the word “commission” is substituted for the word
“department” throughout.
571—11.2(17A) Report to commission. The
director shall submit reports of decisions regarding requests for waivers or
variances to the commission at its regular meetings.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 17A.9A
and Executive Order Number 11.
ARC 0715B
NATURAL RESOURCE
COMMISSION[571]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code subsection 455A.5(6),
the Natural Resource Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 61, “State Parks and Recreation Areas,” and Chapter 62,
“State Forest Camping,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments accomplish the following:
1. Add an Iowa Code reference for use of permitted devices for
the taking of rough fish.
2. Amend the name of Dolliver State Park to Dolliver Memorial
State Park in 61.2(461A) and in other rules as it occurs.
3. Strike language under the definition of “recreation
areas” that pertains to Iowa Code chapter 461A.
4. In the definition of “state park,” delete
reference to Nobles Island, change the phrase “state forest camp” to
“state forest campground,” and change the word “rule” to
“restrictions” for use and management of state parks.
5. Add areas to the list of state parks managed by other
government entities.
6. Correct the spelling of Pellett Memorial Woods State
Preserve.
7. Add a definition for the term “rental
facilities.”
8. Clarify information regarding camping coupon booklets and
fee increases.
9. Add two paragraphs addressing local option sales tax and
tax on extra campers above the basic unit of six.
10. Clarify the listing of parks open for the extended
season.
11. Delete the stipulation that campers are responsible for
ensuring that a campsite appears visibly occupied.
12. Clarify that special conditions or restrictions are in
addition to the general provisions in 61.3(6), 61.5(461A) and 61.6(461A) that
apply to specific parks.
13. Clarify the type of camping unit which may be allowed for
dependent children under the age of 18 in campgrounds and in camping cabin and
yurt areas.
14. Change the word “day” to “night”
for the number of nights campers must vacate a campground and allow the
exception to the 14–night occupancy limitation to be applied to any
DNR–approved program.
15. Clarify the use of hitching rails versus allowing animals
to be hitched to a trailer in campgrounds.
16. Clarify who may have access in and out of Volga River
Campground after hours.
17. Delete the listing of separate rental facilities in
61.4(461A).
18. Correct the weekly cabin and yurt rental fees for Lake
Darling, Pleasant Creek and McIntosh Woods and delete the fee for Cabin No. 13
at Lake Wapello State Park. Other incorrect weekly cabin fees will be updated
as the cabins are renovated.
19. Renumber the paragraph for group camp rentals.
20. Clarify language and correct cross references concerning
rental facility procedures, restrictions and registration.
21. Add a damage deposit for open shelters with
kitchenettes.
22. Allow renters of cabins in the off–season to receive
a refund if a reservation is cancelled 48 hours prior to the beginning of the
rental period.
23. Amend the wording pertaining to miscellaneous fees by
changing the words “this fee” to “these fees.”
24. List areas where special deer population control hunts may
take place.
25. Add the Mines of Spain State Recreation Area and Marble
Beach to the list of areas where lawful hunting is traditionally
allowed.
26. Change the word “animal” to “deer”
for authorized special hunts.
27. Delete a reference to willful interference as a violation
of the subrule concerning fishing off of state–owned docks.
28. Clarify how and where motorized vehicles may be used
within state parks, recreation areas and preserves by persons with
disabilities.
29. Add the word “preserves” to those areas that
people must vacate by 10:30 p.m. each day.
30. Delete the reference to closing hours at Hattie Elston and
Claire Wilson Parks and clarify that overnight parking is prohibited unless
people are fishing or boating.
31. Add Maquoketa Caves to the list of parks and recreation
areas where rock climbing and rappelling are restricted.
32. Amend the reference to closing times on the Ohler property
at Wapsipinicon State Park.
33. Strike the sentence that states after–hours fishing
areas are shown on maps provided by DNR.
34. Amend the descriptions of after–hours fishing areas
for Geode, Lake Manawa, Prairie Rose and Union Grove State Parks.
35. Change the word “inmate” to
“offender” in rule 61.12(461A).
36. Rescind and reserve rule 62.7(461A).
37. Correct a cross reference in rule 62.8(461A).
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on the proposed amendments on or before June 21, 2001. Such written materials
should be directed to the Parks, Recreation and Preserves Division, Department
of Natural Resources, Wallace State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0034; fax (515)281–6794. Persons who wish to convey their
views orally should contact the Division at (515)281–3449 or TDD
(515)242–5967 or at the Division offices on the fourth floor of the
Wallace State Office Building.
There will be a public hearing on June 21, 2001, at 9 a.m. in
the Fourth Floor East Conference Room of the Wallace State Office Building at
which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. At the
hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record
and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Any persons who intend to attend the public hearing and have
special requirements such as hearing or mobility impairments should contact the
Department of Natural Resources and advise of specific needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
455A.4, 461A.3, 461A.3A, 461A.27, 461A.35, 461A.39, 461A.42, 461A.45 to 461A.51,
461A.57, and 723.4 and Iowa Code chapter 724.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
571—61.2(461A) as follows:
Amend the following definitions:
“Fishing” means taking or attempting to take fish
by utilizing hook, line and bait as defined in Iowa Code section 481A.72,
or use of permitted devices for taking rough fish as determined by Iowa Code
section sections 461A.42 and 481A.76.
“Group camp” means those camping areas at Dolliver
Memorial State Park, Springbrook State Park and Lake Keomah
State Park where organized groups (i.e., family groups or youth groups)
may camp. Dining hall facilities are available.
“Recreation areas” means the following areas that
have been designated by action of the natural resource commission:
Area
|
County
|
Badger Creek Recreation Area
|
Madison
|
Brushy Creek Recreation Area
|
Webster
|
Claire Wilson Park
|
Dickinson
|
Emerson Bay and Lighthouse
|
Dickinson
|
Fairport Recreation Area
|
Muscatine
|
Lower Gar Access
|
Dickinson
|
Marble Beach
|
Dickinson
|
Mines of Spain Recreation Area
|
Dubuque
|
Pioneer Recreation Area
|
Mitchell
|
Pleasant Creek Recreation Area
|
Linn
|
Templar Park
|
Dickinson
|
Volga River Recreation Area
|
Fayette
|
Wilson Island Recreation Area
|
Pottawattamie
|
These areas are managed for multiple uses, including public
hunting, and are governed by rules established in this chapter as well as
571—Chapters 52 and 105 and Iowa Code chapter 461A. Use
and management of these areas are governed by Iowa Code chapter 461A and by
rules prescribed on area signs pursuant to Iowa Code section
461A.44.
Amend the definition of “state park,” areas listed
below and last paragraph, as follows:
Area
|
County
|
Geode
|
Henry and Des Moines
|
Noble Island
|
Allamakee
|
Shimek Forest Camp
Campground
|
Lee
|
Stephens Forest Camp
Campground
|
Lucas
|
Yellow River Forest Camp
Campground
|
Allamakee
|
Use and management of these areas are governed by Iowa Code
chapter 461A and by other rules restrictions prescribed
on area signs pursuant to Iowa Code section 461A.44.
Amend the definition of “state park managed by another
government entity” by adopting the following new areas in
alphabetical order:
Area
|
County
|
Pioneer
|
Mitchell
|
Silver Lake
|
Delaware
|
Amend the definition of “state preserve,” listing
for Pellett Memorial Woods, as follows:
Area
|
County
|
Pellet Pellett Memorial
Woods
|
Cass
|
Adopt the following new definition in
alphabetical order:
“Rental facilities” means those facilities that
may be rented on a daily or nightly basis and includes open shelters, open
shelters with kitchenettes, beach house open shelters, lodges, cabins, yurts and
group camps.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 61.3(1),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
61.3(1) Fees. The following are maximum
per–night fees for camping in state parks and recreation areas. The fees
may be reduced or waived by the director for special events or special
promotional efforts sponsored by the department of natural resources. Special
events or promotional efforts shall be conducted so as to give all park facility
users equal opportunity to take advantage of reduced or waived fees. Reductions
or waivers shall be on a statewide basis covering like facilities. In the case
of promotional events, prizes shall be awarded by random drawing of
registrations made available to all park visitors during the event. In areas
subject to a local option sales tax, the camping fee shall be administratively
adjusted so that persons camping in those areas will pay the same total cost
applicable in other areas.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 61.3(1),
paragraph “c,” as follows:
|
Fee
|
Sales Tax
|
Total Per Night
|
c.* Per person over the basic unit of
six.
|
.48
|
.02
|
.50
|
*Sales tax on the fee stated in “c” will be
figured on the applicable total dollar amount collected by the person in charge
of the camp area.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 61.3(1),
paragraph “j,” as follows:
|
Fee
|
Sales Tax
|
Total Per Night
|
j. Camping tickets (book of seven)
|
86.67
|
4.33
|
91.00
|
(1) Camping tickets shall be valid for the
calendar year in which the book is purchased and the calendar year immediately
following.
In areas subject to a local option sales tax, the fee
shall be administratively adjusted so that persons camping in those areas will
pay the same total cost applicable in other areas.
(2) Camping tickets sold in one year will be valid for
the following year. Persons using camping tickets purchased during the previous
year will not be required to pay the difference due to any fee
increase. Persons using valid camping tickets purchased prior to
any fee increase will not be required to pay the difference due to that fee
increase.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 61.3(1),
paragraph “k,” as follows:
k. Fees as given in paragraph “a” shall be in
effect each year in the following areas during the time period shown
below: from the Monday before the national Memorial Day holiday
through October 31 or until the shower facilities are closed for the season,
whichever comes first.
Backbone State Park, Delaware County—Monday
before the national Memorial Day holiday through October 31 or until the shower
facilities are closed for the season, whichever comes first.
Elinor Bedell State Park, Dickinson
County—Monday before the national Memorial Day holiday through
October 31 or until the (shower facilities at Gull Point State
Park) are closed for the season, whichever comes
first.
Elk Rock State Park, Marion County—Monday before
the national Memorial Day holiday through October 31 or until the shower
facilities are closed for the season, whichever comes first.
Emerson Bay Campground, Dickinson County—Monday
before the national Memorial Day holiday through October 31 or until the shower
facilities are closed for the season, whichever comes first.
Fairport Campground, Muscatine County—May 1
through Monday, the national Labor Day holiday.
Gull Point State Park, Dickinson County—Monday
before the national Memorial Day holiday through October 31 or until the shower
facilities are closed for the season, whichever comes first.
Lake Manawa State Park, Pottawattamie County—
Monday before the national Memorial Day holiday through October 31 or until the
shower facilities are closed for the season, whichever comes
first.
Ledges State Park, Boone County—Monday before
the national Memorial Day holiday through October 31 or until the shower
facilities are closed for the season, whichever comes first.
Maquoketa Caves State Park, Jackson
County—Monday before the national Memorial Day holiday through
October 31 or until the shower facilities are closed for the season, whichever
comes first.
Marble Beach Campground, Dickinson County—
Monday before the national Memorial Day holiday through October 31 or until the
shower facilities are closed for the season, whichever comes
first.
Pikes Peak State Park, Clayton County—Monday
before the national Memorial Day holiday through October 31 or until the shower
facilities are closed for the season, whichever comes first.
Waubonsie State Park, Fremont County—Monday
before the national Memorial Day holiday through October 31 or until the shower
facilities are closed for the season, whichever comes first.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 61.3(1) by
adopting the following new paragraph
“l”:
l. Fees as given in paragraph “a” shall be in
effect each year from May 1 through Monday, the national Labor Day holiday at
Fairport Station, Muscatine County.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 61.3(3),
paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. Campsites are considered occupied and registration for a
campsite shall be considered complete when the requirements of
61.3(3)“a,” second paragraph, have been met; however, it
shall be the responsibility of the registered camper to ensure that the site is
visibly occupied, thereby secure from others registering into the site if the
site appears not to be occupied.
ITEM 8. Amend subrule 61.3(5),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
61.3(5) Restrictions on campsite/campground use. This
subrule sets forth conditions of public use which apply to all state parks and
recreation areas. These general conditions are subject to exceptions
for specific Specific areas as listed in 61.3(6), 61.6(461A) and
61.9(461A) are subject to additional restrictions or exceptions. The
conditions in this subrule are in addition to specific conditions and
restrictions set forth in Iowa Code chapter 461A.
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 61.3(5),
paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. Camping is restricted to one basic unit per site except
that a small tent or other type of camping unit may be placed
on a site with the basic unit so long as the persons occupying the second unit
are under 18 years of age and are dependent members of the immediate family
occupying the basic unit.
ITEM 10. Amend subrule 61.3(5),
paragraph “g,” as follows:
g. Campers shall vacate the campground or register for the
night prior to 4 p.m. daily. Registration can be for more than 1 night at a
time but not for more than 14 consecutive nights. All members of the camping
party must vacate the state park campground after the fourteenth night and may
not return to that same area until a minimum of 3 days
nights has passed. All equipment must be removed from the site at the
end of each stay. The 14–night limitation shall not apply to volunteers
working under a department of natural resources campground host program
agreement or to seasonal employees working under the Internship or
AmeriCorps program.
ITEM 11. Amend subrule 61.3(5),
paragraph “i,” as follows:
i. In designated campgrounds in all state
areas, equine animals and llamas must be stabled inside a
trailer or, when provided, at a hitch rail, individual stall or corral
if provided. Equine animals and llamas may be hitched to trailers for
short periods of time to allow for grooming and saddling. These animals may be
stabled at inside trailers where no hitching facilities
are provided. Portable stalls/pens or electric fences are not
permitted.
ITEM 12. Amend subrule 61.3(6),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
61.3(6) Area–specific restrictions on campground
use. Notwithstanding In addition to the general
conditions of public use set forth in 61.3(5) and 61.5(461A), special conditions
shall apply to specific areas listed as follows:
ITEM 13. Amend subrule 61.3(6),
paragraph “c,” as follows:
c. Volga River State Recreation Area, Fayette County. Access
into and out of designated campgrounds shall be permitted from 4 a.m. to 10:30
p.m. From 10:30 p.m. to 4 a.m., only registered campers are permitted in and
out of the campground.
ITEM 14. Amend rule 571—61.4(461A),
catchwords, as follows:
571—61.4(461A) Rental facilities, including
cabins, lodges, open shelters, beach house open shelters, yurts, and group
camps.
ITEM 15. Amend subrule 61.4(1),
paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. Cabin rental. This fee does not include tax. Tax will be
calculated at time of final payment.
|
Per Night*
|
Per Week
|
Backbone State Park, Delaware County
|
|
|
Renovated cabins
|
$50
|
$300
|
Two–bedroom cabins
|
85
|
510
|
Deluxe cabins
|
100
|
600
|
Dolliver Memorial State Park, Webster
County
|
35
|
210
|
Green Valley State Park, Union County
|
35
|
210
|
Lacey–Keosauqua State Park, Van Buren
County
|
40
|
240
|
Lake Darling State Park, Washington County
|
30
|
175 180
|
Lake of Three Fires State Park, Taylor
County
|
22
|
120
|
Lake Wapello State Park, Davis County (except Cabin
No. 13)
|
50
|
300
|
Lake Wapello State Park, Davis County
(Cabin No. 13)
|
85
|
510
|
Palisades–Kepler State Park, Linn
County
|
30
|
175
|
Pine Lake State Park, Hardin County
|
|
|
Sleeping–area cabins (four–person
occupancy limit)
|
40
|
240
|
One–bedroom cabins
|
55
|
330
|
Pleasant Creek State Recreation Area, Linn
County
|
30
|
175 180
|
Springbrook State Park, Guthrie County
|
22
|
120
|
Wilson Island State Recreation Area, Pottawattamie
County (No. 1)
|
18
|
110
|
Extra cots, where available
|
1
|
|
*Minimum two nights
|
|
|
ITEM 16. Amend subrule 61.4(1),
paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. Yurt rental. This fee does not include tax. Tax will be
calculated at time of final payment.
|
Per Night*
|
Per Week
|
McIntosh Woods State Park, Cerro Gordo
County *Minimum two nights
|
$30
|
$175 180
|
ITEM 17. Amend subrule 61.4(1),
paragraph “g,” as follows:
g. Group camp rental. This fee does not include
tax.
(1) Dolliver Memorial State Park, Webster County, and
Springbrook State Park, Guthrie County. Rental includes use of restroom/shower
facility at Dolliver Memorial State Park.
1. Chaperoned organized youth groups—$1.25 per day per
person with a minimum charge per day of $55.
2. Other groups—$15 per day per cabin plus $25 per day
for the kitchen and dining facility.
(2) Springbrook dining hall—day use only, $40.
(3) Lake Keomah State Park, Mahaska County. All
groups—$25 per day for the dining/restroom facility plus the applicable
camping fee.
1. Chaperoned, organized youth groups—$25 per
day for the dining/restroom facility plus the applicable camping
fee.
2. Other groups—$25 per day for the
dining/restroom facility plus the applicable camping fee.
ITEM 18. Amend subrule 61.4(3),
catchwords, as follows:
61.4(3) Procedures for lodge, open shelter,
beach house open shelter, yurt, cabin, and group camp rental
facility registration, reservations, and rentals.
ITEM 19. Amend subrule 61.4(3),
paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. Except for the year–round–use cabins and heated
lodges, reservations for the rental facilities listed in this
subrule are to be made only for the current calendar year. For the
year–round–use cabins and the heated lodges at Walnut Woods,
Wapsipinicon, and Lacey–Keosauqua State Parks, reservations will be
accepted starting on November 1 of each year only for the month of January of
the next year.
ITEM 20. Amend subrule 61.4(3),
paragraph “e,” as follows:
e. Telephone and walk–in reservations will not be
accepted until the first business day following November 1 of each year for the
heated cabins and heated lodges and the first business day after January 1 of
each year for all other cabins, yurts, group camps, lodges, open
shelters, beach house open shelters or designated organized youth
campsites rental facilities.
ITEM 21. Amend subrule 61.4(3),
paragraph “i,” as follows:
i. The sleeping–room cabin at Wilson Island State
Recreation Area, the cabins and group camp at Dolliver Memorial State
Park, the cabins at Pleasant Creek State Recreation
Area, and Green Valley and Lake Darling State
Parks, the yurts at McIntosh Woods State Park, and the group camp at
Springbrook State Park may be reserved for a minimum of two nights throughout
the rental season.
ITEM 22. Amend subrule 61.4(3),
paragraph “l,” as follows:
l. Except by arrangement for late arrival with the park
manager, no cabin, yurt or group camp reservation will be held past 6 p.m. on
the first night of the reservation period if the person reserving the facility
does not arrive. When arrangements for late arrival have been made, the person
must appear prior to the park’s closing time established by Iowa Code
section 461A.46 and subrule 61.5(10) or access will not be
permitted to the facility until 8 a.m. the following day. Arrangements must be
made with the park manager if next–day arrival is to be later than 9
a.m.
ITEM 23. Amend subrule 61.4(3),
paragraph “n,” as follows:
n. Except at Wilson Island State Recreation Area, Dolliver
Memorial State Park, Pleasant Creek State Recreation Area, Lake Darling
State Park, Green Valley State Park and McIntosh Woods State Park, no tents or
other camping units are permitted for overnight occupancy in the designated
cabin area. Tents or camping units placed in the cabin area
are One small tent shall be allowed at each cabin or yurt in the
designated areas and is subject to the occupancy requirements of
61.3(5)“b.”
ITEM 24. Amend subrule 61.4(3),
paragraph “o,” as follows:
o. Lodges, open shelters, open shelters with
kitchenettes, and beach house open shelters may be reserved using the
procedures outlined in paragraphs “a” through “f.”
Lodges, open Open shelters and beach house open shelters
which are not reserved are available on a first–come, first–served
basis. If the open shelters with kitchenettes are not reserved, the
open shelter portion of these facilities may be available on a first–come,
first–served basis.
ITEM 25. Amend subrule 61.4(4),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
61.4(4) Winter season cabin rental—Backbone
State Park, Pine Lake State Park and Wilson Island Recreation Area.
Procedures and conditions for winter season cabin rental include the
following:
ITEM 26. Amend subrule 61.4(4),
paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. Procedures for winter season rentals of the heated cabins
at Backbone State Park, Pine Lake State Park, and Wilson Island State Recreation
Area shall be governed by paragraphs “a” through
“f,” “h,” “i,” “m,” and
“n” of 61.4(3)“a” through
“f.”.
ITEM 27. Amend subrule 61.4(4),
paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. All reservation requests must be for a minimum stay of two
nights, but shall not be for more than a maximum stay of two
weeks.
ITEM 28. Amend subrule 61.4(5),
paragraph “a,” subparagraph (1), as follows:
(1) Priority reservations for these facilities will be
accepted from October 1 through 4:30 p.m. on December 1 at 4:30
p.m., or the closest business day, for the following calendar year
only. This may include the full week containing the New Year’s Day
holiday of that year.
ITEM 29. Amend subrule 61.4(5),
paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. Reservation requests received outside of the above
application period will be handled by the procedures given in
61.4(3)“a” through “o.”
“h.”
ITEM 30. Amend subrule 61.4(6),
paragraph “b,” by adopting the following new
subparagraph (4) and renumbering existing subparagraphs (4) to
(7) as (5) to (8):
(4) Upon arrival for rental of an open shelter with
kitchenette, renters shall pay in full a damage deposit equal to the amount of
the rental fee for that facility.
ITEM 31. Amend subrule 61.4(6),
paragraph “b,” subparagraph (8), introductory
paragraph, as follows:
(8) Individuals who wish to cancel a reservation must do so at
least 30 calendar days prior to the rental date in order to receive a full
refund of the reservation deposit or any rental fees paid in advance.
Reservations made under 61.4(3)“h” must be canceled at least 48
hours prior to the rental period in order to receive a full refund of the
reservation deposit or any rental fees paid in advance. If it is necessary
to cancel a reservation after the 30–day or 48–hour
allowance, a refund may be made only under the following conditions:
ITEM 32. Amend subrule 61.4(7),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
61.4(7) Miscellaneous fees. This fee
does These fees do not include tax.
ITEM 33. Amend rule 571—61.5(461A),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
571—61.5(461A) Restrictions—area and use.
This rule sets forth conditions of public use which apply to all state parks
and recreation areas. These general conditions are subject to
exceptions for specific Specific areas as listed in 61.3(6),
61.6(461A) and 61.9(461A) are subject to additional restrictions or
exceptions. The conditions in this rule are in addition to specific
conditions and restrictions set forth in Iowa Code chapter 461A.
ITEM 34. Amend subrule 61.5(5),
paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. Lawful hunting as traditionally provided at Badger Creek
Recreation Area, Brushy Creek Recreation Area, Pleasant Creek Recreation Area,
Mines of Spain State Recreation Area (as allowed under 61.7(461A)), Volga
River Recreation Area and Wilson Island Recreation Area.
ITEM 35. Amend subrule 61.5(5),
paragraph “d,” as follows:
d. Special hunts authorized by the natural resource commission
to control animal population deer populations.
ITEM 36. Amend subrule 61.5(6) as
follows:
61.5(6) Fishing off boat docks within state areas.
Persons may fish off all state–owned docks within state parks and
recreation areas. Persons fishing off these docks must yield to boats and not
interfere with boaters. Willful interference is a violation of this
subrule.
ITEM 37. Amend subrule 61.5(8),
paragraph “b,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
b. Persons Use of motorized vehicles by
persons with physical disabilities. Persons with physical disabilities may
use certain motor motorized vehicles on
to access specific areas in state parks, recreation areas and preserves,
according to restrictions set out in this paragraph, in order that they might
enjoy such recreational opportunities as are available to others. Allowable
vehicles include any self–propelled electric or gas vehicle which has at
least three wheels, but no more than six wheels, and is limited in engine
displacement to less than 800 cubic centimeters and in total dry weight to less
than 1,450 pounds.
ITEM 38. Amend subrule 61.5(8),
paragraph “b,” by rescinding subparagraph (1) and
renumbering existing subparagraphs (2) to (6) as (1) to
(5).
ITEM 39. Amend subrule 61.5(8),
paragraph “b,” subparagraph (1), as follows:
(1) Permits.
1. Each person with a physical disability must have a permit
issued by the director in order to use motor vehicles on a
motorized vehicle in specific areas within state parks, recreation
areas, and preserves. Such permits will be issued without charge. An applicant
must submit a certificate from a doctor stating that the applicant meets the
criteria describing a person with a physical disability. One nonhandicapped
companion may accompany the permit holder on the same vehicle, if that vehicle
is designed for more than one rider; otherwise the companion must
walk.
2. Existing permits. Those persons possessing a valid permit
for use of a motorized vehicle on game management areas as provided in
571—51.7(461A) may use a motor motorized vehicle
to gain access to specific areas for recreational opportunities and
facilities within state parks, recreation areas and preserves.
ITEM 40. Amend subrule 61.5(8),
paragraph “b,” subparagraph (2), as follows:
(2) Approved areas. A permit holder must contact the
park manager or natural resource technician of the specific area that the permit
holder wishes to use on each visit. The park manager or technician will
determine which areas or portions of areas will not be open to use by
permittees, in order to protect permittees from hazards or to protect certain
natural resources of the area. The park manager or technician may assist by
arranging access to the areas within the park manager’s or
technician’s jurisdiction and by designating specific sites or trails on
the area where the motor vehicle may be used and where it may not be used. The
park manager or technician will provide a map of the park or recreation area
showing sites where use is permitted and bearing the signature of the manager or
technician. On each visit, the permit holder must contact the park
manager of the specific area in which the permit holder wishes to use a
motorized vehicle. The park manager will designate on a park map the area(s) or
portion(s) of areas where the permit holder will be allowed to use a motorized
vehicle. This restriction is intended to protect the permit holder from hazards
or to protect certain natural resources of the area. The map is to be signed
and dated by the park manager on each visit. Approval for use of a
motor motorized vehicle on state preserves also requires
consultation with a member of the preserves staff in Des Moines.
ITEM 41. Amend subrule 61.5(8),
paragraph “b,” subparagraph (3), as follows:
(3) Exclusive use. The issuance of a permit does not imply
that the permittee has exclusive or indiscriminant use of an area.
Permittees shall take reasonable care so as not to unduly interfere with the use
of the area by others.
ITEM 42. Amend subrule 61.5(8),
paragraph “b,” subparagraph (4), numbered paragraph
“1,” as follows:
1. Except as provided in
61.5(8)“a,” “b,” the use of a
motor motorized vehicle on any park, recreation area or
preserve by a person without a valid permit or at any site not approved on a
signed map is prohibited. Permits and maps must be carried by the permittee at
any time the permittee is using a motor motorized
vehicle on in a park, recreation area or preserve and
must be exhibited to any department employee or law enforcement official upon
request.
ITEM 43. Amend subrule 61.5(10) as
follows:
61.5(10) Opening and closing times. Except by
arrangement or permission granted by the director or the director’s
authorized representative or as otherwise stated in this chapter, the following
restriction shall apply: All persons shall vacate all state parks and
preserves before 10:30 p.m., each day, except authorized campers in
accordance with Iowa Code section 461A.46, and no person or persons shall enter
into such parks and preserves until 4 a.m. the following day.
ITEM 44. Amend subrule 61.5(13) as
follows:
61.5(13) Rock climbing or rappelling. The rock
climbing practice known as free climbing and climbing or rappelling activities
which utilize bolts, pitons, or similar permanent anchoring equipment or ropes,
harnesses, or slings is are prohibited in state parks
and recreation areas, except by persons or groups registered with the park
manager or technician in charge of the area. Individual members of a group must
each sign a registration. Climbing or rappelling will not be permitted at
the Ledges State Park, Boone County; Dolliver Memorial
State Park, Webster County; Stone State Park, Woodbury and Plymouth Counties;
Maquoketa Caves State Park, Jackson County; Wildcat Den State Park,
Muscatine County; or Mines of Spain Recreation Area, Dubuque County. Other
sites may be closed to climbing or rappelling if environmental damage or safety
problems occur or if an endangered or threatened species is present.
ITEM 45. Amend subrule 61.5(14) as
follows:
61.5(14) Speech or conduct
unreasonably interfering with the lawful use of an area by
others.
a. Unprovoked speech Speech commonly
perceived as offensive or abusive is prohibited when such speech
unreasonably interferes with lawful use and enjoyment of the
area by another member of the public.
b. Quarreling or fighting is prohibited when it
unreasonably interferes with the lawful use and enjoyment of
the area by another member of the public.
ITEM 46. Amend rule 571—61.5(461A)
by adopting the following new subrule:
61.5(15) Deer population control hunts. Deer hunting
as allowed under Iowa Code section 461A.42“c” is permitted only
during special hunts in the following state parks as provided for under
571—Chapter 105 and as approved by the natural resource commission.
During the dates of deer hunting, only persons engaged in deer hunting shall use
the area or portions thereof as designated by DNR and signed as such.
Elk Rock State Park
|
Jasper County
|
George Wyth State Park
|
Black Hawk County
|
Lake Darling State Park
|
Washington County
|
Lake of Three Fires State Park
|
Taylor County
|
Lake Manawa State Park
|
Pottawattamie County
|
Springbrook State Park
|
Guthrie County
|
Viking Lake State Park
|
Montgomery County
|
ITEM 47. Amend rule 571—61.6(461A),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
571—61.6(461A) Certain conditions of public use
applicable to specific parks and recreation areas.
Notwithstanding In addition to the general conditions of
public use set forth in 61.3(5) and 61.5(461A), special conditions shall apply
to the specific areas listed as follows:
ITEM 48. Amend subrule 61.6(1) as
follows:
61.6(1) Hattie Elston Access and Claire Wilson Park,
Dickinson County.
a. Except as provided in 61.9(461A), these areas are
closed to public access from 10:30 p.m. to 4 a.m.
b a. Parking of vehicles
of any type overnight on these areas is prohibited
unless the vehicle operator and occupants are actively using the area
for involved in boating or are fishing or other
recreational purposes as allowed under 571—
61.9(461A).
c b. Overnight camping is
prohibited.
ITEM 49. Amend subrule 61.6(3) as
follows:
61.6(3) Wapsipinicon State Park, Jones County. The
recreation area portion of the park land adjacent to the
park on the southeast corner and generally referred to as the “Ohler
property” is closed to the public from 10:30 p.m. to 4 a.m.
ITEM 50. Amend rule 571—61.9(461A),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
571—61.9(461A) Designated areas for
after–hours fishing. Areas which These areas
are open from 10 10:30 p.m. to 4 a.m. are shown
on maps available from the department of natural resources for
fishing only. The areas are described as follows:
ITEM 51. Amend subrule 61.9(8) as
follows:
61.9(8) Lake Geode State Park, Des
Moines County portion. The area of the dam embankment between the
county road and the lake as shown on the map that is parallel to
County Road J20 and lies between the two parking lots located on each end of the
embankment.
ITEM 52. Amend subrule 61.9(11) as
follows:
61.9(11) Lake Manawa State Park, Pottawattamie County.
The west shoreline including both sides of the main park road, commencing at the
north park entrance and continuing south 1.5 miles to the parking lot
immediately north of the picnic area known as “Boy Scout
Island.” located on the west side of the southwest arm of the
lake.
ITEM 53. Amend subrule 61.9(16) as
follows:
61.9(16) Prairie Rose State Park, Shelby County. The
west side of the embankment of the causeway across the southeast arm of the lake
including the shoreline west of the parking area to its junction with
the road leading toward the park ranger residence located off County
Road M47 and just north of the entrance leading to the park
office.
ITEM 54. Amend subrule 61.9(18) as
follows:
61.9(18) Union Grove State Park, Tama
County.
a. The dam embankment from the spillway to a line
parallel with the west end of the parking lot adjacent to the
dam.
b. The area of state park between the county
road that parallels 220th Street, and the lake
along the west shoreline from the causeway on the north end of the lake
to the southerly end of the arm of the lake that
extends southwesterly of the main water body to a point
approximately one tenth of a mile southwest of the boat ramp.
ITEM 55. Amend rule
571—61.12(461A), second unnumbered paragraph, as follows:
The funds appropriated by 1997 Iowa Acts, chapter 215, section
37, and subsequent Acts, will be used to renovate, replace or construct new
vertical infrastructure through construction contracts, agreements with local
government entities responsible for managing state parks and other public
facilities, and agreements with the department of corrections to use
inmate offender labor where possible. Funds shall also
be used to support site survey, design and construction contract management
through consulting engineering and architectural firms and for direct survey,
design and construction management costs incurred by department engineering and
architectural staff for restore the outdoors projects. Funds shall not be used
to support general department oversight of the restore the outdoors program,
such as accounting, general administration or long–range
planning.
ITEM 56. Rescind and reserve rule
571—62.7(461A).
ITEM 57. Amend rule
571—62.8(461A), first unnumbered paragraph, as follows:
Stabling of equine animals and llamas shall be in accordance
with 571—paragraph 61.5(7)“e.”
61.3(5)“i.”
ARC 0712B
PRESERVES, STATE ADVISORY BOARD
FOR[575]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 465C.8, the
State Advisory Board for Preserves hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
amend Chapter 1, “Organization and Operation,” and Chapter 2,
“Management of State Preserves,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments are proposed to reduce unnecessary language
that duplicates or paraphrases language in Iowa Code chapter 465C, update Iowa
Code references, better explain the types of preserves, and update the
provisions for management of preserves.
Any interested person may make written or oral suggestions or
comments on these proposed amendments on or before June 21, 2001. Such written
material should be directed to the State Preserves Program, Department of
Natural Resources, Wallace State Office Building, 502 East Ninth Street, Des
Moines, Iowa 50319–0034, fax (515)281–6794. Persons who wish to
convey their views orally should contact the Preserves staff at
(515)281–8524 or at the office on the fourth floor of the Wallace State
Office Building.
Also, there will be a public hearing on June 21, 2001, at10
a.m. in the Fourth Floor Conference Room of the Wallace State Office Building at
which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. At the
hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record
and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
465C.8.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend 575—Chapters 1
and 2, parenthetical implementation statutes, by striking
“(111B)” and inserting “(465C)”.
ITEM 2. Amend rule
575—1.1(465C) by striking the Iowa Code chapter reference
“111B” and inserting “465C”.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 575—1.2(465C) as
follows:
575—1.2(465C) Staff. Recommends
employment of a trained ecologist and personnel needed to carry out board
duties. The director shall employ, upon recommendation by the
board, at salaries fixed by the board, a trained ecologist and other personnel
as necessary to carry out the powers and duties of the board.
ITEM 4. Rescind and reserve rule
575—1.3(465C).
ITEM 5. Amend rule 575—1.4(465C),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
575—1.4(465C) Meetings. Minimally the
state preserves advisory board meets annually to elect a chairperson but may
meet at other times. The board shall organize annually by the
election of a chairperson. The board shall meet annually and at such times as
it deems necessary. Meetings may be called either by the chairperson or on
request to the chairperson by three board members.
ITEM 6. Strike the implementation
sentence at the end of 575—Chapter 1 and insert in lieu thereof the
following:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
465C.8.
ITEM 7. Amend rule 575—2.1(465C) as
follows:
575—2.1(465C) General provisions.
2.1(1) Definitions. As used in these rules, the
following definitions shall apply:
“Articles of dedication” means those terms
described in Iowa Code section 111B.9 465C.9.
“Board” means the state preserves advisory
board.
“Commission” means the natural resource
commission.
“Department” means the department of
natural resources.
“Director” means director of the department of
natural resources.
“Preserves Preserve”
means the same as defined in Iowa Code section 111B.1
465C.1.
2.1(2) Types of preserves. There shall be five major
classes of preserves.
a. Nature Natural preserves. These
areas which are of value primarily because they contain natural
communities, habitats, or flora and fauna which have undergone little or no
disturbance by modern man, or which contain species which are in danger of
extinction in the state of Iowa contain natural communities,
habitats, native flora and fauna, or endangered, threatened, or rare
organisms.
b. Archaeological preserves. These areas contain
important archaeological resources which include any material remains of
past human life or activities which are of archaeological interest
significant deposits left by prehistoric or early historic
peoples.
c. Historical preserves. These are sites
which that contain structures, objects, or
features, both man–made and natural, which are of significance in studying
the tenure of man in Iowa since European contact or places that are
of significance in studying the tenure of humans in Iowa since the advent of the
first Euro–American explorers.
d. Geological preserves. These are areas which contain rare
or distinctive landforms, fossils, stratigraphic sections, mineral deposits or
examples of mining history; type or reference sections; or other special
features or deposits which represent the events and processes of Iowa’s
earth history.
e. Scenic preserves. These are areas which
that contain scenic features of aesthetic, scientific, or
educational value.
ITEM 8. Amend rule 575—2.2(465C) as
follows:
575—2.2(465C) Management provisions.
2.2(1) Administration and custody
management. The administrative and custodial
management authority shall be designated in the articles of
dedication agreed upon by the board, the property owner, and the
manager. In the case that an individual is designated as the
custodian, the articles of dedication shall provide for a successional
custodian(s) until the area is assured of permanent care.
2.2(2) Management and use. All rules for the
management and use of a preserve shall be included in the articles of
dedication. A specific management plan shall be attached to
and made a part of the articles of dedication prepared for each
preserve and kept on file at the Wallace State Office Building. The management
plan shall identify compatible and noncompatible uses.
2.2(3) Reports and records.
The custodian shall submit periodic reports to the board and to the department
as the board and the department shall designate, and shall retain a copy of the
report. These reports shall constitute a portion of the records for each
preserve. Such records shall be open for public inspection at any reasonable
time.
2.2(4) Research. In addition
to cultural and natural history research, there may be continuing studies on the
management of each preserve or on particular problems unique to each
preserve. Management plans may be updated as necessary.
Revisions shall be attached to the articles of
dedication.
ITEM 9. Strike the implementation
sentence at the end of 575—Chapter 2 and insert in lieu thereof the
following:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
465C.8.
ARC 0703B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE
DIVISION[645]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dietetic Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to adopt new
Chapter 79, “Board of Dietetic Examiners”; to rescind Chapter 80,
“Board of Dietetic Examiners,” and adopt a new chapter 80,
“Licensure of Dietitians”; to amend Chapter 81, “Continuing
Education for Dietitians”; and to adopt new Chapter 82, “Discipline
for Dietitians,” and new Chapter 83, “Fees,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments rescind the current rules regarding
licensing, discipline and fees, and adopt a new chapter for licensure, a new
chapter for discipline and a new chapter for fees.
The Division revised these rules according to Executive Order
Number 8. The Division sent letters to the public for comment and one letter
was received in return. Division staff also had input on these rules. The
comments received were discussed by the Board and decisions were based on need,
clarity, intent and statutory authority, cost and fairness.
Any interested person may make written comments on the
proposed amendments no later than June 20, 2001, addressed to Rosalie Steele,
Professional Licensure Division, Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office
Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
A public hearing will be held on June 20, 2001, from 9 to 11
a.m. in the Fifth Floor Board Conference Room, Lucas State Office Building, at
which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. At the
hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record
and to confine their remarks to the subject of the proposed
amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
17A, 147, 152A and 272C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Adopt new
645—Chapter 79 as follows:
CHAPTER 79
BOARD OF DIETETIC EXAMINERS
645—79.1(152A) General definitions.
“Board” means the board of dietetic
examiners.
“Department” means the department of public
health.
“Dietetics” means the integration and application
of principles derived from the sciences of nutrition, biochemistry, physiology,
food, management, and behavioral and social sciences to achieve and maintain
peoples’ health. The primary function of dietetic practice is the
provision of nutrition care services that shall include:
1. Assessing the nutrition needs of individuals and groups and
determining resources and constraints in the practice setting.
2. Establishing priorities, goals, and objectives that meet
nutrition needs and are consistent with available resources and
constraints.
3. Providing nutrition counseling in health and
disease.
4. Developing, implementing, and managing nutrition care
systems.
5. Evaluating, making changes in, and maintaining appropriate
standards of quality in food and nutrition services.
“Licensed dietitian” or “licensee”
means any person licensed to practice dietetics in the state of Iowa.
“Nutrition assessment” means the evaluation of the
nutrition needs of individuals and groups based upon appropriate biochemical,
anthropometric, physical, and dietary data to determine nutrient needs and
recommend appropriate nutrition intake including enteral and parenteral
nutrition.
“Nutrition counseling” means advising and
assisting individuals or groups on appropriate nutrition intake by integrating
information from the nutrition assessment with information on food and other
sources of nutrients and meal preparation consistent with cultural background
and socioeconomic status.
“Registered dietitian” means a dietitian who has
met the standards and qualifications of the Commission on Dietetic Registration,
a member of National Commission for Health Certifying Agencies.
645—79.2(152A) Availability of
information.
79.2(1) All information regarding rules, forms, time
and place of meetings, minutes of meetings, record of hearings, and examination
results are available to the public between the hours of 8 a.m. and 4:30 p.m.,
Monday to Friday, except holidays.
79.2(2) Information may be obtained by writing to the
Board of Dietetic Examiners, Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office
Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075. All official correspondence shall
be in writing and directed to the board address.
645—79.3(152A) Organization and
proceedings.
79.3(1) The board shall consist of five members
appointed by the governor and confirmed by the senate. The board shall include
one licensed dietitian representing the approved or accredited dietetic
education programs, one licensed dietitian representing clinical dietetics in
hospitals, one licensed dietitian representing community nutrition services and
two members who are not licensed dietitians and who shall represent the general
public. A quorum shall consist of a majority of the members of the board. For
the initial terms of members of the board, the governor shall appoint one member
to serve a term of one year, two members to serve terms of two years, and two
members to serve terms of three years.
79.3(2) A chairperson, vice chairperson and secretary
shall be elected at the first meeting after April 30 of each year.
79.3(3) The board shall hold at least an annual
meeting and may hold additional meetings called by the chairperson or by a
majority of the board’s members. The chairperson shall designate the
date, place, and time prior to each meeting of the board. The board shall
follow the latest edition of Robert’s Rules of Order, Revised, at its
meeting whenever any objection is made as to the manner in which it proceeds at
a meeting.
645—79.4(152A,272C) Principles. The dietetic
practitioner shall:
1. Provide professional services with objectivity and with
respect for the unique needs and values of individuals.
2. Avoid discrimination against other individuals on the basis
of race, creed, religion, sex, age, and national origin.
3. Fulfill professional commitments in good faith.
4. Conduct oneself with honesty, integrity, and
fairness.
5. Remain free of conflict of interest while fulfilling the
objectives and maintaining the integrity of the dietetic profession.
6. Maintain confidentiality of information.
7. Practice dietetics based on scientific principles and
current information.
8. Assume responsibility and accountability for personal
competence in practice.
9. Recognize and exercise professional judgment within the
limits of the qualifications and seek counsel or make referrals as
appropriate.
10. Provide sufficient information to enable clients to make
their own informed decisions.
11. Inform the public and colleagues by using factual
information and shall not advertise in a false or misleading manner.
12. Promote or endorse products in a manner that is neither
false nor misleading.
13. Permit use of the practitioner’s name for the
purpose of certifying that dietetic services have been rendered only after
having provided or supervised the provision of those services.
14. Accurately present professional qualifications and
credentials.
15. Present substantiated information and interpret
controversial information without personal bias, recognizing that legitimate
differences of opinion exist.
16. Make all reasonable effort to avoid bias in any kind of
professional evaluation and provide objective evaluation of candidates for
professional association membership, awards, scholarships, or job
advancements.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 152A
and 272C.
ITEM 2. Rescind 645—Chapter 80 and
adopt the following new chapter in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 80
LICENSURE OF DIETITIANS
645—80.1(152A) Definitions. For purposes of
these rules, the following definitions shall apply:
“Board” means the board of dietetic
examiners.
“Lapsed license” means a license that a person has
failed to renew as required, or the license of a person who failed to meet
stated obligations for renewal within a stated time.
“Licensee” means any person licensed to practice
as a dietitian in the state of Iowa.
“License expiration date” means the fifteenth day
of the birth month every two years following initial licensure.
“Licensure by endorsement” means the issuance of
an Iowa license to practice dietetics to an applicant who is currently licensed
in another state.
“Reciprocal license” means the issuance of an Iowa
license to practice dietetics to an applicant who is currently licensed in
another state which has a mutual agreement with the Iowa board of dietetic
examiners to license persons who have the same or similar qualifications as
those required in Iowa.
645—80.2(152A) Requirements for licensure. The
following criteria shall apply to licensure:
80.2(1) The applicant shall complete a
board–approved application packet. Application forms may be obtained from
the board’s Web site (http://www.idph.state.ia.us/licensure) or
directly from the board office. All applications shall be sent to Board of
Dietetic Examiners, Professional Licensure Division, Fifth Floor, Lucas State
Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
80.2(2) The applicant shall complete the application
form according to the instructions contained in the application. If the
application is not completed according to the instructions, the application will
not be reviewed by the board.
80.2(3) Each application shall be accompanied by the
appropriate fees payable by check or money order to the Board of Dietetic
Examiners. The fees are nonrefundable.
80.2(4) No application will be considered by the board
until:
a. Official copies of academic transcripts have been sent
directly from the school to the board;
b. A notarized copy of the Commission on Dietetic Registration
(CDR) card has been received by the board; and
c. The applicant satisfactorily completes the registration
examination for dietitians administered by the Commission on Dietetic
Registration. The board will accept the passing score set by the Commission on
Dietetic Registration.
80.2(5) A license is not required for dietitians who
are in this state for the purpose of consultation when they are licensed in
another state, U.S. possession, or country, or have received at least a
baccalaureate degree in human nutrition from a U.S. regionally accredited
college or university. Consultation means the practice of dietetics in
affiliation with, and at the request of, a dietitian licensed in this
state.
80.2(6) Licensees who were issued their initial
licenses within six months prior to the renewal date shall not be required to
renew their licenses until the renewal date two years later.
80.2(7) Incomplete applications that have been on file
in the board office for more than two years shall be considered invalid and
shall be destroyed.
645—80.3(152A) Educational
qualifications.
80.3(1) The applicant shall be issued a license to
practice dietetics by the board when the applicant possesses a baccalaureate
degree or postbaccalaureate degree from a U.S. regionally accredited college or
university with a major course of study in human nutrition, food and nutrition,
nutrition education, dietetics, or food systems management, or in an equivalent
major course of minimum academic requirements as established by the American
Dietetic Association and approved by the board.
80.3(2) Foreign–trained dietitians
shall:
a. Provide an equivalency evaluation of their educational
credentials by International Educational Research Foundations, Inc., Credentials
Evaluation Service, P.O. Box 3665, Culver City, California 90231–3665,
telephone (310) 258–9451, Web site www.ierf.org, or E–mail at
info@ ierf.org. The professional curriculum must be equivalent to that
stated in these rules. A candidate shall bear the expense of the curriculum
evaluation.
b. Provide a notarized copy of the certificate or diploma
awarded to the applicant from a dietetic program in the country in which the
applicant was educated.
c. Receive a final determination from the board regarding the
application for licensure.
645—80.4(152A) Supervised experience. The
applicant shall:
1. Complete a documented supervised practice experience
component in a dietetic practice of not less than 900 hours under the
supervision of:
• A registered
dietitian;
• A licensed dietitian;
or
• An individual with a
doctoral degree conferred by a U.S. regionally accredited college or university
with a major course of study in human nutrition, nutrition education, food and
nutrition, dietetics or food systems management;
2. Have a supervised practice experience that must be
completed in the United States or its territories; and
3. Have the degree of a supervisor who obtained a doctoral
degree outside of the United States or its territories validated as equivalent
to the doctoral degree conferred by a U.S. regionally accredited college or
university.
645—80.5(152A) Licensure by endorsement. An
applicant who has been a licensed dietitian under the laws of another
jurisdiction shall file an application for licensure by endorsement with the
board office. The board may receive by endorsement any applicant from the
District of Columbia or another state, territory, province or foreign country
who:
1. Submits to the board a completed application;
2. Pays the licensure fee;
3. Shows evidence of licensure requirements that are similar
to those required in Iowa;
4. Provides official copies of the academic
transcripts;
5. Provides a copy of the registration card; and
6. Provides verification of licenses from other states in
which the applicant has a current active license sent directly from those states
to the board office.
645—80.6(152A) Licensure by reciprocal agreement.
The board may enter into a reciprocal agreement with the District of
Columbia or any state, territory, province or foreign country with equal or
similar requirements for licensure of dietitians. The applicant shall take the
examination required by the board.
645—80.7(152A) License renewal.
80.7(1) The biennial license renewal period for a
license to practice dietetics shall begin on the fifteenth day of the
licensee’s birth month and end on the fifteenth day of the
licensee’s birth month two years later. All licensees shall renew on a
biennial basis.
80.7(2) A renewal of license application and
continuing education report form to practice dietetics shall be mailed to the
licensee at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the license. Failure to
receive the renewal application shall not relieve the license holder of the
obligation to pay the biennial renewal fee(s) on or before the renewal
date.
a. The licensee shall submit the completed application and
continuing education report form with the renewal fee(s) to the board office
before the license expiration date.
b. Individuals who were issued their initial licenses within
six months of the license renewal date will not be required to renew their
licenses until the next renewal two years later.
c. Those persons licensed for the first time shall not be
required to complete continuing education as a prerequisite for the first
renewal of their licenses. Continuing education hours acquired anytime from the
initial licensing until the second license renewal may be used. The new
licensee will be required to complete a minimum of 30 hours of continuing
education per biennium for each subsequent license renewal.
d. Persons licensed to practice dietetics shall keep their
renewal licenses displayed in a conspicuous public place at the primary site of
practice.
80.7(3) Late renewal. If the renewal fees, continuing
education report and renewal application are received within 30 days after the
license renewal expiration date, the late fee for failure to renew before
expiration shall be charged.
80.7(4) When all requirements for license renewal are
met, the licensee shall be sent a license renewal card by regular
mail.
645—80.8(272C) Exemptions for inactive
practitioners.
80.8(1) A licensee who is not engaged in practice in
the state of Iowa may be granted a waiver of compliance and obtain a certificate
of exemption upon written application to the board. The application shall
contain a statement that the applicant will not engage in the practice in the
state of Iowa without first complying with all regulations governing
reinstatement after exemption. The application for a certificate of exemption
shall be submitted by the license expiration date upon the form provided by the
board. A licensee must hold a current license to apply for exempt status. The
licen–see shall apply for inactive status prior to the license expiration
date.
80.8(2) Reinstatement of exempted, inactive
practitioners. Inactive practitioners who have requested and been granted a
waiver of compliance with the renewal requirements and who have obtained a
certificate of exemption shall, prior to engaging in the practice of the
profession in Iowa, satisfy the requirements for reinstatement as outlined in
645—81.10(152A,272C).
80.8(3) Licensees shall renew at the next scheduled
renewal time. Licensees whose licenses were reinstated within six months prior
to the birth month renewal date shall not be required to renew their licenses
until the birth month renewal date two years later.
80.8(4) A new licensee who is on inactive status
during the initial license renewal time period and reinstates before the first
license expiration date will not be required to complete continuing education
for that first license renewal time period only. Thirty hours of continuing
education will be required for every renewal thereafter.
80.8(5) Reinstatement of inactive license after
exemption. The following chart illustrates the requirements for reinstatement
based on the length of time a license has been inactive.
An applicant shall satisfy the following
requirements:
|
1 renewal
|
2 or more renewals
|
Submit written application for reinstatement to the
board
|
Required
|
Required
|
Pay the current renewal fee
|
$100
|
$100
|
Pay the reinstatement fee
|
$50
|
$50
|
Provide proof of valid dietetics license in another state of
the U.S. or District of Columbia and completion of continuing education
equivalent to that required in these rules
OR
|
Current valid
license and 30 hours
|
Current valid
license and 60 hours
|
Provide evidence of completion of continuing education hours
completed within the two most recent bienniums prior to the date of application
for reinstatement
OR
|
30 hours
|
60 hours
|
Provide evidence of successful completion, with a passing
grade, of the license examination conducted within one year immediately prior to
submission of application for reinstatement
|
Successful completion
|
Successful completion
|
Total fees and continuing education hours required for
reinstatement:
|
$150 and 30 hours
|
$150 and 60 hours
|
645—80.9(272C) Lapsed licenses.
80.9(1) If the renewal fee(s) and continuing education
report are received more than 30 days after the license renewal expiration date,
the license is lapsed. An application for reinstatement must be filed with the
board accompanied by the reinstatement fee, the renewal fee(s) for each biennium
the license is lapsed and the late fee for failure to renew before expiration.
The licensee may be subject to an audit of the licensee’s continuing
education report.
80.9(2) Licensees who have not fulfilled the
requirements for license renewal or for an exemption in the required time frame
will have a lapsed license and shall not engage in the practice of dietetics.
Practicing without a license may be cause for disciplinary action.
80.9(3) In order to reinstate lapsed licenses,
licensees shall comply with all requirements for reinstatement as outlined in
645—81.6(152A).
80.9(4) After the reinstatement of a lapsed license,
the licensee shall renew at the next scheduled renewal cycle and complete the
continuing education required for the biennium.
80.9(5) Verifications of license(s) are required from
any state in which the licensee has practiced since the Iowa license
lapsed.
80.9(6) Reinstatement of a lapsed license. The
following chart illustrates the requirements for reinstatement based on the
length of time a license has lapsed.
An applicant shall satisfy the following
requirements:
|
30 days after expiration date up to 1 renewal
|
2 or more renewals
|
Submit written application for reinstatement
|
Required
|
Required
|
Pay the renewal fee(s)
|
$100
|
$200
|
Pay the late fee
|
$50
|
$50
|
Pay the reinstatement fee
|
$50
|
$50
|
Satisfactorily complete continuing education
requirements during the period since the license
lapsed
|
30 hours
|
60 hours
|
Total fees and continuing education hours required for
reinstatement:
|
$200 and 30 hours
|
$300 and 60 hours
|
645—80.10(17A,147,272C) License
denial.
80.10(1) An applicant who has been denied licensure by
the board may appeal the denial and request a hearing on the issues related to
the licensure denial by serving a notice of appeal and request for hearing upon
the board not more than 30 days following the date of mailing of the
notification of licensure denial to the applicant. The request for hearing as
outlined in these rules shall specifically describe the facts to be contested
and determined at the hearing.
80.10(2) If an applicant who has been denied licensure
by the board appeals the licensure denial and requests a hearing pursuant to
this rule, the hearing and subsequent procedures shall be held pursuant to the
process outlined in Iowa Code chapters 17A and 272C.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A,
147, 152A and 272C.
ITEM 3. Amend numbered paragraph
81.6“5” as follows:
5. Provides evidence of satisfactory completion of Iowa
continuing education requirements during the period since the license
lapsed completed within the two bienniums prior to the date of
application for reinstatement. The total number of continuing education
hours required for license reinstatement is computed by multiplying 30 by the
number of bienniums since the license lapsed up to a maximum of 60
hours.
ITEM 4. Amend subrules 81.10(2) and
81.10(3) as follows:
81.10(2) Submit the current renewal
fee;
81.10(3) Submit the reinstatement
fee;
81.10(3) Furnish evidence of
completion of 30 hours of approved continuing education per biennium up to a
maximum of 60 hours of continuing education. The continuing education hours
must be completed within the two bienniums prior to the date of application for
reinstatement; and
ITEM 5. Adopt new
645—Chapter 82 as follows:
CHAPTER 82
DISCIPLINE FOR DIETITIANS
645—82.1(152A,272C) Grounds for discipline. The
board may impose any of the disciplinary sanctions set forth in these rules,
including civil penalties in an amount not to exceed $1000, when the board
determines that the licensee is guilty of any of the following acts or
offenses:
82.1(1) Fraud in procuring a license. Fraud in
procuring a license includes, but is not limited to, an intentional perversion
of the truth in making application for a license to practice dietetics in this
state, and includes false representations of a material fact, whether by word or
by conduct, by false or misleading allegations, or by concealment of that which
should have been disclosed when making application for a license in this state,
or attempting to file or filing with the board or the department of public
health any false or forged diploma, or certificate or affidavit or
identification or qualification in making an application for a license in this
state.
82.1(2) Professional incompetency. Professional
incompetency includes, but is not limited to:
a. A substantial lack of knowledge or ability to discharge
professional obligations within the scope of the dietitian’s
practice;
b. A substantial deviation by the dietitian from the standards
of learning ordinarily possessed and applied by other dietitians in the state of
Iowa acting in the same or similar circumstances;
c. A failure by a dietitian to exercise in a substantial
respect that degree of care which is ordinarily exercised by the average
dietitian in the state of Iowa acting in the same or similar circumstances;
and
d. A willful or repeated departure from or failure to conform
to the minimal standard of acceptable and prevailing practice of dietetics in
the state of Iowa.
82.1(3) Knowingly making misleading, deceptive, untrue
or fraudulent representations in the practice of the profession or engaging in
unethical conduct or practice harmful or detrimental to the public. Proof of
actual injury need not be estab–lished. Practice harmful or detrimental
to the public includes, but is not limited to, the failure of a dietitian to
possess and exercise that degree of learning and care expected of a reasonably
prudent dietitian acting in the same or similar circumstances in this
state.
82.1(4) Habitual intoxication or addiction to the use
of drugs, including the inability of a dietitian to practice with reasonable
skill and safety by reason of the excessive use of alcohol, drugs, narcotics,
chemicals or other type of material on a continuing basis, or the excessive use
of alcohol, drugs, narcotics, chemicals or other type of material which may
impair a dietitian’s ability to practice the profession with reasonable
skill and safety.
82.1(5) Conviction of a felony related to the
profession or occupation of the licensee, or the conviction of any felony that
would affect the licensee’s ability to practice within the profession. A
copy of the record of conviction or plea of guilty shall be conclusive
evidence.
82.1(6) Use of untruthful or improbable statements in
advertisements. Use of untruthful or improbable statements in advertisements
includes, but is not limited to, an action by a dietitian in making information
or intention known to the public which is false, deceptive, misleading or
promoted through fraud or misrepresentation and includes statements which may
consist of, but are not limited to:
a. Inflated or unjustified expectations of favorable
results.
b. Self–laudatory claims that imply that the dietitian
is a skilled dietitian engaged in a field or specialty of practice for which the
dietitian is not qualified.
c. Extravagant claims or proclaiming extraordinary skills not
recognized by the dietetic profession.
82.1(7) Willful or repeated violations of the
provisions of these rules and Iowa Code chapter 147.
82.1(8) Violating a regulation or law of this state,
or the United States, which relates to the practice of dietetics.
82.1(9) Failure to report a license revocation,
suspension or other disciplinary action taken by a licensing authority of
another state, district, territory or country within 30 days of the final action
by such licensing authority. A stay by an appellate court shall not negate this
requirement; however, if such disciplinary action is overturned or reversed by a
court of last resort, such report shall be expunged from the records of the
board.
82.1(10) Failure of a licensee or an applicant for
licensure in this state to report any voluntary agreements to restrict the
practice of dietetics entered into in another state, district, territory or
country.
82.1(11) Knowingly aiding, assisting, procuring, or
advising a person to unlawfully practice dietetics.
82.1(12) Failure to identify oneself as a dietitian to
the public.
82.1(13) Violating a lawful order of the board,
previously entered by the board in a disciplinary hearing or pursuant to
informal settlement.
82.1(14) Being adjudged mentally incompetent by a
court of competent jurisdiction.
82.1(15) Making suggestive, lewd, lascivious or
improper remarks or advances to a patient or client.
82.1(16) Knowingly submitting a false report of
continuing education or failure to submit the biennial report of continuing
education.
82.1(17) Failure to comply with a subpoena issued by
the board.
82.1(18) Failure to file the reports required by these
rules concerning acts or omissions committed by another licensee.
82.1(19) Obtaining any fee by fraud or
misrepresentation.
82.1(20) Failing to exercise due care in the
delegation of dietetic services to or supervision of assistants, employees or
other individuals, whether or not injury results.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 147.76,
147.55(3), 272C.4 and 272C.10.
ITEM 6. Adopt new
645—Chapter 83 as follows:
CHAPTER 83
FEES
645—83.1(147,152A) License fees. All fees are
nonrefundable.
83.1(1) Licensure fee for license to practice
dietetics, licensure by endorsement, or licensure by reciprocity is
$100.
83.1(2) Biennial license renewal fee for each biennium
is $100.
83.1(3) Late fee for failure to renew before
expiration is $50.
83.1(4) Reinstatement fee for a lapsed license or an
inactive license is $50.
83.1(5) Duplicate license fee is $10.
83.1(6) Verification of license fee is $10.
83.1(7) Returned check fee is $15.
83.1(8) Disciplinary hearing fee is a maximum of
$75.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 147.8 and
Iowa Code chapters 17A, 152A and 272C.
ARC 0705B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE
DIVISION[645]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Speech Pathology and Audiology Examiners hereby gives Notice of
Intended Action to adopt new Chapter 299, “Board of Speech Pathology and
Audiology Examiners”; to rescind Chapter 300, “Board of Speech
Pathology and Audiology Examiners,” and adopt new chapter 300,
“Licensure of Speech Pathologists and Audiologists”; to rescind
Chapter 302, “Speech Pathology and Audiology Assistants”; to amend
Chapter 303, “Continuing Education for Speech Pathologists and
Audiologists”; and to adopt new Chapter 304, “Discipline for Speech
Pathologists and Audiologists,” and new Chapter 305, “Fees,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments rescind the current licensing rules
and the chapters on speech pathology and audiology assistants and fees and adopt
new chapters for the board proceedings, licensure, discipline and
fees.
A change was made from the current rules regarding the
temporary clinical license plan of action for the supervised clinical
experience. The rule was unwieldy and made the process lengthy with little
added value. The process for the plan was made more efficient and contains
steps that are important in the process to receive a temporary clinical
license.
The Division revised these rules according to Executive Order
Number 8. The Division sent letters to the public for comment and four letters
were received in return. Division staff also had input on these rules. The
comments received were discussed by the Board and decisions were based on need,
clarity, intent and statutory authority, cost and fairness.
Any interested person may make written comments on the
proposed amendments no later than June 20, 2001, addressed to Rosalie Steele,
Professional Licensure Division, Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office
Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
A public hearing will be held on June 20, 2001, from 9 to 11
a.m. in the Fifth Floor Board Conference Room, Lucas State Office Building, at
which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. At the
hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record
and to confine their remarks to the subject of the proposed
amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
17A, 147 and 272C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Adopt new
645—Chapter 299 as follows:
CHAPTER 299
BOARD OF SPEECH PATHOLOGY
AND AUDIOLOGY
EXAMINERS
645—299.1(147) General definitions.
“Audiologist” means a person who engages in
the application of principles, methods and procedures for measurement, testing,
evaluation, prediction, consultation, counseling, instruction, habilitation,
rehabilitation, or remediation related to disorders of hearing, balance and
associated communication disorders for the purpose of nonmedically evaluating,
identifying, diagnosing, preventing, ameliorating, modifying, or remediating
such disorders and conditions in individuals or groups of individuals, including
the determination and use of appropriate amplification.
“Board” means the board of speech pathology and
audiology examiners.
“Department” means the department of public
health.
“Speech pathologist” means a person who engages in
the application of principles, methods, and procedures for the measurement,
testing, evaluation, prediction, consultation, counseling, diagnosing,
instruction, habilitation, rehabilitation, or remediation related to the
development and disorders of speech, fluency, voice, or language for the
purposes of nonmedically evaluating, preventing, ameliorating, modifying, or
remediating such disorders and conditions in individuals or groups of
individuals.
645—299.2(147) Availability of
information.
299.2(1) All information regarding rules, forms, time
and place of meetings, minutes of meetings, record of hearings, and examination
results are available to the public between the hours of 8 a.m. and 4:30 p.m.,
Monday to Friday, except holidays.
299.2(2) Information may be obtained by writing to the
Board of Speech Pathology and Audiology Examiners, Department of Public Health,
Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075. All official
correspondence shall be in writing and directed to the board at this
address.
645—299.3(147) Organization and
proceedings.
299.3(1) Chair. The chairperson of the board
shall:
a. Be selected by the members of the board.
b. Preside at all meetings of the board and conduct the
meeting following Robert’s Rules of Order.
c. Appoint committees as is deemed necessary to study
issues.
299.3(2) Vice–chair. The vice–chairperson
of the board shall:
a. Be selected by the members of the board.
b. Act in capacity of chair in the absence of that
officer.
299.3(3) Secretary. The secretary of the board
shall:
a. Be selected by the members of the board.
b. Act in capacity of chair in the absence of officers
representing the chair and vice–chair.
c. Keep an accurate and complete record of all transactions of
the board.
299.3(4) Quorum. Four members of the
seven–member board shall represent a quorum. Business shall not be
conducted in the absence of a quorum.
645—299.4(147) General.
299.4(1) All material sent to the board for review
must be submitted at least two weeks before a regularly scheduled meeting.
Materials received after this time will be reviewed at the next regularly
scheduled meeting of the board.
299.4(2) For those persons conducting hearing tests
under the direct supervision of a licensed physician and surgeon or licensed
osteopathic physician and surgeon functioning under Iowa Code section
147.152(1), “direct supervision” means the physician must order the
hearing test performed on each individual patient and maintain control over the
reading of the results. The person working under direct supervision of a
physician must be able to show that the person did so at the direction of the
physician and did nothing more than perform the hearing test. Direct
supervision by a physician means the person conducting the hearing test does so
in the usual location in which the physician performs medical services and sees
patients. The physician must be readily available to respond to a request by a
patient or the person conducting the hearing test.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 147
and 272C.
ITEM 2. Rescind 645—Chapter 300 and
adopt the following new chapter in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 300
LICENSURE OF SPEECH PATHOLOGISTSAND
AUDIOLOGISTS
645—300.1(147) Definitions. For purposes of
these rules, the following definitions shall apply:
“ASHA” means the American Speech–Language
Hearing Association.
“Assistant” means a person who works under the
supervision of an Iowa–licensed speech pathologist or audiologist, does
not meet the requirements to be licensed as a speech pathologist or audiologist,
and meets the minimum requirements set forth in these rules.
“Board” means the board of speech pathology and
audiology examiners.
“Full–time” means a minimum of 30 hours per
week.
“Lapsed license” means a license that a person has
failed to renew as required or the license of a person who failed to meet stated
obligations for renewal within a stated time.
“Licensee” means any person licensed to practice
as a speech pathologist or audiologist in the state of Iowa.
“License expiration date” means December 31 of
odd–numbered years.
“Licensure by endorsement” means the issuance of
an Iowa license to practice speech pathology or audiology to an applicant who is
currently licensed in another state.
“Reciprocal license” means the issuance of an Iowa
license to practice speech pathology or audiology to an applicant who is
currently licensed in another state which has a mutual agreement with the Iowa
board of speech pathology and audiology examiners to license persons that have
the same or similar qualifications to those required in Iowa.
645—300.2(147) Requirements for
licensure. The following criteria shall apply to licensure:
300.2(1) The applicant shall complete a
board–approved application packet. Application forms may be obtained from
the board’s Web site (http://www.idph.state.ia.us/licensure) or
directly from the board office. All applications shall be sent to Board of
Speech Pathology and Audiology Examiners, Professional Licensure Division, Fifth
Floor, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
300.2(2) The applicant shall complete the application
form according to the instructions contained in the application. If the
application is not completed according to the instructions, the application will
not be reviewed by the board.
300.2(3) Each application shall be accompanied by the
appropriate fees payable by check or money order to the Board of Speech
Pathology and Audiology Examiners. The fees are nonrefundable.
300.2(4) The application shall include:
a. Official copies of the American Speech–Language
Hearing Association (ASHA) certificate of clinical competence; or
b. Submission of the following:
(1) Official copies of academic transcripts sent directly from
the school to the board showing proof of possession of a master’s degree
or its equivalent and official verification of completion of not less than 300
hours of supervised clinical training;
(2) Verification of nine months of full–time clinical
experience, or equivalent, completed after the master’s degree, under the
supervision of a licensed speech pathologist or audiologist; and
(3) Results of the National Teacher Examination.
300.2(5) Licensees who were issued their licenses
within six months prior to the renewal shall not be required to renew their
licenses until the renewal date two years later.
300.2(6) Incomplete applications that have been on
file in the board office for more than two years shall be considered invalid and
shall be destroyed.
645—300.3(147) Educational
qualifications.
300.3(1) The applicant shall possess the
following:
a. A master’s degree or its equivalent from an
accredited school, college or university with a major in speech pathology;
or
b. A master’s degree or its equivalent from an
accredited school, college or university with a major in audiology.
300.3(2) Foreign–trained speech pathologists and
audiologists shall:
a. Provide an equivalency evaluation of their educational
credentials by one of the following: International Educational Research
Foundations, Inc., Credentials Evaluation Service, P.O. Box 3665, Culver City,
CA 90231–3665, telephone (310)258–9451, Web site www.ierf.org
or E–mail at info@ierf.org; International Credentialing Associates,
Inc., 7245 Bryan Dairy Road, Bryan Dairy Business Park II,Largo, FL 33777,
telephone (727)549–8555. The professional curriculum must be equivalent
to that stated in these rules. A candidate shall bear the expense of the
curriculum evaluation.
b. Provide a notarized copy of the certificate or diploma
awarded to the applicant from a speech pathology or audiology program in the
country in which the applicant was educated.
c. Receive a final determination from the board regarding the
application for licensure.
645—300.4(147) Examination requirements. The
exam– ination required by the board shall be the National Teacher
Examination in speech pathology or audiology. This examination is administered
by the Educational Testing Service. The applicant should contact the nearest
accredited college or university for the time and place of the
examination.
300.4(1) The applicant has full responsibility for
making arrangements to take the National Teacher Examination in speech pathology
or audiology and for bearing all expenses associated with taking the
examination. The applicant also has the responsibility for having the
examination scores sent directly to the board from the Educational Testing
Service.
300.4(2) The board shall determine the qualifying
scores for both the speech pathology and audiology examinations.
645—300.5(147) Temporary clinical license. A
temporary clinical license for the purpose of obtaining clinical experience as a
prerequisite for licensure is valid for one year and may be renewed one
time.
300.5(1) An applicant must submit the following to the
board:
a. Evidence of supervision by a speech pathologist or
audiologist with an active, current Iowa license in good standing;
b. An official application form provided by the board of
speech pathology and audiology examiners;
c. Official copies of transcripts sent directly from the
school to the board showing proof of possession of a master’s degree or
its equivalent;
d. Official verification of completion of not less than 300
hours of supervised clinical training in an accredited college or university;
and
e. The temporary clinical license fee.
300.5(2) The plan for clinical experience
shall:
a. Include at least nine months of full–time clinical
experience, or equivalent;
b. Include supervision by an Iowa–licensed speech
pathologist or audiologist, as appropriate;
c. Be kept by the supervisor for two years from the last date
of the clinical experience; and
d. Include a completed supervised clinical experience report
form that shall be submitted to the board of speech pathology and audiology
examiners upon successful completion of the nine months of full–time
clinical experience. The applicant may then apply for licensure.
645—300.6(147) Temporary permit.
300.6(1) A nonresident may apply to the board
for a temporary permit to practice speech pathology or audiology:
a. For a period not to exceed three months;
b. By submitting a letter to support the need for such a
permit;
c. By submitting documents to show that the applicant has
substantially the same qualifications as required for licensure in Iowa;
d. By submitting the documentation prior to the date the
applicant intends to begin practice; and
e. By submitting the temporary permit fee.
300.6(2) The applicant shall receive a final
determination from the board regarding the application for a temporary
permit.
645—300.7(147) Use of assistants. A licensee
shall, in the delivery of professional services, utilize assistants only to the
extent provided in these rules.
300.7(1) Duties.
a. Speech pathology assistant I. A speech pathology assistant
I works with an individual for whom significant improvement is expected within a
reasonable amount of time.
b. Speech pathology assistant II. A speech pathology
assistant II works with an individual for whom maintenance of present level of
communication is the goal; or for whom, based on the history and diagnosis, only
slow improvement is expected.
c. Audiology assistant I. An audiology assistant I is more
broadly trained and may be given a variety of duties depending upon the
individual’s training.
d. Audiology assistant II. An audiology assistant II is
trained specifically for a single task for screening.
300.7(2) Minimum requirements.
a. A speech pathology assistant I or II or audiology assistant
I must satisfy the following minimum requirements:
(1) Reach the age of majority.
(2) Complete a high school education, or its
equivalent.
(3) Complete a three–semester–hour (or
four–quarter–hour) course in introductory speech and language
pathology for speech pathology assistants or in audiology for audiology
assistants from an accredited educational institution and 15 hours of
instruction in the specific tasks which the assistant will be performing;
or
(4) Complete a minimum training period comprised of 75 clock
hours on instruction and practicum experience.
b. An audiology assistant II must satisfy the following
requirements:
(1) Reach the age of majority.
(2) Complete a high school education, or its
equivalent.
(3) Complete a minimum of 15 clock hours of instruction and
practicum experience in the specific task which the assistant will be
performing.
300.7(3) Utilization. Utilization of a speech
pathology or audiology assistant requires that a plan be developed by the
licensee desiring to utilize that assistant, consisting of the following
information:
a. Documentation that the assistant meets minimum
requirements;
b. A written plan of the activities and supervision that must
be kept by the licensee supervising the assistant. This supervision must
include direct on–site observation for a minimum of 20 percent of the
assistant’s direct patient care for level I speech pathology and level I
audiology assistants and 10 percent for level II speech pathology assistants.
Level II audiology assistants must be supervised 10 percent of the time. At
least half of that time must be direct on–site observation with the other
portion provided as time interpreting results;
c. A listing of the facilities where the assistant will be
utilized; and
d. A statement, signed by the licensee and the assistant, that
the rules pertaining to assistants have been read by both.
300.7(4) Maximum number of assistants. A licensee may
not utilize more than three assistants unless a plan of supervision is filed and
approved by the board.
300.7(5) Supervisor responsibilities. A licensee who
utilizes an assistant shall have the following responsibilities:
a. To be legally responsible for the actions of the assistant
in that assistant’s performance of assigned duties with a
client;
b. To make all professional decisions relating to the
management of a client;
c. To ensure that the assistant is assigned only those duties
and responsibilities for which the assistant has been specifically trained and
is qualified to perform;
d. To ensure compliance of the assistant(s) under supervision
with the provisions of these rules by providing periodic direct observation and
supervision of the activities of the assistant; and
e. To submit to the board of speech pathology and audiology
upon request a copy of the plan of activities and supervision for each assistant
and documentation of the dates each assistant was utilized by the
licensee.
645—300.8(147) Licensure by endorsement. An
applicant who has been a licensed speech pathologist or audiologist under the
laws of another jurisdiction shall file an application for licensure by
endorsement with the board office. The board may receive by endorsement any
applicant from the District of Columbia or another state, territory, province or
foreign country who:
1. Submits to the board a completed application;
2. Pays the licensure fee;
3. Shows evidence of an ASHA certificate or the National
Teacher Examination scores sent directly from the examination service to the
board;
4. Provides official copies of the academic transcripts;
and
5. Provides verification of licenses from all other states
that have been sent directly from those states to the board office.
645—300.9(147) Licensure by reciprocal agreement.
The board may enter into a reciprocal agreement with the District of
Columbia or any state, territory, province or foreign country with equal
or similar requirements for licensure of speech pathologists and
audiologists.
645—300.10(147) License renewal.
300.10(1) The biennial license renewal period for a
license to practice speech pathology or audiology shall begin on January 1 of
even–numbered years and end on December 31 of each odd–numbered
year. All licensees shall renew on a biennial basis.
300.10(2) A renewal of license application and a
continuing education report form to practice speech pathology or audiology shall
be mailed to the licensee at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the
license. Failure to receive the renewal application shall not relieve the
license holder of the obligation to pay the biennial renewal fee(s) on or before
the renewal date.
a. The licensee shall submit the completed application and the
continuing education report form with the renewal fee to the board office before
the license expiration date.
b. Individuals who were issued their initial licenses within
six months of the license renewal date will not be required to renew their
licenses until the next renewal date two years later.
c. Those persons licensed for the first time shall not be
required to complete continuing education as a prerequisite for the first
renewal of their licenses. Continuing education hours acquired anytime from the
initial licensing until the second license renewal may be used. The new
licensee will be required to complete a minimum of 30 hours of continuing
education per biennium for each subsequent license renewal.
d. Persons licensed to practice speech pathology or audiology
shall keep their renewal licenses displayed in a conspicuous public place at the
primary site of practice.
300.10(3) Late renewal. If the renewal fee(s),
continuing education report and renewal application are received within 30 days
after the license expiration date, the late fee for failure to renew before
expiration is charged.
300.10(4) When all requirements for license renewal
are met, the licensee shall be sent a license renewal card by regular
mail.
645—300.11(272C) Exemptions for inactive
practitioners.
300.11(1) A licensee who is not engaged in practice in
the state of Iowa may be granted a waiver of compliance and obtain a certificate
of exemption upon written application to the board. The application shall
contain a statement that the applicant will not engage in practice in the state
of Iowa without first complying with all regulations governing reinstatement
after exemption. The application for a certificate of exemption shall be
submitted upon the form provided by the board. A licensee must hold a current
license to apply for exempt status. The licensee shall apply for inactive
status prior to the license expiration date.
300.11(2) Reinstatement of exempted, inactive
practitioners. Inactive practitioners who have requested and been granted a
waiver of compliance with the renewal requirements and who have obtained a
certificate of exemption shall, prior to engaging in the practice of the
profession in Iowa, satisfy the requirements for reinstatement as outlined in
645—303.10(147,272C).
300.11(3) Licensees shall renew at the next scheduled
renewal. Licensees whose licenses were reinstated within six months prior to
the renewal shall not be required to renew their licenses until the renewal date
two years later.
300.11(4) A new licensee who is on inactive status
during the initial license renewal time period and reinstates before the first
license expiration date will not be required to complete continuing education
for that first license renewal time period only. Thirty hours of continuing
education will be required for every renewal thereafter.
300.11(5) Verifications of license(s) are required
from any state in which the licensee has practiced since the Iowa license became
inactive.
300.11(6) Reinstatement of inactive license after
exemption. The following chart illustrates the requirements for reinstatement
based on the length of time a license has been inactive.
An applicant shall satisfy the following
requirements:
|
1 renewal
|
2 renewals
|
3 renewals
|
Submit written application for reinstatement to the
board
|
Required
|
Required
|
Required
|
Pay the current renewal fee
|
$80
|
$80
|
$80
|
Pay the reinstatement fee
|
$50
|
$50
|
$50
|
Furnish evidence of full–time practice in another state
of the U.S. or District of Columbia and completion of continuing
education
OR
|
Current valid license and 30 hours
|
Current valid license and 60 hours
|
Current valid license and 90 hours
|
Furnish evidence of completion of continuing
education
OR
|
30 hours
|
60 hours
|
90 hours
|
Furnish evidence of successful completion of the National
Teacher Examination within one year immediately prior to submission of
application for reinstatement
|
Successful completion of examination
|
Successful completion of examination
|
Successful completion of examination
|
Total fees and continuing education hours required for
reinstatement:
|
$130 and 30 hours
|
$130 and 60 hours
|
$130 and 90 hours
|
645—300.12(272C) Lapsed licenses.
300.12(1) If the renewal fee(s) and continuing
education report are received more than 30 days after the license renewal
expiration date, the license is lapsed. An application for reinstatement
accompanied by the reinstatement fee, the renewal fee(s) for each biennium the
license is lapsed and the late fee for failure to renew before expiration must
be filed with the board. The licensee may be subject to an audit of the
licensee’s continuing education report.
300.12(2) Licensees who have not fulfilled the
requirements for license renewal or for an exemption in the required time frame
will have a lapsed license and shall not engage in the practice of speech
pathology or audiology. Practicing without a license may be cause for
disciplinary action.
300.12(3) In order to reinstate a lapsed license,
licensees shall comply with all requirements for reinstatement as outlined in
645—303.6(147).
300.12(4) After the reinstatement of a lapsed license,
the licensee shall renew at the next scheduled renewal cycle and complete the
continuing education required for the biennium.
300.12(5) Verifications of license(s) are required
from any state in which the licensee has practiced since the Iowa license
lapsed.
300.12(6) Reinstatement of a lapsed license. The
following chart illustrates the requirements for reinstatement based on the
length of time a license has lapsed.
An applicant shall satisfy the following
requirements:
|
30 days after expiration date up to 1 renewal
|
2 renewals
|
3 or more renewals
|
Submit written application for reinstatement
|
Required
|
Required
|
Required
|
Pay the renewal fee(s)
|
$80
|
$160
|
$240
|
Pay the late fee
|
$50
|
$50
|
$50
|
Pay the reinstatement fee
|
$50
|
$50
|
$50
|
Complete continuing education requirements during the period
since the license lapsed
|
30 hours
|
60 hours
|
90 hours
|
Total fees and continuing education hours required for
reinstatement:
|
$180 and 30 hours
|
$260 and 60 hours
|
$340 and 90 hours
|
645—300.13(17A,147,272C) License
denial.
300.13(1) An applicant who has been denied licensure
by the board may appeal the denial and request a hearing on the issues related
to the licensure denial by serving a notice of appeal and request for hearing
upon the board not more than 30 days following the date of mailing of the
notification of licensure denial to the applicant. The request for hearing as
outlined in these rules shall specifically describe the facts to be contested
and determined at the hearing.
300.13(2) If an applicant who has been denied
licensure by the board appeals the licensure denial and requests a hearing
pursuant to this rule, the hearing and subsequent procedures shall be held
pursuant to the process outlined in Iowa Code chapters 17A and 272C.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A,
147 and 272C.
ITEM 3. Rescind and reserve
645—Chapter 302.
ITEM 4. Adopt new paragraph
303.3(2)“g” as follows:
g. An applicant shall provide official transcripts indicating
successful completion of academic courses which apply to the field of speech
pathology and audiology in order to receive the following continuing education
credits:
1 academic semester hour = 15 continuing education hours of
credit
1 academic trimester hour = 12 continuing education hours of
credit
1 academic quarter hour = 10 continuing education hours of
credit
ITEM 5. Amend rule
645—303.6(147) as follows:
645—303.6(147) Reinstatement of lapsed license.
Failure of the licensee to renew within 30 days after expiration date shall
cause the license to lapse. A person who allows a license to lapse cannot
engage in practice in Iowa without first complying with all regulations
governing reinstatement as outlined in the board rules. A person who allows the
license to lapse may apply to the board for reinstatement of the license.
Reinstatement of the lapsed license may be granted by the board if the
applicant:
1. Submits a written application for reinstatement to the
board;
2. Pays all of the following fees to a maximum of
$350:
• Renewal fees
then due;
• Late fees
The late fee which have has been assessed by the
board for failure to renew; and
• Reinstatement
fees The reinstatement fee which have
has been assessed by the board for failure to renew; and
3. Provides evidence of:
• satisfactory
Satisfactory completion of Iowa continuing education requirements
computed by multiplying 30 times the number of years
bienniums since the license had lapsed to a maximum of 90
hours. ; or
• Successful
completion of the National Teacher Examination in speech pathology or audiology
within one year immediately prior to the submission of application for
reinstatement.
ITEM 6. Amend rule
645—303.10(147,272C) as follows:
645—303.10(147,272C) Reinstatement of inactive
practitioners. Inactive practitioners who have been granted a waiver of
compliance with these rules and obtained a certificate of exemption shall, prior
to engaging in the practice of speech pathology or audiology or both in the
state of Iowa, satisfy the following requirements for reinstatement.
303.10(1) Submit written application for reinstatement
to the board upon forms provided by the board accompanied by the current
license fee; and
303.10(2) Pay the reinstatement
fee;
303.10(3) Pay the current renewal fee;
and
303.10(2 4) Furnish in the
application evidence of one of the following:
a. to c. No change.
d. Payment of the current biennial license renewal fee
and reinstatement fee.
ITEM 7. Adopt new
645—Chapter 304 as follows:
CHAPTER 304
DISCIPLINE FOR SPEECH PATHOLOGISTSAND AUDIOLOGISTS
645—304.1(272C) Grounds for discipline. The
board may impose any of the disciplinary sanctions set forth in 645—
13.1(272C), including civil penalties in an amount not to exceed $1000, when the
board determines that a licensee:
304.1(1) Is guilty of any of the following acts or
offenses:
a. Fraud in procuring a license.
b. Professional incompetency.
c. Knowingly making misleading, deceptive, untrue or
fraudulent representations in the practice of the profession or engaging in
unethical conduct or practice harmful or detrimental to the public. Proof of
actual injury need not be established.
d. Habitual intoxication or addiction to the use of
drugs.
e. Conviction of a felony related to the profession or
occupation of the licensee or the conviction of any felony that would affect the
licensee’s ability to practice within the profession. A copy of the
record of conviction or plea of guilty shall be conclusive evidence.
f. Fraud in representations as to skill or ability.
g. Use of untruthful or improbable statements in
advertisements.
h. Willful or repeated violations of the provisions of Iowa
Code chapter 147.
304.1(2) Is in violation of the rules promulgated by
the board.
304.1(3) Is in violation of the following code of
ethics:
a. Claims of expected clinical results shall be based upon
sound evidence and shall accurately convey the probability and degree of
expected improvement.
b. Persons served professionally or the files of such persons
will be used for teaching or research purposes only after obtaining informed
consent from those persons or from the legal guardians of such
persons.
c. Information of a personal or professional nature obtained
from persons served professionally will be released only to individuals
authorized by the persons receiving professional service or to those individuals
to whom release is required by law.
d. Relationships between professionals and between a
professional and a client shall be based on high personal regard and mutual
respect without concern for race, religious preference, sex, or age.
e. Referral of clients for additional services or evaluation
and recommendation of sources for purchasing appliances shall be without any
consideration for financial or material gain to the licensee making the referral
or recommendation for purchase.
f. Licensees who dispense products to persons served
professionally shall provide clients with freedom of choice for the source of
services and products.
g. Failure to comply with Food and Drug Administration rules
21 CFR §801.420 (April 1, 1981), “Hearing aid devices; professional
and patient labeling,” and 21 CFR §801.421 (April 1, 1981),
“Hearing aid devices, conditions for sale.”
304.1(4) Is disqualified for personal
reasons:
a. Mental or physical inability reasonably related to and
adversely affecting the licensee’s ability to practice in a safe and
competent manner.
b. Involuntary commitment for treatment of mental illness,
drug addiction or alcoholism.
304.1(5) Is practicing or has practiced the profession
while the license is suspended.
304.1(6) Has had a license suspended or revoked by
another state.
304.1(7) Is negligent in the practice of the
profession, which is a failure to exercise due care, including negligent
delegation to or supervision of employees or other individuals, whether or not
injury results; or any conduct, practice or conditions which impair the ability
to safely and skillfully practice the profession.
304.1(8) Has committed prohibited acts consisting of
the following:
a. Permitting an unlicensed employee or person under the
licensee’s control to perform activities requiring a license.
b. Permitting another person to use the licensee’s
license for any purpose.
c. Practicing outside the scope of a license.
d. Verbally or physically abusing clients.
304.1(9) Has committed unethical business practices,
consisting of any of the following:
a. False or misleading advertising.
b. Betrayal of a professional confidence.
c. Falsifying clients’ records.
d. Billing for services which were not rendered, or charging
fees which are inconsistent with any prior agreements reached with the
clients.
304.1(10) Has failed to report a change of name or
address within 30 days after it occurs.
304.1(11) Has submitted a false report of continuing
education or has failed to submit the annual report of continuing
education.
304.1(12) Has failed to notify the board within 30
days after occurrence of any judgment or settlement of a malpractice claim or
action.
304.1(13) Has failed to comply with a subpoena issued
by the board.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 272C.3
and 272C.4.
ITEM 8. Adopt new
645—Chapter 305 as follows:
CHAPTER 305
FEES
645—305.1(147) License fees. All fees are
nonrefundable.
305.1(1) Licensure fee for license to practice speech
pathology or audiology, temporary clinical license, licensure by endorsement, or
licensure by reciprocity is $100.
305.1(2) Biennial license renewal fee for each
biennium is $80.
305.1(3) Late fee for failure to renew before
expiration is $50.
305.1(4) Reinstatement fee for a lapsed license or an
inactive license is $50.
305.1(5) Duplicate license fee is $10.
305.1(6) Verification of license fee is $10.
305.1(7) Returned check fee is $15.
305.1(8) Disciplinary hearing fee is a maximum of
$75.
305.1(9) Temporary clinical license renewal fee is
$50.
305.1(10) Temporary permit fee is $25.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A, 147
and 272C.
ARC 0717B
PUBLIC SAFETY
DEPARTMENT[661]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 100.35 and
321.4, the Department of Public Safety hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
amend Chapter 5, “Fire Marshal,” and Chapter 10, “Practice and
Procedure Before the Department of Public Safety,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
New language added to Iowa Code chapter 17A by the Iowa
General Assembly during its 2000 Session codifies requirements for Executive
Branch agencies to adopt rules specifying procedures for requesting waivers from
an agency’s rules and criteria for approving or denying such requests.
The amendments proposed here would replace existing rules regarding exceptions
from and waivers of administrative rules of the Department of Public Safety.
The amendment to Chapter 5 will govern waivers of rules of the State Fire
Marshal, including rules contained in Chapters 5, 53, 54, and 59, while the
amendment to Chapter 10 will govern waivers from rules of the Department other
than rules of the State Fire Marshal or rules contained in the State of Iowa
Building Code (Chapter 16 of the rules of the Department of Public Safety).
Provisions governing waivers of rules contained in the State of Iowa Building
Code are not dealt with in this Notice, but will be dealt with in separate rule
making.
A public hearing on these proposed amendments will be held on
June 22, 2001, at 10:30 a.m., in the Third Floor Conference Room of the Wallace
State Office Building, East 9th and Grand, Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may
present their views orally or in writing at the public hearing. Persons who
wish to make oral presentations at the public hearing should contact the Agency
Rules Administrator, Department of Public Safety, Wallace State Office Building,
Des Moines, Iowa 50319, by mail, by telephone at (515)281–5524, or by
electronic mail to admrule@dps.state.ia.us, at least one day prior to the
public hearing.
Any written comments or information regarding these proposed
amendments may be directed to the Agency Rules Administrator by mail or
electronic mail at the addresses indicated, or may be submitted at the public
hearing. Persons who wish to convey their views orally other than at the public
hearing may contact the Agency Rules Administrator by telephone or in person at
least one day prior to the public hearing.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
17A.22.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Rescind subrule
5.1(5).
ITEM 2. Amend 661—Chapter 5 by
adopting the following new rule:
661—5.15(17A,100) Waivers, variances, and
exceptions. This rule outlines generally applicable standards and a uniform
process for the granting of individual waivers from rules of the state fire
marshal in situations where no other more specific procedure provides for
waivers. To the extent another more specific provision of law
governs the issuance of a waiver from a particular rule, the more specific
provision shall supersede this rule with respect to any waiver from that
rule.
“Rules of the state fire marshal” include any
rules contained in 661—Chapters 5, 53, 54, and 59.
“Waiver” or “variance” means an action
by the fire marshal which suspends, in whole or in part, the requirements or
provisions of a rule as applied to an identified person on the basis of the
particular circumstances of that person. For simplicity, the term
“waiver” shall include both a “waiver” and a
“variance.”
5.15(1) Applicability of rule. The fire marshal may
grant a waiver from a rule only if the fire marshal has jurisdiction over the
rule and the requested waiver is consistent with applicable statutes,
constitutional provisions, or other provisions of law. The fire marshal may not
waive requirements created or duties imposed by statute.
5.15(2) Criteria for waiver or variance. In response
to a petition completed pursuant to this rule, the fire marshal may, in the fire
marshal’s sole discretion, issue an order waiving, in whole or in part,
the requirements of a rule if the fire marshal finds, based on clear and
convincing evidence, all of the following:
a. The application of the rule would impose an undue hardship
on the person for whom the waiver is requested;
b. The waiver from the requirements of the rule in the
specific case would not prejudice the substantial legal rights of any
person;
c. The provisions of the rule subject to the petition for a
waiver are not specifically mandated by statute or another provision of law;
and
d. Substantially equal protection of public health, safety,
and welfare will be afforded by a means other than that prescribed in the
particular rule for which the waiver is requested.
5.15(3) Filing of petition. A petition for a
waiver must be submitted in writing to the fire marshal as follows:
a. License application. If the petition relates to a license
application, the petition shall be made in accordance with the filing
requirements for the license in question.
b. Contested cases. If the petition relates to a pending
contested case, the petition shall be filed in the contested case proceeding,
using the caption of the contested case.
c. Other. If the petition does not relate to a license
application or a pending contested case, the petition shall be submitted using a
caption indicating the name of the entity or person for whom the waiver is
requested and the location of property to which the proposed waiver would apply,
if any.
d. File petition. A petition is deemed filed when it is
received in the office of the state fire marshal. A petition should be sent or
delivered to the Iowa State Fire Marshal, 621 East 2nd Street, Des Moines, Iowa
50309.
5.15(4) Content of petition. A petition for waiver
shall include the following information where applicable and known to the
requester:
a. The name, address, and telephone number of the entity or
person for whom a waiver is being requested; the case number of or other
reference to any related contested case; and the name, address, and telephone
number of the petitioner’s legal representative, if any.
b. A description of and citation to the specific rule from
which a waiver is requested.
c. The specific waiver requested, including the precise scope
and duration.
d. The relevant facts that the petitioner believes would
justify a waiver under each of the four criteria described in subrule 5.15(2).
This statement shall include a signed statement from the petitioner attesting to
the accuracy of the facts provided in the petition, and a statement of reasons
that the petitioner believes will justify a waiver.
e. A history of any prior contacts between the department of
public safety or any other agency of the state of Iowa or political subdivision
and the petitioner relating to the regulated activity or license affected by the
proposed waiver, including a description of each affected license or certificate
held by the requester, any formal charges filed, notices of violation, contested
case hearings, or investigations relating to the regulated activity or license
within the last five years.
f. Any information known to the requester regarding actions of
the fire marshal in similar cases.
g. The name, address, and telephone number of any public
agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in question or
which might be affected by the granting of a waiver.
h. The name, address, and telephone number of any entity or
person who would be adversely affected by the granting of a petition.
i. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with
knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver.
j. Signed releases of information authorizing persons with
knowledge regarding the request to furnish the department with information
relevant to the waiver.
5.15(5) Additional information. Prior to issuing an
order granting or denying a waiver, the fire marshal may request additional
information from the petitioner relative to the petition and surrounding
circumstances. If the petition was not filed in a contested case, the fire
marshal may, on the fire marshal’s own motion or at the petitioner’s
request, schedule a telephonic or in–person meeting between the petitioner
and a representative or representatives of the fire marshal related to the
waiver request.
5.15(6) Notice. The fire marshal shall acknowledge a
petition upon receipt. The fire marshal shall ensure that all persons to whom
notice is required by any provision of law, including the petitioner, receive
notice within 30 days of the receipt of the petition that the petition is
pending and a concise summary of its contents. In addition, the fire marshal
may give notice to other persons. To accomplish this notice provision, the fire
marshal may require the petitioner to serve the notice on all persons to whom
notice is required by any provision of law, and provide a written statement to
the department attesting that notice has been provided.
5.15(7) Hearing procedures. The provisions of Iowa
Code sections 17A.10 to 17A.18A regarding contested case hearings shall apply to
any petition for a waiver filed within a contested case, and shall otherwise
apply to department proceedings for a waiver only when the department so
provides by rule or order or is required to do so by statute.
5.15(8) Ruling. An order granting or denying a waiver
shall be in writing and shall contain a reference to the particular person or
legal entity and rule or portion thereof to which the order pertains, a
statement of the relevant facts and reasons upon which the action is based, and
a description of the precise scope and duration of the waiver if one is
issued.
a. Fire marshal discretion. The final decision on
whether the circumstances justify the granting of a waiver shall be made at the
sole discretion of the fire marshal, upon consideration of all relevant factors.
Each petition for a waiver shall be evaluated by the fire marshal based on the
unique, individual circumstances set out in the petition.
b. Burden of persuasion. The burden of persuasion
rests with the petitioner to demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence that
the fire marshal should exercise discretion to grant a waiver of a
rule.
c. Narrowly tailored. A waiver, if granted, shall provide the
narrowest exception possible to the provisions of a rule.
d. Administrative deadlines. When the rule from which
a waiver is sought establishes administrative deadlines, the fire marshal shall
balance the special individual circumstances of the petitioner with the overall
goal of uniform treatment of all similarly situated persons.
e. Conditions. The fire marshal may place on a waiver
any condition that the fire marshal finds desirable to protect the public
health, safety, and welfare.
f. Time period of waiver. A waiver shall not be
permanent unless the petitioner can show that a temporary waiver would be
impracticable. If a temporary waiver is granted, there is no automatic right to
renewal. At the sole discretion of the fire marshal, a waiver may be renewed if
the fire marshal finds that grounds for a waiver continue to exist.
g. Time for ruling. The fire marshal shall grant or
deny a petition for a waiver as soon as practicable but, in any event, shall do
so within 120 days of its receipt, unless the petitioner agrees to a later date.
However, if a petition is filed in a contested case, the fire marshal shall
grant or deny the petition no later than the time at which the final decision in
that contested case is issued.
h. When deemed denied. Failure of the fire marshal to
grant or deny a petition within the required time period shall be deemed a
denial of that petition by the fire marshal. However, the fire marshal shall
remain responsible for issuing an order denying a waiver.
i. Service of order. Within seven days of its
issuance, any order issued under this rule shall be transmitted to the
petitioner or the person to whom the order pertains, and to any other person
entitled to such notice by any provision of law.
5.15(9) All orders granting or denying a waiver
petition shall be indexed, filed, and available for public inspection as
provided in Iowa Code section 17A.3. Petitions for a waiver and orders granting
or denying a waiver petition are public records under Iowa Code chapter 22.
Some petitions or orders may contain information the fire marshal is authorized
or required to keep confidential. The department may accordingly redact
confidential information from petitions or orders prior to public
inspection.
5.15(10) Summary reports. The fire marshal shall
provide information regarding requests for waivers received pursuant to this
rule to the agency rules administrator for inclusion in summary reports of
requests for waivers as provided for in 661—subrule 10.222(10).
5.15(11) Cancellation of a waiver. A waiver issued by
the fire marshal pursuant to this rule may be withdrawn, canceled, or modified
if, after appropriate notice and hearing, the fire marshal issues an order
finding any of the following:
a. The petitioner or the person who was the subject of the
waiver order withheld or misrepresented material facts relevant to the propriety
or desirability of the waiver; or
b. The alternative means for ensuring that the public health,
safety and welfare will be adequately protected after issuance of the waiver
order have been demonstrated to be insufficient; or
c. The subject of the waiver order has failed to comply with
all conditions contained in the order.
5.15(12) Violations. Violation of a condition in a
waiver order shall be treated as a violation of the particular rule for which
the waiver was granted. As a result, the recipient of a waiver under this
chapter who violates a condition of the waiver may be subject to the same
remedies or penalties as a person who violates the rule at issue.
5.15(13) Defense. After the fire
marshal issues an order granting a waiver, the order is a defense within its
terms and the specific facts indicated therein only for the person to whom the
order pertains in any proceeding in which the rule in question is sought to be
invoked.
5.15(14) Appeals. Decisions of the fire
marshal pursuant to this rule may be appealed to the commissioner of public
safety. Provision for appeals of proposed decisions in contested case
proceedings shall apply, as provided in rule 661—10.327(17A).
5.15(15) Judicial review. Judicial review of
the department’s decision to grant or deny a waiver petition may be taken
in accordance with Iowa Code chapter 17A.
5.15(16) Sample petition for waiver. A
petition for waiver filed in accordance with this chapter must meet the
requirements specified herein and must substantially conform to the following
form:
BEFORE THE IOWA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SAFETY,
STATE FIRE MARSHAL DIVISION
|
Petition by (name of petitioner) for the waiver/variance
of (insert rule citation) relating to (insert the subject matter).
|
}
|
PETITION FOR WAIVER/VARIANCE
|
1. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of the
petitioner (person asking for a waiver or variance). Also provide the name,
address, and telephone number of the petitioner’s legal representative, if
applicable, and a statement indicating the person to whom communications
concerning the petition should be directed.
2. Describe and cite the specific rule from which a waiver is
requested.
3. Describe the specific waiver requested, including the
precise scope and time period for which the waiver will extend.
4. Explain the relevant facts and reasons that the petitioner
believes justify a waiver. Include in the answer all of the
following:
• Why applying the rule
would result in undue hardship to the petitioner;
• Why waiving the rule would
not prejudice the substantial legal rights of any person;
• Whether the provisions of
the rule subject to the waiver are specifically mandated by statute or another
provision of law; and
• How substantially equal
protection of public health, safety, and welfare will be afforded by a means
other than that prescribed in the particular rule for which the waiver is
requested.
5. Provide a history of any prior contacts between the
department, other departments or agencies of the state of Iowa, or political
subdivisions and petitioner relating to the regulated activity or license that
would be affected by the waiver. Include a description of each affected license
held by the petitioner, any formal charges filed, any notices of violation, any
contested case hearings held, or any investigations related to the regulated
activity, license, registration, certification, or permit.
6. Provide information known to the petitioner regarding the
fire marshal’s action in similar cases.
7. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
public agency or political subdivision that also regulates the activity in
question or that might be affected by the granting of the petition.
8. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
person or entity that would be adversely affected by the granting of the
waiver.
9. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
person with knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed
waiver.
10. Provide signed releases of information authorizing persons
with knowledge regarding the request to furnish the fire marshal with
information relevant to the waiver.
I hereby attest to the accuracy and truthfulness of the above
information.
_________________________ __________
Petitioner’s signature Date
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
17A.22.
ITEM 3. Amend rule
661—10.1(17A) by adopting the following new
definition:
“Waiver” or “variance” means an action
by the department which suspends, in whole or in part, the requirements or
provisions of a rule as applied to an identified person on the basis of the
particular circumstances of that person. For simplicity, the term
“waiver” shall include both a “waiver” and a
“variance.”
ITEM 4. Rescind rule
661—10.222(17A) and adopt in lieu thereof the following new
rule:
661—10.222(17A) Waivers of rules. This rule
outlines generally applicable standards and a uniform process for the granting
of individual waivers from rules adopted by the department of public safety in
situations where no other more specific procedure provides for waivers. To the
extent another more specific provision of law governs the issuance of a waiver
from a particular rule, the more specific provision shall supersede this rule
with respect to any waiver from that rule. Generally, more specific procedures
exist for considering waivers from rules of the state fire marshal and from
provisions of the state of Iowa building code.
10.222(1) Applicability of rule. The
department may grant a waiver from a rule only if the department has
jurisdiction over the rule and the requested waiver is consistent with
applicable statutes, constitutional provisions, or other provisions of law. The
department may not waive requirements created or duties imposed by
statute.
10.222(2) Criteria for waiver or variance. In
response to a petition completed pursuant to this rule, the department may, in
its sole discretion, issue an order waiving, in whole or in part, the
requirements of a rule if the department finds, based on clear and convincing
evidence, all of the following:
a. The application of the rule would impose an undue hardship
on the person for whom the waiver is requested;
b. The waiver from the requirements of the rule in the
specific case would not prejudice the substantial legal rights of any
person;
c. The provisions of the rule subject to the petition for a
waiver are not specifically mandated by statute or another provision of law;
and
d. Substantially equal protection of public health, safety,
and welfare will be afforded by a means other than that prescribed in the
particular rule for which the waiver is requested.
10.222(3) Filing of petition. A petition for a waiver
must be submitted in writing to the department as follows:
a. License application. If the petition relates to a license
application, the petition shall be made in accordance with the filing
requirements for the license in question.
b. Contested cases. If the petition relates to a pending
contested case, the petition shall be filed in the contested case proceeding,
using the caption of the contested case.
c. Other. If the petition does not relate to a license
application or a pending contested case, the petition may be submitted with a
caption containing the name of the entity or person for whom the waiver is
requested.
d. File petition. A petition is deemed filed when it is
received in the department’s office. A petition should be sent to the
Iowa Department of Public Safety, Attention: Agency Rules Administrator, Wallace
State Office Building, East 9th and Grand, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0040.
10.222(4) Content of petition. A petition for waiver
shall include the following information where applicable and known to the
requester:
a. The name, address, and telephone number of the entity or
person for whom a waiver is being requested; the case number of or other
reference to any related contested case; and the name, address, and telephone
number of the petitioner’s legal representative, if any.
b. A description of and citation to the specific rule from
which a waiver is requested.
c. The specific waiver requested, including the precise scope
and duration.
d. The relevant facts that the petitioner believes would
justify a waiver under each of the four criteria described in subrule 10.222(2).
This statement shall include a signed statement from the petitioner attesting to
the accuracy of the facts provided in the petition, and a statement of reasons
that the petitioner believes will justify a waiver.
e. A history of any prior contacts between the department,
other departments or agencies of the state or Iowa, or political subdivisions
and the petitioner relating to the regulated activity or license affected by the
proposed waiver, including a description of each affected license or certificate
held by the requester, any formal charges filed, notices of violation, contested
case hearings, or investigations relating to the regulated activity or license
within the last five years.
f. Any information known to the requester regarding the
department’s action in similar cases.
g. The name, address, and telephone number of any public
agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in question or
which might be affected by the granting of a waiver.
h. The name, address, and telephone number of any entity or
person that would be adversely affected by the granting of a petition.
i. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with
knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver.
j. Signed releases of information authorizing persons with
knowledge regarding the request to furnish the department with information
relevant to the waiver.
10.222(5) Additional information. Prior to
issuing an order granting or denying a waiver, the department may request
additional information from the petitioner relative to the petition and
surrounding circumstances. If the petition was not filed in a contested case,
the department may, on its own motion or at the petitioner’s request,
schedule a telephonic or in–person meeting between the petitioner and a
representative or representatives of the department related to the waiver
request.
10.222(6) Notice. The department shall acknowledge a
petition upon receipt. The department shall ensure that all persons to whom
notice is required by any provision of law, including the petitioner, receive
notice within 30 days of the receipt of the petition, that the petition is
pending and a concise summary of its contents. In addition, the department may
give notice to other persons. To accomplish this notice provision, the
department may require the petitioner to serve the notice on all persons to whom
notice is required by any provision of law, and provide a written statement to
the department attesting that notice has been provided.
10.222(7) Hearing procedures. The provisions
of Iowa Code sections 17A.10 to 17A.18A regarding contested case hearings shall
apply to any petition for a waiver filed within a contested case, and shall
otherwise apply to department proceedings for a waiver only when the department
so provides by rule or order or is required to do so by statute.
10.222(8) Ruling. An order granting or denying
a waiver shall be in writing and shall contain a reference to the particular
person or legal entity and rule or portion thereof to which the order pertains,
a statement of the relevant facts and reasons upon which the action is based,
and a description of the precise scope and duration of the waiver if one is
issued.
a. Departmental discretion. The final decision on
whether the circumstances justify the granting of a waiver shall be made at the
sole discretion of the department, upon consideration of all relevant factors.
Each petition for a waiver shall be evaluated by the department based on the
unique, individual circumstances set out in the petition.
b. Burden of persuasion. The burden of persuasion
rests with the petitioner to demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence that
the department should exercise its discretion to grant a waiver from a
rule.
c. Narrowly tailored. A waiver, if granted, shall
provide the narrowest exception possible to the provisions of a rule.
d. Administrative deadlines. When the rule from which
a waiver is sought establishes administrative deadlines, the department shall
balance the special individual circumstances of the petitioner with the overall
goal of uniform treatment of all similarly situated persons.
e. Conditions. The department may place on a waiver
any condition that the department finds desirable to protect the public health,
safety, and welfare.
f. Time period of waiver. A waiver shall not be
permanent unless the petitioner can show that a temporary waiver would be
impracticable. If a temporary waiver is granted, there is no automatic right to
renewal. At the sole discretion of the department, a waiver may be renewed if
the department finds that grounds for a waiver continue to exist.
g. Time for ruling. The department shall grant or deny
a petition for a waiver as soon as practicable but, in any event, shall do so
within 120 days of its receipt, unless the petitioner agrees to a later date.
However, if a petition is filed in a contested case, the department shall grant
or deny the petition no later than the time at which the final decision in that
contested case is issued.
h. When deemed denied. Failure of the department to
grant or deny a petition within the required time period shall be deemed a
denial of that petition by the department. However, the department shall remain
responsible for issuing an order denying a waiver.
i. Service of order. Within seven days of its
issuance, any order issued under this rule shall be transmitted or delivered to
the petitioner or the person to whom the order pertains, and to any other person
entitled to such notice by any provision of law.
10.222(9) All orders granting or denying a waiver
petition shall be indexed, filed, and available for public inspection as
provided in Iowa Code section 17A.3. Petitions for a waiver and orders granting
or denying a waiver petition are public records under Iowa Code chapter 22.
Some petitions or orders may contain information the department is authorized or
required to keep confidential. The department may accordingly redact
confidential information from petitions or orders prior to public
inspection.
10.222(10) Summary reports. Semiannually, the
department shall prepare a summary report identifying the rules for which a
waiver has been granted or denied, the number of times a waiver was granted or
denied for each rule, a citation to the statutory provisions implemented by
these rules, and a general summary of the reasons justifying the
department’s actions on waiver requests. If practicable, the report shall
detail the extent to which the granting of a waiver has affected the general
applicability of the rule itself. Copies of this report shall be available for
public inspection and shall be provided semiannually to the administrative rules
coordinator and the administrative rules review committee.
10.222(11) Cancellation of a waiver. A
waiver issued by the department pursuant to this chapter may be withdrawn,
canceled, or modified if, after appropriate notice and hearing, the department
issues an order finding any of the following:
a. The petitioner or the person who was the subject of the
waiver order withheld or misrepresented material facts relevant to the propriety
or desirability of the waiver; or
b. The alternative means for ensuring that the public health,
safety and welfare will be adequately protected after issuance of the waiver
order have been demonstrated to be insufficient; or
c. The subject of the waiver order has failed to comply with
all conditions contained in the order.
10.222(12) Violations. Violation of a
condition in a waiver order shall be treated as a violation of the particular
rule for which the waiver was granted. As a result, the recipient of a waiver
under this chapter who violates a condition of the waiver may be subject to the
same remedies or penalties as a person who violates the rule at issue.
10.222(13) Defense. After the department
issues an order granting a waiver, the order is a defense within its terms and
the specific facts indicated therein only for the person to whom the order
pertains in any proceeding in which the rule in question is sought to be
invoked.
10.222(14) Judicial review. Judicial review of
the department’s decision to grant or deny a waiver petition may be taken
in accordance with Iowa Code chapter 17A.
10.222(15) Sample petition for waiver. A
petition for waiver filed in accordance with this chapter must meet the
requirements specified herein and must substantially conform to the following
form:
BEFORE THE IOWA DEPARTMENTOF PUBLIC
SAFETY
|
Petition by (name of petitioner) for the waiver/variance
of (insert rule citation) relating to (insert the subject matter).
|
}
|
PETITION FOR WAIVER/VARIANCE
|
1. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of the
petitioner (person asking for a waiver or variance). Also provide the name,
address, and telephone number of the petitioner’s legal representative, if
applicable, and a statement indicating the person to whom communications
concerning the petition should be directed.
2. Describe and cite the specific rule from which a waiver is
requested.
3. Describe the specific waiver requested, including the
precise scope and time period for which the waiver will extend.
4. Explain the relevant facts and reasons that the petitioner
believes justify a waiver. Include in your answer all of the
following:
• Why applying the rule
would result in undue hardship to the petitioner;
• Why waiving the rule would
not prejudice the substantial legal rights of any person;
• Whether the provisions of
the rule subject to the waiver are specifically mandated by statute or another
provision of law; and
• How substantially equal
protection of public health, safety, and welfare will be afforded by a means
other than that prescribed in the particular rule for which the waiver is
requested.
5. Provide a history of any prior contacts between the
department, other departments or agencies of the state of Iowa, or political
subdivisions and petitioner relating to the regulated activity or license that
would be affected by the waiver. Include a description of each affected license
held by the petitioner, any formal charges filed, any notices of violation, any
contested case hearings held, or any investigations related to the regulated
activity, license, registration, certification, or permit.
6. Provide information known to the petitioner regarding the
department’s action in similar cases.
7. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
public agency or political subdivision that also regulates the activity in
question or that might be affected by the granting of the petition.
8. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
person or entity that would be adversely affected by the granting of the waiver
or variance.
9. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
person with knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed
waiver.
10. Provide signed releases of information authorizing persons
with knowledge regarding the request to furnish the department with information
relevant to the waiver.
I hereby attest to the accuracy and truthfulness of the above
information.
____________________________ __________
Petitioner’s signature Date
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
17A.22.
ARC 0676B
PUBLIC SAFETY
DEPARTMENT[661]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 692A.10, the
Department of Public Safety hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 8, “Criminal Justice Information,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
2001 Iowa Acts, House File 550, which was recently passed by
the General Assembly, was signed into law by Governor Thomas J. Vilsack on April
24, 2001, and took effect immediately. House File 550 adds an offense to the
list of those requiring registration with the Iowa Sex Offender Registry.
Violations of Iowa Code section 709C.1, subsection 1, paragraph “a,”
will now require registration. This section deals with “criminal
transmission of human immunodeficiency virus,” and subsection 1, paragraph
“a,” deals specifically with transmission of the virus through
“intimate contact.” House File 550 adds the offense of criminal
transmission of human immunodeficiency virus through intimate contact to the
list of “aggravated offenses” which require registration with the
Iowa Sex Offender Registry for life.
This amendment was also Adopted and Filed Emergency and is
published herein as ARC 0677B. The content of that submission is
incorporated by reference.
A public hearing on the proposed amendment will be held on
June 22, 2001, at 9:30 a.m. in the Third Floor Conference Room, Wallace State
Office Building, East 9th and Grand, Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may present
their views orally or in writing at the public hearing. Persons who wish to
make oral presentations at the public hearing should contact the Agency Rules
Administrator, Iowa Department of Public Safety, Wallace State Office Building,
Des Moines, Iowa 50319, by mail, by telephone at (515)281–5524, or by
electronic mail to admrule@dps.state.ia.us at least one day prior to the
public hearing.
Any written comments or information regarding the proposed
amendment may be directed to the Agency Rules Administrator by mail or
electronic mail at the addresses indicated, or may be submitted at the public
hearing. Persons who wish to convey their views orally other than at the public
hearing may contact the Agency Rules Administrator by telephone or in person at
least one day prior to the public hearing.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
692A.1 as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 550.
ARC 0678B
PUBLIC SAFETY
DEPARTMENT[661]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 103A.7, the
Building Code Commissioner hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 16, “State of Iowa Building Code,” Iowa Administrative Code,
with the approval of the Building Code Advisory Council.
A fee schedule for building code plan reviews was recently
adopted by the Building Code Commissioner, acting with the approval of the
Building Code Advisory Council. The adopted rule was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on November 29, 2000, as ARC 0314B. That rule
making inadvertently omitted two items from the fee schedule which had been
approved by the Building Code Advisory Council. Emergency rule making was
undertaken to correct that omission. The emergency rule was published in the
Iowa Administrative Bulletin on April 18, 2001, as ARC 0615B, and adopted
the fees omitted from the schedule adopted in the prior rule making. The fees
originally omitted are for sprinkler plan reviews and for fire alarm reviews,
each of which has a flat fee of $100. The emergency rule making was effective
April 1, 2001. The amendment proposed here is identical to the emergency rule
making undertaken in ARC 0615B. This Notice of Intended Action is being
published to allow for public comment on the amendment adopted through emergency
procedures in ARC 0615B. The two fees which were omitted from the
published schedule and which are proposed here are exceptions to the general
approach of charging for plan reviews based on the square footage covered by the
plan under review and will always result in lower fees being assessed to those
whose plans are being reviewed only for fire alarms or sprinklers than would be
the case without these fees being adopted.
A public hearing on this proposed amendment will be held on
June 22, 2001, at 10 a.m., in the Third Floor Conference Room of the Wallace
State Office Building, East 9th and Grand, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. Persons may
present their views orally or in writing at the public hearing. Persons who
wish to make oral presentations at the public hearing should contact the Agency
Rules Administrator, Department of Public Safety, Wallace State Office Building,
Des Moines, Iowa 50319 by mail, by telephone at (515)281–5524, or by
electronic mail to admrule@dps.state.ia.us, at least one day prior to the
public hearing.
Any written comments or information regarding this proposed
amendment may be directed to the Agency Rules Administrator by mail or
electronic mail at the addresses indicated, or may be submitted at the public
hearing. Persons who wish to convey their views orally other than at the public
hearing may contact the Agency Rules Administrator by telephone or in person at
least one day prior to the public hearing.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
103A.23.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend subrule 16.131(2) by rescinding paragraph
“c” and adopting in lieu thereof the following
new paragraph:
c. The fees for completion of building code plan reviews,
which shall be reviews for compliance with 661— Chapter 5 and
661—Chapter 16, excluding mechanical, electrical, plumbing, and
accessibility provisions, shall be calculated as follows:
|
Preliminary Plan Review Meeting (Optional)
|
Plan Review Fee
|
Plan Review Fee Including Optional Preliminary Plan Review
Meeting
|
AREA IN SQUARE FEET
|
Cost
|
Cost
|
Cost
|
Up to 5,000
|
$75
|
$200
|
$275
|
5,001–10,000
|
$100
|
$300
|
$400
|
10,001–20,000
|
$125
|
$400
|
$525
|
20,001–50,000
|
$150
|
$500
|
$650
|
50,001–100,000
|
$200
|
$600
|
$800
|
100,001–150,000
|
$200
|
$1,000
|
$1,200
|
150,001–200,000
|
$200
|
$1,200
|
$1,400
|
200,001–250,000
|
$200
|
$1,400
|
$1,600
|
250,001–300,000
|
$250
|
$1,600
|
$1,850
|
300,001–350,000
|
$250
|
$1,800
|
$2,050
|
350,001–400,000
|
$250
|
$2,000
|
$2,250
|
400,001–450,000
|
$300
|
$2,200
|
$2,500
|
More than 450,000
|
$300
|
$2,400
|
$2,700
|
Special Limited Reviews
|
Fee
|
Sprinkler Plan Review
|
$100
|
Fire Alarm Review
|
$100
|
Payment of the assigned fee shall accompany each plan when
submitted for review. Payment may be made by credit card, money order, check or
draft made payable to the “Iowa Department of Public Safety—Building
Code Bureau”.
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Public Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Executive Order Number 8, the
Department of Revenue and Finance hereby gives notice of a public hearing
scheduled to consider existing rules of the Department. The Department has
adopted an Administrative Rules Review Plan, as provided in Executive Order
Number 8, which specifies a schedule for consideration of all existing
Department rules. Part of the rules review plan is to conduct public hearings
to receive comments by interested parties. The hearings are for the sole
purpose of receiving comments on all existing administrative rules.
The following public hearings are scheduled:
June 21, 2001, 10 a.m. to 12 noon, at the Hoover State Office
Building, East Thirteenth and Walnut, Fourth Floor Conference Rooms, Des Moines,
Iowa 50319.
June 21, 2001, 1 to 3 p.m., at the following tentatively
scheduled interactive Iowa Communications Network (ICN) locations:
Area Education Agency
1400 2nd St. N.W.
Elkader, Iowa
Dubuque Community School District—Forum
2300 Chaney
Dubuque, Iowa
North Iowa Area Community College—2
500 College Drive
Mason City, Iowa
Spencer High School
800 E. 3rd St.
Spencer, Iowa
Orange City Public Library
112 Albany Street S.E.
Orange City, Iowa
Area Education Agency
909 S. 12th St.
Marshalltown, Iowa
University of Northern Iowa—2
Schindler 130A
Corner of Hudson Road and 23rd St.
Cedar Falls, Iowa
Public Library
321 Main St.
Davenport, Iowa
Public Library
500 1st St. S.E.
Cedar Rapids, Iowa
DMACC Campus
906 North Grant Road
Carroll, Iowa
Department of Education Classroom
Grimes State Office Building
Des Moines, Iowa
Public Library
400 Willow Ave.
Council Bluffs, Iowa
Matilda Gibson Memorial Library
200 W. Howard St.
Creston, Iowa
National Guard Armory
2858 N. Court Road
Ottumwa, Iowa
Western Hills Area Education Agency 12
1520 Morningside Ave.
Sioux City, Iowa
Algona High School
600 S. Hale
Algona, Iowa
Public Library
605 First Ave. N.
Fort Dodge, Iowa
Please note, some of the listed ICN locations may not have
personnel available to assist in the initiation or termination of the ICN
broadcast. However, any interested party wishing to make comments or view the
interactive broadcast can manually initiate and terminate the broadcast via a
switch on the wall at each listed ICN site.
Interested parties may present their views orally or in
writing. Persons who wish to appear and make an oral presentation at any of the
indicated locations must notify the Department of such an intention by June 20,
2001, either in writing, or by E–mail or telephone. Written notice may be
sent to the Policy Section, Department of Revenue and Finance, P.O. Box 10457,
Des Moines, Iowa 50306, or an E–mail may be sent to
jerri.devries@idrf.state.ia.us, or notice may be made by telephone at
(515)281–4250.
Written comments or information regarding the rules must be
sent by June 29, 2001, to the Policy Section, Department of Revenue and Finance,
P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines, Iowa 50306.
For further information regarding this hearing please contact
Jerri DeVries, Policy Section, at (515)281–3194.
ARC 0702B
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 421.5 and
422.68, the Department of Revenue and Finance hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to amend Chapter 4, “Multilevel Marketer Agreements,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
Subparagraph 4.1(4)“b”(1) is amended by adding
language clarifying that the Department has the authority to audit multilevel
marketers for tax periods prior to the effective date of the multilevel marketer
agreement for which the multilevel marketer held a permit with the
Department.
The proposed amendment will not necessitate additional
expenditures by political subdivisions or agencies and entities which contract
with political subdivisions.
Any person who believes that the application of the
discretionary provisions of this amendment would result in hardship or injustice
to that person may petition the Department for a waiver of the discretionary
provisions, if any.
The Department has determined that this proposed amendment may
have an impact on small business. The Department has considered the factors
listed in Iowa Code section 17A.4A. The Department will issue a regulatory
analysis as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4A if a written request is filed
by delivery or by mailing postmarked no later than July 2, 2001, to the Policy
Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, Hoover State
Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines, Iowa 50306. The request may be
made by the Administrative Rules Review Committee, the Administrative Rules
Coordinator, at least 25 persons signing that request who each qualify as a
small business or an organization representing at least 25 such
persons.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on this proposed amendment on or before June 29, 2001. Such written comments
should be directed to the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of
Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines,
Iowa 50306.
Persons who want to orally convey their views should contact
the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, at
(515)281–4250 or at the Department of Revenue and Finance offices on the
fourth floor of the Hoover State Office Building.
Requests for a public hearing must be received by June 22,
2001.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
422.5 and 422.68.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend subparagraph 4.1(4)“b”(1) as
follows:
(1) The department will not audit, assess or demand payment of
sales tax, penalty or interest from the multilevel marketer for any tax periods
ending before the effective date of the multilevel marketer agreement, unless
the multilevel marketer had a permit registration with the department prior to
the effective date of this multilevel marketing agreement. If a
multilevel marketer had a permit registration with the department prior to the
effective date of this multilevel marketing agreement, the department may audit,
assess, refund, or demand payment of tax, penalty, and interest from the
multilevel marketer for any of those previous tax periods within the applicable
statute of limitation.
ARC 0697B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Notice of Intended Action
Notice is also given to the public that the
Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written
request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section
17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons
may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10 and
307.12, the Department of Transportation hereby gives Notice of Intended Action
to amend Chapter 400, “Vehicle Registration and Certificate of
Title,” and Chapter 405, “Salvage,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Motor vehicle control numbers will no longer be listed on
certificates of title and registration receipts. A motor vehicle control number
is the owner’s driver’s license number, social security number or
federal employer’s identification number. Items 1 and 3 implement this
change.
2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1047 (Iowa Code sections 321.24 and
322G.12), provides for a designation to appear on titles of vehicles that are
returned to the manufacturer under the lemon law of this state or a similar law
of another state and then retitled. The bill also permits the Department to
determine that other designations supersede the required designation. Item 16
implements this legislation. Items 2, 4 and 5 make corresponding
amendments.
If an applicant for a certificate of title cannot provide the
required supporting documents, a bonding procedure is used. The Department
searches the state files to determine if there is an owner of record for the
vehicle. Under the current procedure, the applicant is required to send a
letter to the owner of record. Under the revised procedure, the Department will
notify the owner of record. Items 7 and 8 implement this change.
Items 9, 12, 14, 17 and 18 amend the rules to extend the time
allowed to transfer titles without penalty. These changes are being made to
agree with the Iowa Code. Applicable Iowa Code sections are 321.25, 321.46,
321.49 and 321.52.
In Item 13, subrule 400.45(2) is being amended to add a
reference to Iowa Code section 321.101A. This Code section provides that the
county treasurer may revoke the registration and registration plates if
registration fees are paid by check and the check is not honored by the
payer’s financial institution.
Other amendments to these rules update Iowa Code and Iowa Acts
citations.
These amendments do not provide for waivers. Any person who
believes that the person’s circumstances meet the statutory criteria for a
waiver may petition the Department for a waiver under 761—Chapter
11.
Any person or agency may submit written comments concerning
these proposed amendments or may submit a written request to make an oral
presentation. The comments or request shall:
1. Include the name, address, and telephone number of the
person or agency authoring the comments or request.
2. Reference the number and title of the proposed amendment,
as given in this Notice, that is the subject of the comments or
request.
3. Indicate the general content of a requested oral
presentation.
4. Be addressed to the Department of Transportation,
Director’s Staff Division, 800 Lincoln Way, Ames, Iowa 50010; fax
(515)239–1639; Internet E–mail address: julie.
fitzgerald@dot.state.ia.us.
5. Be received by the Director’s Staff Division no later
than June 19, 2001.
A meeting to hear requested oral presentations is scheduled
for Thursday, June 21, 2001, at 10 a.m. in the DOT Conference Room at Park Fair
Mall, 100 Euclid Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa.
The meeting will be canceled without further notice if no oral
presentation is requested.
The proposed amendments may have an impact on small business.
A request for a regulatory analysis pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.4A must be
received by the Director’s Staff Division at the address listed in this
Notice no later than July 2, 2001, 32 days after publication of this Notice in
the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
321.
Proposed rule–making actions:
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 400.3(2) as
follows:
400.3(2) Motor vehicle control number.
a. If the applicant is an individual:
(1) The individual’s driver’s license number and
social security number shall be listed on the application form. If the
individual does not have a social security number but has a passport, the
passport number shall be listed. If the individual does not have a
driver’s license, a social security number or a passport, the department
shall assign a unique, temporary motor vehicle control number valid for two
months. Before the expiration of two months, the individual shall return to the
county treasurer’s office and report the newly acquired driver’s
license, social security or passport number.
(2) The individual’s Iowa driver’s license number
is the motor vehicle control number. If the individual does not have an Iowa
driver’s license, the individual’s social security number is the
motor vehicle control number.
b. If the applicant is a partnership, corporation,
association, or governmental subdivision, the federal employer’s
identification number shall be listed on the application form. This number is
the entity’s motor vehicle control number. If the organization does not
have a federal employer’s identification number, the department shall
assign a unique motor vehicle control number.
c. Motor The motor vehicle control
numbers are number will not appear on the certificate of
title and registration receipt issued for the vehicle. However, the motor
vehicle control number is coded and listed on the department’s
title and registration records for the vehicle as follows:
1 – Iowa driver’s license number
2 – Social security number
3 – Federal employer’s identification
number
If an individual has neither an Iowa driver’s
license number nor a social security number, a motor vehicle control number
shall not be listed on the title and registration.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 761—400.7(321),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
761—400.7(321) Information shown
appearing on title and registration. In addition to the requirements
of Iowa Code sections 321.24, 321.52, and 321.71 and
322G.12, and rules 761—Chapter 405, the following information
shall be shown on a certificate of title or registration receipt
shall contain the following information when applicable:
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 400.7(2) as
follows:
400.7(2) Owner’s motor vehicle control
number and code, as explained in subrule 400.3(2), and registration
Registration month, as explained in subrule 400.3(4).
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 400.7(4) by
rescinding paragraph “f” and relettering paragraphs
“g” to “k” as “f” to
“j.”
ITEM 5. Amend rule 761—400.7(321)
by adopting new subrule 400.7(10) and amending the implementation
clause as follows:
400.7(10) The designation required by rule 761—
400.71(321) or 761—Chapter 405. A vehicle may have no more than one
designation. The referenced rules explain which designation takes precedence
when more than one designation could apply.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 321.24,
321.31, 321.40, 321.45, 321.48, 321.52, 321.71, and 321.124
and 322G.12.
ITEM 6. Amend rule
761—400.8(321), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code subsection
321.50(4) as amended by 1999 Iowa Acts, Senate File 203, section
9.
ITEM 7. Amend paragraph
400.13(3)“b” as follows:
b. If a record is found, the applicant shall be
advised to send a certified letter return receipt requested to the owner of
record at the last known address stating that the applicant is the present owner
of the vehicle and requesting a duplicate title with an assignment to the
applicant on the reverse side. The applicant shall submit the returned receipt
to the department. If a record is found, the department shall
notify by first–class mail the owner of record, at the owner’s
last–known address, that an application for a bonded certificate of title
has been received. The notice shall also state that the owner of record may
assert the owner’s right to claim the vehicle or to waive any further
claim. If the department receives no response from the owner of record within
ten days after the date of mailing or receives a waiver of further claim to the
vehicle, the department will continue processing the bond
application.
ITEM 8. Amend subrule 400.13(5) as
follows:
400.13(5) Disapproval. If the department determines
that the applicant has not complied with this rule, that there is sufficient
evidence to indicate that the applicant may not be the rightful owner, or that
there is an unsatisfied security interest, or the owner of record asserts a
claim for the vehicle, then the department shall not authorize issuance of a
certificate of title or registration receipt and shall notify the applicant in
writing of the reason(s).
ITEM 9. Amend subrules 400.19(1) and
400.19(2) as follows:
400.19(1) Temporary use of vehicle without plates. A
person who acquires a vehicle which is currently registered or in a
dealer’s inventory at the time of sale and who does not possess
registration plates which may be assigned to and displayed on the vehicle may
operate or permit the operation of the vehicle not to exceed 15
30 days from the date of purchase or transfer without registration plates
displayed thereon, if ownership evidence is carried in the vehicle.
400.19(2) Temporary use of vehicle without
registration card. A person who acquires a vehicle which is currently
registered or in a dealer’s inventory at the time of sale and who has
possession of plates which may be attached to the vehicle acquired may operate
or permit the operation of the vehicle not to exceed 30 days
45 days from the date of purchase or transfer without a registration
card, if ownership evidence is carried in the vehicle.
ITEM 10. Amend rule
761—400.19(321), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
321.25, 321.33 and 321.46.
ITEM 11. Amend rule
761—400.28(321), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code subsection
321.1(76) and section 321.121 and 1999 Iowa Acts, Senate File 203,
section 3.
ITEM 12. Amend subrule 400.44(2) as
follows:
400.44(2) Vehicle purchased. The penalty on the
registration fee shall accrue from the first day of the month following the date
of purchase, unless the application for a certificate of title is submitted
within 15 30 days after the date of purchase.
ITEM 13. Amend rule 761—400.45(321)
by amending subrules 400.45(2) and 400.45(3) and the implementation clause as
follows:
400.45(2) When the registration of a vehicle has been
revoked as provided in Iowa Code section sections
321.101 and 321.101A, the registration fee and penalty shall accrue as if
the plates had never been issued, unless waiver of registration fees and
penalties is specifically provided for in Iowa Code chapter 321.
400.45(3) In accordance with Iowa Code
section sections 252J.8 and 1998 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1081, section 6 261.126, the department shall suspend or
deny the issuance or renewal of registration and plates upon receipt of a
certificate of noncompliance from the child support recovery unit or the college
student aid commission.
a. The suspension or denial shall become effective 30 days
after notice to the vehicle owner and continue until the department receives a
withdrawal of the certificate of noncompliance from the child support recovery
unit or the college student aid commission.
b. If a person who is the named individual on a certificate of
noncompliance subsequently purchases a vehicle, the vehicle shall be titled and
registered, but the registration shall be immediately suspended.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 252J.1,
252J.8, 252J.9, 261.126, 321.127, and 321.101 and
321.101A 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1081, sections 6 and
7.
ITEM 14. Amend subrule 400.60(2) as
follows:
400.60(2) Credit for transfer to spouse, parent or
child. Credit shall be allowed toward a new registration for a vehicle being
transferred to the applicant from the applicant’s spouse, parent or child,
or from a former spouse pursuant to a dissolution of marriage decree, if
application for the certificate of title and registration (or just registration
if the vehicle is not subject to titling provisions) is made within
15 30 days after the date of transfer. The registration
receipt, showing assignment to the applicant, shall be submitted with the
application. If the owner is deceased, credit may be transferred under rule
400.14(321) of this chapter.
ITEM 15. Amend rule
761—400.70(321), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 321.20B
and 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1121, section 2.
ITEM 16. Adopt new rule
761—400.71(321) as follows:
761—400.71(321) Lemon law designation.
400.71(1) A certificate of title issued to a
manufacturer of a motor vehicle pursuant to Iowa Code section 322G.12 shall
contain the designation of “lemonbuyback.”
400.71(2) When a motor vehicle has been titled in
accord with subrule 400.71(1), the “lemonbuyback” designation shall
be carried forward to all subsequent Iowa titles and registration receipts
issued for the motor vehicle. EXCEPTION: see subrule
400.71(4).
400.71(3) If the prior certificate of title for a
motor vehicle is a foreign title indicating that the vehicle was returned to the
manufacturer pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 322G or a law of another state
similar to chapter 322G, the new Iowa title and registration receipt issued for
the vehicle and all subsequent Iowa titles and registration receipts issued
shall contain the designation of “lemonbuyback.”
EXCEPTION: see subrule 400.71(4).
400.71(4) Notwithstanding subrules 400.71(2) and
400.71(3), when a designation of “prior salvage,”
“rebuilt,” “flood,” “fire,”
“vandalism” or “theft” is required pursuant to
761—Chapter 405, that designation supersedes a “lemonbuyback”
designation.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 321.24,
321.52 and 322G.12.
ITEM 17. Amend paragraph
405.3(2)“c” as follows:
c. Upon assignment, the transferee shall apply for a new
salvage title within 15 30 days after the date of
assignment unless, within this time period, application for a regular title is
made or a junking certificate is obtained.
ITEM 18. Amend subrule 405.6(3) as
follows:
405.6(3) Application. Application for a salvage title
shall be made within 15 30 days after the date of
assignment to the transferee.
NOTICE—USURY
In accordance with the provisions of Iowa Code section 535.2,
subsection 3, paragraph “a,” the Superintendent of Banking has
determined that the maximum lawful rate of interest shall be:
April 1, 2000 — April 30, 2000 8.50%
May 1, 2000 — May 31, 2000 8.25%
June 1, 2000 — June 30, 2000 8.00%
July 1, 2000 — July 31, 2000 8.50%
August 1, 2000 — August 31, 2000 8.00%
September 1, 2000 — September 30, 2000 8.00%
October 1, 2000 — October 31, 2000 7.75%
November 1, 2000 — November 30, 2000 7.75%
December 1, 2000 — December 31, 2000 7.75%
January 1, 2001 — January 31, 2001 7.75%
February 1, 2001 — February 28, 2001 8.00%
March 1, 2001 — March 31, 2001 7.25%
April 1, 2001 — April 30, 2001 7.00%
May 1, 2001 — May 31, 2001 7.00%
ARC 0679B
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 474.5 and
476.2 (2001), the Utilities Board (Board) gives notice that on May 1, 2001, the
Board issued an order in Docket No. RMU–01–4, In re: Service of
Filings on Office of Consumer Advocate, “Order Commencing Rule
Making,” to receive public comment on the adoption of revisions to the
Board’s existing rule 199 IAC 1.8(4)“c” regarding service of
documents on the Consumer Advocate Division of the Department of Justice
(Consumer Advocate).
Consumer Advocate is charged by statute with several duties,
including the duty of representing the public in all proceedings before the
Board (see Iowa Code section 475A.2(2)). In order to fulfill that obligation,
Consumer Advocate is entitled to service of all documents required by statute or
rule to be served on parties in proceedings before the Board and of all notices,
petitions, applications, complaints, answers, motions, and other pleadings filed
pursuant to statute or rule with the Board (see Iowa Code section 475A.5). The
Board’s rules, specifically 199 IAC 1.8(4)“c,”
expand on the statutory requirement by requiring that three copies of all
notices, motions, or pleadings filed with the Board must be served on Consumer
Advocate, either by separate mailing or by separate envelope, if personally
delivered.
Despite these provisions, the Board is informed by Consumer
Advocate that a significant percentage of all filings with the Board are not
served upon Consumer Advocate. Consumer Advocate suggests four possible reasons
for this situation and proposes certain amendments to the Board’s rules to
address the situation.
First, Consumer Advocate notes that the existing rules do not
explicitly require service of all documents; instead, the rules apply only to
“notices, motions, or pleadings.” Second, the rule does not
explicitly state that the obligation to serve Consumer Advocate is the
obligation of the party, rather than the Board, which may lead some parties to
believe the Board provides copies to Consumer Advocate. Third, some new parties
may not be aware of Consumer Advocate. Finally, Consumer Advocate suggests that
some new parties may only review the specific Board rules with which they are
concerned and are therefore unaware of the requirements of paragraph
1.8(4)“c.”
Consumer Advocate believes two basic rule changes would
improve compliance with the statutory service requirement. First, paragraph
1.8(4)“c” could be amended to explicitly prescribe the duty to serve
all documents on Consumer Advocate. Second, every chapter of the Board’s
rules could be amended by adding an initial statement requiring that every
document filed with the Board must be served on Consumer Advocate.
The Board will propose Consumer Advocate’s requested
amendment to paragraph 1.8(4)“c.” Revising paragraph
1.8(4)“c” as shown below would expand the scope of the rule to all
documents or other materials filed with the Board. Further, the amended rule
would clearly state that it is the obligation of each party, rather than the
Board, to serve Consumer Advocate. These changes will address the first two
problems identified by Consumer Advocate.
The Board will not propose the addition of the requested
statement to every chapter of the Board’s rules. Adding duplicative
language to the beginning of each of the 39 chapters of the Board’s rules
is unlikely to result in benefits that will justify the cost and inconvenience.
Parties before the Board who are unaware of Consumer Advocate and who are
focused on only the particular rules applicable to their specific situation are
just as unlikely to notice a statement at the beginning of each chapter (when
the rule they are reading may be 20 or 30 pages away) as they are to miss
paragraph 1.8(4)“c.” The costs and burdens associated with adding
standard language to each chapter outweigh the minimal benefit likely to result.
The problems of service by parties who are not aware of the existence of
Consumer Advocate should occur only once or twice with each party and can best
be addressed as each individual situation occurs.
Finally, the Board proposes to eliminate the requirement that
a separate copy of each filing be served on the Board’s general counsel.
This has proven to be unnecessary.
Any interested person may file a written statement of position
on the proposed amendment no later than June 19, 2001, by filing an original and
ten copies in a form substantially complying with 199 IAC 2.2(2). All written
statements should be directed to the Acting Executive Secretary, Iowa Utilities
Board, 350 Maple Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0069.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
474.5, 475A.5, and 476.2.
Amend 199 IAC 1.8(4)“c” as
follows:
c. Parties entitled to service. All parties
A party or other person filing a notice, motion, or pleading in any
proceeding shall serve the notice, motion, or pleading on all other
parties, including the general counsel and
the consumer advocate, shall be served with all notices, motions, or
pleadings filed or issued in the proceeding. A party formally
filing any document or other material with the board shall serve three copies on
the Consumer consumer advocate at the same time
as the filing is made with the board and by the same delivery method used for
filing with the board. shall be served three copies, either by
separate mailing addressed to The address of the consumer
advocate is Office of Consumer Advocate, 310 Maple Street, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0063, or by separate envelope delivered to the office of
consumer advocate.
FILED EMERGENCY
ARC 0687B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 234.6 and
238.16, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 108,
“Licensing and Regulation of Child–Placing Agencies,” and
Chapter 185, “Rehabilitative Treatment Services,” appearing in the
Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments allow college graduates who have a
bachelor’s degree in social work to provide specified services under the
Rehabilitative Treatment Services Program or through licensed
child–placing agencies without meeting the experience requirements
applicable to those who have a bachelor’s degree in a human services field
related to social work. Social work graduates have completed a practicum as
part of their education that provides experience in these types of
services.
The Board of Social Work Examiners has reviewed and approved
these changes. These changes will expand the pool of qualified applicants for
the providers of these services. Providers have indicated that locating
qualified staff is an issue in the current economy.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because the amendments confer a benefit by expanding the pool of
personnel qualified to provide these services.
The Department of Human Services finds that notice and public
participation are impracticable because these changes are needed immediately
because of the shortage of qualified social workers. Waiving the notice and
public participation requirement will allow facilities to recruit and hire new
graduates to fill staff vacancies. Therefore, these amendments are filed
pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.4(2).
The Department finds that these amendments confer a benefit by
expanding the pool of qualified applicants for the providers of these services.
Therefore, these amendments are filed pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2).
These amendments are also published herein under Notice of
Intended Action as ARC 0688B to allow for public comment.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments May 9,
2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
234.6 and 234.38 and Iowa Code chapter 238.
These amendments became effective May 9, 2001.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 108.4(3) as
follows:
Adopt the following new paragraph
“b” and reletter existing paragraphs “b”
through “d” as paragraphs “c” through
“e”:
b. Graduation from an accredited four–year college,
institute or university with a bachelor’s degree in social work from a
program accredited by the council on social work education.
Amend relettered paragraph “c” as
follows:
c. Graduation from an accredited four–year college or
university with a bachelor’s degree in social work or
related a human service field related to social work and
the equivalent of two years of full–time experience in social work or
experience in the delivery of human services in a public or private
agency.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 185.10(1),
paragraph “a,” as follows:
Adopt the following new subparagraph (2)
and renumber existing subparagraphs (2) through (6) as
subparagraphs (3) through (7):
(2) Graduation from an accredited four–year college,
institute or university with a bachelor’s degree in social work from a
program accredited by the council on social work education.
Amend renumbered subparagraph (3) as follows:
(3) Graduation from an accredited four–year college,
institute or university with a bachelor’s degree in social work or
related a human service field related to social work and
the equivalent of two years of full–time experience in social work or
experience in the delivery of human services in a public or private
agency.
[Filed Emergency 5/9/01, effective 5/9/01]
[Published 5/30/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/30/01.
ARC 0677B
PUBLIC SAFETY
DEPARTMENT[661]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 692A.10, the
Department of Public Safety hereby amends Chapter 8, “Criminal Justice
Information,” Iowa Administrative Code.
2001 Iowa Acts, House File 550, which was recently passed by
the General Assembly, was signed into law by Governor Thomas J. Vilsack on April
24, 2001, and took effect immediately. House File 550 adds an offense to the
list of those requiring registration with the Iowa Sex Offender Registry.
Violations of Iowa Code section 709C.1, subsection 1, paragraph “a,”
will now require registration. This section deals with “criminal
transmission of human immunodeficiency virus,” and subsection 1, paragraph
“a,” deals specifically with transmission of the virus through
“intimate contact.” House File 550 adds the offense of criminal
transmission of human immunodeficiency virus through intimate contact to the
list of “aggravated offenses” which require registration with the
Iowa Sex Offender Registry for life.
Pursuant to Iowa Code subsection 17A.4(2), the Department
finds that notice and public participation prior to the adoption of this
amendment are impracticable. The statutory requirement for registration of
persons convicted of violations of Iowa Code section 709C.1, subsection 1,
paragraph “a,” became effective on April 24, 2001. It is desirable
to bring the rules regarding registration into compliance with the statutory
requirements in order to reduce any confusion regarding the registration
requirements.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2), the
Department further finds that the normal effective date of this amendment, 35
days after publication, should be waived and this amendment be made effective
May 1, 2001, after filing with the Administrative Rules Coordinator. This
amendment confers a benefit upon the public by avoiding potential confusion
which may arise if registration requirements spec–ified by administrative
rules differ from the underlying statutory requirements.
This amendment is also published herein under Notice of
Intended Action as ARC 0676B to allow for public comment.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
692A.1 as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 550.
This amendment became effective on May 1, 2001.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend subrule 8.302(11) by adopting the following
new paragraph:
i. Criminal transmission of human immunodeficiency virus in
violation of Iowa Code section 709C.1, subsection 1, paragraph
“a.”
[Filed Emergency 4/30/01, effective 5/1/01]
[Published 5/30/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/30/01.
FILED
ARC 0698B
CORRECTIONS
DEPARTMENT[201]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 904.207, the
Department of Corrections hereby amends Chapter 20, “Institutions
Administration,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment expands the violator program to include up to
150 beds for male youthful offenders in the Redirecting Inmate Values, Energy,
Relationships and Skills (RIVERS) program at the Fort Dodge Correctional
Facility.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0551B on March 21, 2001.
A public hearing was held on April 10, 2001. No one attended
the hearing, and no written or oral comments were received. The rule catchwords
were changed to reflect the incorporation of provisions for shock probation
programs into the rule. The catchwords now read “Violator/shock probation
programs.” Department of Corrections staff requested that paragraph
20.18(8)“e” be revised to allow receipt of money
orders/cashier’s checks because violators are currently allowed to receive
money orders/cashier’s checks. Paragraph 20.18(8)“e” is
amended as follows:
“e. Rule 20.5(904) Gifts to inmates
Money orders/cashier’s checks for offenders. Money
orders/cashier’s checks for offenders are allowed but will be subject to a
restitution plan, child support orders, fines, court costs and fees.
Offenders will not be granted any of the privileges of rule
20.5(904).”
As a result of the change to paragraph
20.18(8)“e,” subparagraph 20.18(8)“d”(2) was also
revised as follows:
“(2) Offenders will not receive an allowance.
and will not be allowed to receive outside source moneys.
Therefore, offenders will be provided writing materials and postage for two
letters per week.”
The Department of Corrections Board adopted this amendment on
May 4, 2001.
This amendment will become effective on July 4,
2001.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
904.207.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
this amendment [20.18] is being omitted. With the exception of the changes
noted above, this amendment is identical to that published under Notice as
ARC 0551B, IAB 3/21/01.
[Filed 5/10/01, effective 7/4/01]
[Published
5/30/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
5/30/01.]
ARC 0681B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 234.6, the
Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 7, “Appeals and
Hearings,” and Chapter 103, “Eldora Training School,”
appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments May 9,
2001. Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments was published in the
Iowa Administrative Bulletin on February 21, 2001, as ARC
0486B.
These amendments establish procedures governing the
Department’s responsibilities to notify juvenile sexual offenders of their
duty to register with the Iowa Sex Offender Registry under Iowa Code chapter
692A and to complete risk assessments used to determine the risk that offenders
required to register pose of reoffending. The level of risk assigned to the
offender is the basis for determining whether affirmative public notification
(community notification) by a criminal or juvenile justice agency may take place
as well as for determining the extent of the community notification.
The Department of Public Safety proceeds with affirmative
public notification as provided by statute based on the level of risk. For
offenders classified as “low risk,” registry information may be
distributed to a criminal or juvenile justice agency or to members of the public
upon requests made through a criminal or juvenile justice agency or by
electronic access as provided in Iowa Code subsection 692A.13(3).
For offenders classified as “at risk,” including
“moderate risk” or “high risk,” registry information may
be provided to any criminal or juvenile justice agency and to the public, which
includes public and private agencies, organizations, public places, public and
private schools, child care facilities, religious and youth organizations,
neighbors, and employers.
If an offender is classified as “high risk,”
information may also be provided to neighborhood associations or at community
meetings.
The Iowa Sex Offender Registry was established by the General
Assembly in 1995. All adults and most juveniles who have been convicted of a
criminal offense against a minor, an aggravated offense, sexual exploitation, an
other relevant offense, or a sexually violent offense in Iowa or in another
state, or in a federal, military, tribal, or foreign court, and persons required
to register in another state under the state’s sex offender registry are
required to register. Juveniles who have been convicted of a qualifying
criminal offense are required to register unless the juvenile court finds that
the person should not be required to register.
A Risk Assessment Committee is located in each of the State
Training Schools. The director of each Risk Assessment Committee is responsible
for notifying juveniles who are under the control or supervision of the
Department and who have been convicted of a qualifying criminal offense of their
duty to register and, with the help of the risk assessment committees, for
conducting risk assessments for those juveniles required to register. The
director of the Risk Assessment Committee submits the initial registration form
to the Division of Criminal Investigation, Department of Public Safety, unless
the juvenile court finds that the person should not be required to
register.
These amendments do not provide for waivers of the
requirements specified herein because these requirements are mandated by Iowa
Code chapter 692A.
The following revisions were made to the Notice of Intended
Action:
The Preamble was revised to specify that (1) the procedures
govern the Department’s responsibilities for juveniles rather than
juveniles and adults and (2) affirmative public notification may take place by a
criminal or juvenile justice agency and not just by the Department of Public
Safety and Department of Corrections.
In rule 441—103.31(692A), definitions of
“offender” and “registration” were revised to allow for
the submittal of registration forms by the state training schools. The
definition of “aggravated offense” was revised to add an offense to
the list of those requiring registration with the Iowa Sex Offender Registry
following passage of 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 550.
Rule 441—103.32(692A) was revised to (1) provide for a
risk assessment committee at the state training school at Toledo, as well as at
Eldora, (2) include the exemption from registration as allowed by statute, and
(3) allow for affirmative public notification pending exhaustion of any
administrative or judicial appeal, which could change the affirmative public
notification allowed.
Rule 441—103.33(692A) was revised to include the
exemption from registration as allowed by statute.
Rule 441—103.34(692A) was revised to provide a time
frame for completion of the risk assessment and to provide an explanation of the
juvenile’s right to appeal.
Rule 441—103.35(692A) was added to provide a time frame
for submission of the risk assessment documents.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
692A.
These amendments shall become effective July 4,
2001.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
441—7.1(17A), definition of “aggrieved person,” by
adopting the following new numbered paragraph
“11” as follows:
11. Who is contesting a risk assessment decision as provided
in rule 441—103.34(692A) by alleging that the risk assessment factors have
not been properly applied, the information relied upon to support the assessment
findings is inaccurate, or the procedures were not correctly followed.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 7.5(4) by
adopting the following new paragraph
“f”:
f. An appeal of a sex offender risk assessment shall be made
in writing within 14 calendar days of issuance of the notice.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 7.10(4) by
adopting the following new paragraph
“d”:
d. In cases involving an appeal of a sex offender risk
assessment, the hearing shall be held within 30 days of the date of the appeal
request.
ITEM 4. Amend 441—Chapter 103 by
adopting anew Division I, “General Policies and
Procedures,” consisting of existing rules 441—103.1(218) to
441— 103.21(218,242).
ITEM 5. Reserve rules
441—103.22 to 441—103.30 in Division I.
ITEM 6. Amend 441—Chapter 103 by
adopting the following new Division II:
DIVISION II
SEX
OFFENDERS
PREAMBLE
These amendments establish procedures governing the
department’s responsibilities to notify juvenile sex offenders of their
duty to register with the Iowa sex offender registry under Iowa Code chapter
692A and to complete risk assessments used to determine the risk that offenders
required to register pose of reoffending. The level of risk assigned to the
offender is the basis for determining whether affirmative public notification
(community notification) by a criminal or juvenile justice agency may take place
as well as for determining the extent of the community notification.
441—103.31(692A) Definitions.
“Affirmative public notification” means any form
of communication or release undertaken by the department of public safety,
department of human services, or other Iowa criminal or juvenile justice agency
regarding the identity or characteristics of an individual registrant or
registrants. “Affirmative public notification” does not mean
release of information to a criminal or juvenile justice agency or agencies nor
does it mean release of information about an individual registrant in response
to an inquiry about that individual based upon the name and address of the
individual, as provided in Iowa Code subsection 692A.13(6).
“Aggravated offense” means a conviction for any of
the following offenses:
1. Sexual abuse in the first degree in violation of Iowa Code
section 709.2.
2. Sexual abuse in the second degree in violation of Iowa Code
section 709.3.
3. Sexual abuse in the third degree in violation of Iowa Code
subsection 709.4(1).
4. Lascivious acts with a child in violation of Iowa Code
subsection 709.8(1).
5. Assault with intent to commit sexual abuse in violation of
Iowa Code section 709.11.
6. Burglary in the first degree in violation of Iowa Code
section 713.3(1)“d.”
7. Kidnapping, if sexual abuse as defined in Iowa Code section
709.1 is committed during the offense.
8. Murder, if sexual abuse as defined in Iowa Code section
709.1 is committed during the offense.
9. Criminal transmission of human immunodeficiency virus in
violation of Iowa Code section 709C.1, subsection 1, paragraph
“a.”
“Criminal offense against a minor” means any of
the following criminal offenses or conduct:
1. Kidnapping of a minor, except for the kidnapping of a minor
in the third degree committed by a parent.
2. False imprisonment of a minor, except if committed by a
parent.
3. Any indictable offense involving sexual conduct directed
toward a minor.
4. Solicitation of a minor to engage in an illegal sex
act.
5. Use of a minor in a sexual performance.
6. Solicitation of a minor to practice prostitution.
7. Any indictable offense against a minor involving sexual
contact with the minor.
8. An attempt to commit an offense enumerated in this
rule.
9. Incest committed against a minor.
10. Dissemination and exhibition of obscene material to minors
in violation of Iowa Code section 728.2.
11. Admitting minors to premises where obscene material is
exhibited in violation of Iowa Code section 728.3.
12. Stalking in violation of Iowa Code subsection
708.11(3)“b”(3), if the fact finder determines by clear and
convincing evidence that the offense was sexually motivated.
13. Sexual exploitation of a minor in violation of Iowa Code
subsection 728.12(2) or (3).
14. An indictable offense committed in another jurisdiction
which would constitute an indictable offense under numbered paragraphs
“1” through “13” of this definition.
“Department” means the Iowa department of human
services.
“Iowa sex offender registry” means a central
registry of sex offenders established by law in 1995 that is maintained by the
department of public safety.
“Offender” means a person, including a juvenile,
who is required to be registered with the Iowa sex offender registry and the
sheriff of the person’s county of residence.
“Other relevant offense” means any of the
following offenses:
1. Telephone dissemination of obscene materials in violation
of Iowa Code section 728.15.
2. Rental or sale of hard–core pornography in violation
of Iowa Code section 728.4.
3. Indecent exposure in violation of Iowa Code section
709.9.
4. A criminal offense committed in another jurisdiction which
would constitute an indictable offense under numbered paragraphs “1”
through “3” of this definition if committed in this state.
“Registration” means the submission of
registration forms to the Iowa sex offender registry and to the sheriff of the
person’s county of residence.
“Risk assessment” means the method and procedures
for the assessment of the risk that offenders, required to register, pose of
reoffending.
“Sexual exploitation” means sexual exploitation by
a counselor or therapist under Iowa Code section 709.15.
“Sexually violent offense” means any of the
following indictable offenses:
1. Sexual abuse as defined under Iowa Code section
709.1.
2. Assault with intent to commit sexual abuse in violation of
Iowa Code section 709.11.
3. Sexual misconduct with offenders in violation of Iowa Code
section 709.16.
4. Any of the following offenses, if the offense involves
sexual abuse or attempted sexual abuse: murder, attempted murder, kidnapping,
burglary, or manslaughter.
5. A criminal offense committed in another jurisdiction which
would constitute an indictable offense under numbered paragraphs “1”
through “4” of this definition if committed in this state.
441—103.32(692A) Department responsibilities.
The state training schools’ risk assessment committees are located at
the state training schools at Eldora, Iowa, and Toledo, Iowa. In accordance with
the requirements of Iowa Code section 692A.13A, the director of each risk
assessment committee shall notify juveniles under the control or supervision of
the department who have been convicted of a qualifying criminal offense and who
have not previously registered of their duty to register with the Iowa sex
offender registry and the sheriff of the juvenile’s county of residence.
In addition, the director of each risk assessment committee shall provide the
forms for registration, and, with the risk assessment committee, shall
conduct level of risk assessments or reassessments for those
juveniles convicted of an offense which requires registration.
103.32(1) Procedures for notification of registration
requirement and level of risk determination. The registration requirement and
the determination of level of risk are two separate procedures. The director of
the risk assessment committee may submit the documents for registration and the
documents for determination of level of risk to the division of criminal
investigation at the same time or may submit the level of risk assessment
documents at a later time when the juvenile appeals the level of risk
determination and has exhausted the administrative or judicial appeal
process.
a. The director of the risk assessment committee shall submit
the registration form to the division of criminal investigation, department of
public safety, when the juvenile is released from the state training school
unless the juvenile court finds that the person should not be required to
register as allowed by Iowa Code subsection 692A.2(4).
b. The director of the risk assessment committee shall submit
the risk assessment documents when the juvenile is released from the state
training school and following the final results of any administrative or
judicial appeal.
103.32(2) Exemption from registration.
a. The juvenile has the obligation to seek an exemption from
the registration requirement and to prove that the juvenile deserves the
exemption. To the extent a court order of adjudication or disposition is
silent, the registration requirement applies.
b. The language in the order must clearly state that the
juvenile is exempt from the registration requirement. If the language is not
clear, the juvenile must seek a clarifying order to be exempt from the
registration process.
103.32(3) Exemption from registration
deferred.
a. When the judicial decision is deferred, registration shall
be assumed required until the court orders otherwise.
b. If the court order defers the decision to grant an
exemption from registration until treatment is completed, the language in the
order should specify who tracks the case until the new court order is issued.
If it is not clear who tracks the case, the juvenile must seek a clarifying
order to be exempt from the registration process.
441—103.33(692A) Juveniles required to register.
All juveniles who have been convicted of a criminal offense against a minor,
an aggravated offense, sexual exploitation, an other relevant offense, or a
sexually violent offense in Iowa or in another state, or in a federal, military,
tribal, or foreign court, and juveniles required to register in another state
under the state’s sex offender registry shall be required to register
unless the juvenile court finds that the juvenile shall not be required to
register. The director of the risk assessment committee shall facilitate
registration as required by Iowa Code sections 692A.5 and 692A.14 as
follows:
103.33(1) Notification. The director of the risk
assessment committee shall provide Form DCI–144, Notification of
Registration Requirement, which notifies offenders of their duty to register
with the Iowa sex offender registry. Failure to provide offenders with Form
DCI–144 does not relieve offenders of their duty to register with the Iowa
sex offender registry.
103.33(2) Registration.
a. Form DCI–145, Sex Offender Registration, shall be
completed by or on behalf of each offender. Registration is required when the
juvenile is released from the state training school and the court has not
granted an exemption from registration or still has not ruled on a deferred
decision to grant an exemption from registration. The director of the risk
assessment committee shall submit Form DCI–145 to the sheriff of the
county in which the offender is or will be residing and to the division of
criminal investigation, in order to satisfy the registration requirements of the
Iowa sex offender registry.
b. Form DCI–145 shall also be used to report changes of
residence, telephone number, or name of registrants. A completed copy of Form
DCI–145 shall be submitted by the registrant to the sheriff of the county
of residence each time the registrant’s place of residence, telephone
number, or name changes within five days of the change of residence, telephone
number, or name, whether within or outside the state of Iowa.
If a registrant moves from one county to another, the
registrant shall submit copies of completed Form DCI–145 reporting the
change of residence to the sheriff of the prior county of residence and the
sheriff of the new county of residence. The sheriff of the new county of
residence shall be responsible for transmitting a copy of completed Form
DCI–145 to the Iowa sex offender registry.
c. Upon initial submission of Form DCI–145, the form
shall be accompanied by current photographs and fingerprints of the offender.
Current photographs of the registrant shall accompany submission of Form
DCI–145 upon each subsequent submission of Form DCI–145 unless the
registrant’s appearance has not changed significantly in the judgment of
the submitting agency.
441—103.34(692A) Completion of risk assessment.
All required risk assessments shall be conducted using the “Iowa Sex
Offender Risk Assessment, Risk Assessment Guidelines and Commentary, and Risk
Assessment Companion Guide” as adopted by the department of corrections
and developed in consultation with the department of human services, the
department of public safety, and the attorney general. These instruments are
available upon request from the department of corrections.
The risk assessment score shall be determined following a
review of appropriate documents which may include: pre–sentence
investigation report, court documents, clinical assessments, treatment records,
polygraph reports, plethysmograph reports, employee records, school records,
militaryrecords, child protection services records, victim’s reports,
hospital reports, and self–reports.
The risk assessment shall be completed within 45 days before
the juvenile’s release from custody or placement on probation, parole, or
work release and following the completion or last day of participation in a
treatment program unless it is impractical to do so as determined by the
director of the risk assessment committee. The risk assessment may be completed
20 days or less before the juvenile’s release when the director of the
risk assessment committee determines it is impractical to complete the risk
assessment following the completion or last day of participation in a treatment
program.
103.34(1) Use of risk assessment score. The division
of criminal investigation shall use the risk assessment score to determine the
level of risk that persons required to register under Iowa Code chapter 692A
pose of reoffending. Each offender shall be classified as a low, moderate, or
high risk to reoffend. The level of risk assigned to the offender is the basis
for determining whether affirmative public notification (community notification)
by a criminal or juvenile justice agency may take place as well as for
determining the extent of the community notification. The department of public
safety shall proceed with affirmative public notification as provided by statute
based on the level of risk.
103.34(2) Notification of right to appeal. When the
risk assessment committee has completed the risk assessment for a juvenile, the
director of the risk assessment committee shall notify the juvenile of the
finding and of the juvenile’s right to appeal by providing the juvenile a
copy of the risk assessment and Form 470–3690, Notice of Sex Offender Risk
Assessment Findings/Public Notification.
103.34(3) Delivery of notice. The director of the
risk assessment committee shall give notice of the results of the assessment to
the registrant by personal service before the juvenile’s release from
custody or placement on probation, parole, or work release, unless it is
impracticable to give notice. No additional notice is required. Notice is
deemed provided if the registrant refuses delivery of the notice. The notice
shall contain the following information:
a. The result of the risk assessment;
b. A description of the scope of affirmative public
notification which may result from the risk assessment;
c. An explanation of the juvenile’s right to appeal in
accordance with procedures set forth in 441—Chapter 7;
d. The allowable grounds for filing an appeal. The appeal
request must allege one of the following:
(1) The risk assessment factors were not properly
applied.
(2) The information relied upon to support the assessment
findings is inaccurate.
(3) The assessment procedures were not correctly
followed.
103.34(4) Appeal forms available. Form
470–0487, Appeal and Request for Hearing, shall be available to the
juvenile from the superintendent’s office. To file an appeal, the
juvenile may either complete Form 470–0487 or a written statement
requesting to appeal. The juvenile may submit the form or statement to the
Appeals Section, 5th Floor, Iowa Department of Human Services, 1305 E. Walnut,
Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, to the superintendent or, in the
superintendent’s absence, to the clinical director.
441—103.35(692A) Affirmative public notification
pending the exhaustion of administrative or judicial appeal. When the
juvenile is released from the state training school and the director of the risk
assessment committee has not received timely notice of any pending
administrative or judicial appeal, the director of the risk assessment committee
shall submit the original of the risk assessment and copies of related
documents, including Form 470–3690, Notice of Sex Offender Risk Assessment
Findings/Public Notification, to the division of criminal investigation. When
the director of the risk assessment committee has not received timely notice of
any pending administrative or judicial appeal, the director shall submit the
risk assessment documents to the division of criminal investigation as follows:
1. Fifteen days or later following notification of right to
appeal.
2. Forty–four days or later following the final decision
of an administrative appeal and request for hearing.
3. In the event of judicial review, anytime following
exhaustion of court appeal rights.
Copies of the sex offender registration and risk assessment
documents, including any appeals, and documentation of the results of any appeal
or court action, shall be maintained in the offender’s file maintained by
the department.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
692A.
[Filed 5/9/01, effective 7/4/01]
[Published 5/30/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/30/01.
ARC 0682B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 234.6, the
Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 65,
“Administration,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative
Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments May 9,
2001. Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments was published in the
Iowa Administrative Bulletin on March 21, 2001, as ARC 0543B.
The food stamp program is based on federal regulations and
statute. The Department adopts administrative rules for the food stamp program
only when the state is given an option in the regulations on how to administer
the program or when regulations have not been finalized to implement
statute.
These amendments implement final federal regulations issued
July 6, 2000, to be effective August 1, 2001. Those regulations incorporate
changes regarding food stamp recipient claims. Food stamp recipient claims are
established and collected against households that receive more benefits than
they are entitled to receive.
The regulations published July 6, 2000, include the following
provisions which the Department had previously adopted and implemented using
administrative rules. These rules will be rescinded as policy is now contained
in the regulations. The regulations:
• Provide that the earned
income deduction shall not be allowed when a claim is calculated to determine an
overissuance caused by the failure of a household to timely report earned income
(subrule 65.21(5)).
• Provide that all claims
for overissued food stamps can be collected by allotment reduction. Individuals
not participating in the food stamp program who are 180 days delinquent in
repaying their overissuance will be subject to collection action through the
treasury offset program (subrule 65.21(6)).
The July 6, 2000, regulations also make the following
revisions to policy:
• Change the time frames for
establishing claims. Claims shall be established before the last day of the
quarter following the quarter in which the overissuance or trafficking incident
was discovered.
• Establish the amount of
the claim for trafficking–related overissuances. Claims will be
established for the value of the trafficked benefits as determined by the
individual’s admission, adjudication, or the documentation that forms the
basis for the trafficking determination. Current policy does not include
trafficking claims.
• Provide an additional
source of collection. Claims can now also be collected from active, stale, or
expunged electronic benefit transfer (EBT) benefits with the recipient’s
permission.
• Require additional
information be added to the demand letters that are sent to recipients for whom
an overissuance or trafficking claim has been established. These regulations
require information regarding the treasury offset program and calculation of the
claim.
The Department is currently seeking a waiver to permit the
Department to deviate from the requirement to include the calculation of the
claim with the demand letters. In anticipation of Food and Nutrition Services
approval of this waiver, the Department is proposing to include a statement on
the first demand letter informing the household how to obtain a copy of the
claim calculation.
These amendments do not provide for waiver in specified
situations because federal food stamp law does not allow for any
waivers.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
234.12.
These amendments shall become effective August 1,
2001.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 65.21(4) as
follows:
65.21(4) Demand letters. Households
which that have food stamp claims shall return the
repayment agreement no later than 20 days after the date the demand letter is
mailed. For agency error and inadvertent household error, households
which that do not return the repayment agreement by the
due date or do not timely request an appeal, allotment reduction shall occur
with the first allotment issued after the expiration of the Notice of Adverse
Action time period. For intentional program violation, households
which that do not return the repayment agreement by the
due date, allotment reduction shall occur with the next month’s
allotment.
The first demand letter shall contain instructions to the
household on how to obtain a copy of the claim calculation.
ITEM 2. Rescind and reserve subrules
65.21(5) and 65.21(6).
[Filed 5/9/01, effective 8/1/01]
[Published 5/30/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/30/01.
ARC 0683B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the
Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 78, “Amount, Duration
and Scope of Medical and Remedial Services,” appearing in the Iowa
Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments May 9,
2001. Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments was published in the
Iowa Administrative Bulletin on January 24, 2001, as ARC 0410B. An
Amended Notice of Intended Action to schedule public hearings on these
amendments was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on March 7, 2001,
as ARC 0521B.
These amendments revise Iowa Medicaid policy regarding payment
for drugs used for weight loss.
Current rules address nonpayment for anorectics (including
amphetamines) used for obesity control. (See subparagraphs
78.1(2)“a”(2) and (3).) Prior to the recent introduction of Xenical
(a lipase inhibitor), anorectics were the only drugs used for obesity control.
As a lipase inhibitor, Xenical acts by a different pharmacological mechanism.
The noticed amendment would have revised the rules to provide that payment is
not made for any weight loss drug, regardless of pharmacological
mechanism.
Eight public hearings were held around the state. Only five
persons attended the hearings. However, the Department received 38 written
comments urging that Medicaid pay for Xenical and giving reasons. As a result
of those comments, the Department has reconsidered its position and will allow
payment for lipase inhibitor drugs used for weight loss with prior
authorization. All of the following conditions must exist for prior
authorization to be granted:
• Documented failure of
other weight loss programs.
• A body mass index (BMI)
equal to or greater than 30.
• One or more comorbidity
conditions.
• A weight management plan
including diet and exercise.
Prior authorization may be granted for up to six months.
Additional prior authorization may be given on an individual basis after review
of medical necessity and documented significant weight loss (at least 10
percent) from the individual’s weight at the beginning of the previous
prior authorization period.
These amendments do not provide for a waiver of the prior
authorization requirement for lipase inhibitor drugs used for weight loss or of
the exclusion of other weight loss drugs in specified situations because no
waiver is appropriate in any situation that can be specified regarding payment
for weight loss drugs. Individuals may request a waiver of these policies under
the Department’s general rule on exceptions at rule
441—1.8(17A,217).
The Notice of Intended Action was revised to allow Medicaid
payment for lipase inhibitor drugs used for weight loss with prior
authorization.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
249A.4.
These amendments shall become effective August 1,
2001.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 78.1(2),
paragraph “a,” subparagraph (2), as follows:
(2) Notwithstanding subparagraph (1), payment is not made for:
drugs if the prescribed use is not for a medically accepted indication as
defined by Section 1927(k)(6) of the Social Security
Act,; drugs used to cause anorexia,
or weight gain, or weight loss (except for lipase inhibitor
drugs for weight loss, with prior authorization as provided in subparagraph (3)
below); drugs used for cosmetic purposes or hair
growth,; drugs used to promote smoking
cessation,; otherwise covered outpatient drugs
which if the manufacturer seeks to require as a
condition of sale that associated tests or monitoring services be purchased
exclusively from the manufacturer or the manufacturer’s
designee,; drugs described in Section 107(c)(3) of the
Drug Amendments of 1962,; identical, similar, or
related drugs (within the meaning of Section 310.6(b)(1) of Title 21 of the Code
of Federal Regulations (DESI drugs)),; and drugs
which are prescribed for an individual for fertility purposes. Exceptions may
be made to allow payment for fertility drugs if prescribed for a use
which that meets the definition of a medically accepted
indication as described previously in this subparagraph.
Further amend subrule 78.1(2), paragraph
“a,” by adopting the following new paragraph to
the end of subparagraph (3):
Prior authorization is required for lipase inhibitor drugs for
weight loss. Requests must include documentation showing failure of other
weight loss programs, a body mass index (BMI) equal to or greater than 30, one
or more comorbidity conditions, and a weight management plan including diet and
exercise. Prior authorization may be given for upto six months. Additional
prior authorizations may be given on an individual basis after review of medical
necessityand documented significant weight loss (at least 10 per–cent)
from the individual’s weight at the beginning of the previous prior
authorization period. (Cross–reference
78.28(1)“d”(20))
ITEM 2. Amend paragraph
78.28(1)“d” by adopting the following new
subparagraph (20):
(20) Prior authorization is required for lipase inhibitor
drugs for weight loss. Requests must include documentation showing failure of
other weight loss programs, a body mass index (BMI) equal to or greater than 30,
one or more comorbidity conditions, and a weight management plan including diet
and exercise. Prior authorization may be given for up to six months.
Additional prior authorizations may be given on an individual basis after review
of medical necessity and documented significant weight loss (at least 10
percent) from the individual’s weight at the beginning of the previous
prior authorization period. (Cross–reference
78.1(2)“a”(3))
[Filed 5/9/01, effective 8/1/01]
[Published 5/30/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/30/01.
ARC 0684B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the
Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 78, “Amount, Duration
and Scope of Medical and Remedial Services,” appearing in the Iowa
Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted this amendment May 9,
2001. Notice of Intended Action regarding this amendment was published in the
Iowa Administrative Bulletin on March 21, 2001, as ARC 0544B.
This amendment changes the age at which Medicaid can reimburse
the local education agencies for medical services for children from under the
age of 23 to under the age of 21.
The Health Care Financing Administration has notified the
Department that all school–based services must be placed in the State Plan
under the provision of the Early and Periodic Screening, Diagnosis and Treatment
Program. The Early and Periodic Screening, Diagnosis and Treatment Program
limits eligibility to age 20 and under.
Local education agencies have been made aware of this
limitation on Medicaid funding. The Individuals with Disabilities Education Act
may require the local education agencies to continue to provide services to
children at the local education agencies’ own expense until the children
reach the age of 23.
This amendment does not provide for waivers in specified
situations because it conforms the Medicaid program to federal
requirements.
This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of
Intended Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
249A.4.
This amendment shall become effective July 4, 2001.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend rule 441—78.50(249A), introductory paragraph, as
follows:
441—78.50(249A) Local education agency services.
Subject to the following subrules, payment shall be made for medical
services provided by local education agency services providers to
Medicaid–eligible individuals under the age of 23
21.
[Filed 5/9/01, effective 7/4/01]
[Published 5/30/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/30/01.
ARC 0685B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the
Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 79, “Other Policies
Relating to Providers of Medical and Remedial Care,” appearing in the Iowa
Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments May 9,
2001. Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments was published in the
Iowa Administrative Bulletin on April 4, 2001, as ARC 0580B.
These amendments revise policy governing payments to hospitals
from the Graduate Medical Education and Disproportionate Share Fund in
connection with inpatient and outpatient services.
These amendments use costs from the base year cost reports
used in the most recent rebasing of hospital reimbursement rates and claims from
the 1999–2000 state fiscal year to allocate distributions from the fund to
qualifying hospitals. In addition, the amendments establish a schedule for
future updates in the year following the rebasing of hospital reimbursement
rates. The amendments also delete obsolete material regarding medical education
and disproportionate share payments and clarify current policy regarding these
payments. Most significantly, the amendments delete obsolete references to
medical education and disproportionate share as components of reimbursement
rates for inpatient and outpatient services, replace the formula originally used
to determine the amounts allocated to the fund with dollar amounts (to be
updated annually), add paragraphs on qualifying for medical education and
disproportionate share payments, and create a new subrule for supplemental
indirect medical education and supplemental disproportionate share
payments.
These changes do not affect the amount allocated to the
Graduate Medical Education and Disproportionate Share Fund, but update the
formula for the distribution of that amount among qualifying
hospitals.
The Graduate Medical Education and Disproportionate Share Fund
(hereinafter referred to as the fund) was created pursuant to the Laws of the
Seventy–seventh General Assembly, 1997 session, chapter 208, effective
July 1, 1997. Prior to July 1, 1997, graduate medical education and
disproportionate share payments were made as part of payments on claims for
services rendered and were based on costs and patient data from hospital cost
reports filed during calendar year 1995. Pursuant to the legislative directive
to createthe fund, the amount in the fund and distributions from the fund were
based (in part) on claims paid to qualifying fee–for–service
providers attributable to medical education and disproportionate share for dates
of service during the six–month period from October 1, 1996, through March
31, 1997. (Allowance was also made for managed care payments attributable to
medical education and disproportionate share.)
As noted above, payments attributable to medical education and
disproportionate share for this period were based on 1995 cost reports. Thus,
neither the amounts allocated to the fund nor the distributions from the fund in
1997 reflected changes in medical education costs or the disproportionate share
status of hospitals since 1995.
During calendar year 1999, the Department rebased the hospital
reimbursement rates that no longer included a medical education or
disproportionate share component, as called for in 441—paragraph
79.1(5)“k.” At that time, it was recognized that payments from the
fund for medical education and disproportionate share were being made to the
same qualifying hospitals at the same percentage share as had been determined
when the fund was initially established in 1997. It was felt that to continue
this indefinitely would not appropriately take into account changes to
hospitals’ programs or patient mix. Therefore, the Department updated the
fund.
The methodology used to calculate the revised payments to and
from the fund in 1999 was essentially identical to the methodology used to
establish the fund initially, but information from July 1, 1998, through June
30, 1999, was used. The amount allocated to the fund was the amount that would
have been attributable to medical education and disproportionate share under the
pre–1997 hospital reimbursement methodology for hospital services rendered
from July 1, 1998, through June 30, 1999. Similarly, the amount distributed to
each qualifying hospital was based on its percentage share of the reimbursement
attributable to medical education and disproportionate share under the
pre–1997 reimbursement system for services rendered from July 1, 1998,
through June 30, 1999. The period of July 1, 1998, through June 30, 1999, was
used because it was the most recent claims data available.
However, the Medicaid reimbursement attributable to medical
education and disproportionate share under the pre–1997 reimbursement
system for services rendered from July 1, 1998, through June 30, 1999, which was
used in the 1999 updating, would still have been based on 1995 cost reports.
Therefore, the amounts allocated to the fund and the distributions from the fund
still did not reflect changes in medical education costs or the disproportionate
share status of hospitals since 1995.
The new updating of the fund adopted in these amendments will
reflect changes in the medical education costs and the disproportionate share
status of hospitals from 1995 through the base year used in the most recent
rebasing of hospital reimbursement rates (generally, the hospital’s fiscal
year ending in 1998). In addition, the provision for future updates in the year
following rebasing of hospital reimbursement rates will ensure that future
changes are reflected in payments from the fund as quickly as is
practicable.
These amendments were developed with input from Mercy Hospital
Medical Center in Des Moines, which has significantly increased the amount of
medical education it provides since 1995.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because all hospitals should be subject to the same formula for fund
payments, based on the most recent information available.
The following revisions were made to the Notice of Intended
Action:
The definition of “direct medical education costs”
in subrule 79.1(5), paragraph “a,” and subrule 79.1(16), paragraph
“a,” was revised to specifically state the inclusion of allied
health programs in response to a comment from the Iowa Hospital Association. A
revision to the definition of “base year cost report” was also added
to subrule 79.1(5), paragraph “a,” for consistency. Subrule
79.1(16), paragraph “v,” subparagraph (3), was revised by replacing
“DRG weights” with “the count of outpatient visits” to
correct an error.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
249A.4.
These amendments shall become effective August 1,
2001.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 79.1(5) as
follows:
Amend paragraph “a,” definitions of
“base year cost report,” “direct medical education
costs,” “disproportionate share payment,” “final payment
rate,” “graduate medical education and disproportionate share
fund,” and “transfer,” as follows:
“Base year cost report” shall mean the
hospital’s cost report with fiscal–year–end on or after
January 1, 1998, and prior to January 1, 1999, except as noted in
79.1(5)“x.” Cost reports shall be reviewed using Medicare’s
cost reporting regulations and cost reimbursement
principles for those cost reporting periods ending on or
after January 1, 1998, and prior to January 1, 1999.
“Direct medical education costs” shall mean
an add–on to the blended base amount which shall compensate
for costs directly associated with direct
the medical education of interns and residents or other medical
education programs, such as a nursing education program or allied health
programs, conducted in an inpatient setting, that qualify for payment as medical
education costs under the Medicare program. Costs associated
with The amount of direct medical education costs
are is determined from the hospital base year cost
reports, and are is inflated and case–mix adjusted
in determining the direct medical education rate. On or after July 1,
1997, the payment for direct medical education
payment costs shall be directly
reimbursed made from the graduate medical education and
disproportionate share fund and shall not be added to the reimbursement for
claims with discharge dates on or after July 1, 1997.
“Disproportionate share payment” shall mean
an add–on to the blended base amount which a payment
that shall compensate for treatment of a disproportionate share of poor
patients. On or after July 1, 1997, the disproportionate share payment shall be
made directly reimbursed from the graduate medical
education and disproportionate share fund and shall not be added to the
reimbursement for claims with discharge dates on or after July 1,
1997.
“Final payment rate” shall mean the aggregate sum
of the five two components (the blended base
amount, and capital costs, direct medical
education, disproportionate share and indirect medical education) that,
when added together, form the final dollar value used to calculate each
provider’s reimbursement amount when multiplied by the DRG weight. These
dollar values are displayed on the rate table listing. On or after July
1, 1997, the direct and indirect medical education costs and the
disproportionate share costs shall be directly reimbursed through the graduate
medical education and disproportionate share fund and shall not be included in
the final payment rate or displayed in the rate table
listing.
“Graduate medical education and disproportionate share
fund” shall mean a reimbursement fund developed as an adjunct
reimbursement methodology to directly reimburse qualifying hospitals for the
direct and indirect costs associated with the operation of graduate medical
education programs and the costs associated with the treatment of a
disproportionate share of poor, indigent, nonreimbursed or
lowly nominally reimbursed patients for inpatient
services.
“Transfer” shall mean the movement of a patient
from a bed in a non–Medicaid–certified unit of a hospital to a bed
in a non–Medicaid–certified unit of
Medicaid–certified unit of the same hospital or to another
hospital.
Further amend paragraph “a” by adopting the
following new definitions in alphabetical order:
“Blended capital costs” shall mean
hospital–specific capital costs, plus statewide average capital costs,
divided by two.
“Children’s hospitals” shall mean hospitals
with inpatients predominantly under 18 years of age.
“Direct medical education rate” shall mean a rate
calculated for a hospital reporting medical education costs on the Medicare cost
report (HCFA 2552). The rate is calculated using the following formula: Direct
medical education costs are multiplied by inflation factors. The result is
further divided by the hospital’s case–mix index, then is divided by
net discharges. This formula is limited by funding availability that is
legislatively appropriated.
“Disproportionate share percentage” shall mean
either(1) the product of 2½ percent
multiplied by the number of standard deviations by which the hospital’s
own Medicaid inpatient utilization rate exceeds the statewide mean Medicaid
inpatient utilization rate for all hospitals, or (2)
2½ percent. (See
79.1(5)“y”(7).)
“Disproportionate share rate” shall mean the sum
of the blended base amount, blended capital costs, direct medical education
rate, and indirect medical education rate multiplied by the disproportionate
share percentage.
“Indirect medical education rate” shall mean a
rate calculated as follows: The statewide average case–mix adjusted
operating cost per Medicaid discharge, divided by two, is added to the statewide
average capital costs, divided by two. The resulting sum is then multiplied by
the ratio of the number of full–time equivalent interns and residents
serving in a Medicare–approved hospital teaching program divided by the
number of beds included in hospital departments served by the interns’ and
residents’ program, and is further multiplied by 1.159.
“Low–income utilization rate” shall mean the
ratio of gross billings for all Medicaid, bad debt, and charity care patients,
including billings for Medicaid enrollees of managed care organizations and
primary care case management organizations, to total billings for all patients.
Gross billings do not include cash subsidies received by the hospital for
inpatient hospital services except as provided from state or local
governments.
“Medicaid inpatient utilization rate” shall mean
the number of total Medicaid days, including days for Medicaid enrollees of
managed care organizations and primary care case management organizations, both
in–state and out–of–state, and Iowa state indigent patient
days divided by the number of total inpatient days for both in–state and
out–of–state recipients. Children’s hospitals receive twice
the percentage of inpatient hospital days attributable to Medicaid
patients.
“Net discharges” shall mean total discharges minus
transfers and short stay outliers.
Amend paragraph “b,” introductory
paragraph, as follows:
b. Determination of final payment rate amount. The hospital
DRG final payment amount reflects the sum of inflation adjustments to the
blended base amount plus add–ons an add–on
for capital costs, medical education costs, disproportionate share
payment, and indirect medical education. This blended base amount plus
add–ons the add–on is multiplied by the set
of Iowa–specific DRG weights to establish a rate schedule for each
hospital. For payments made to providers for claims with dates of
discharge on or after July 1, 1997, the final payment rate shall not contain the
add–on amounts for direct or indirect medical education or for
disproportionate share payments. Federal DRG definitions are adopted
except as provided below:
Amend paragraph “d,” subparagraph
(2), as follows:
(2) Calculation of hospital–specific case–mix
adjusted average cost per discharge. The hospital–specific case–mix
adjusted average cost per discharge is calculated by subtracting from the lesser
of total Iowa Medicaid costs, or covered reasonable charges as determined by the
hospital’s base year cost report or MMIS claims system, the actual dollar
expenditures for capital costs, direct medical education costs, the payments
that will be made for nonfull DRG transfers, outliers, and physical
rehabilitation services if included. The remaining amount is case–mix
adjusted, adjusted to reflect inflation multiplied by
inflation factors, and divided by the total number of Iowa Medicaid
discharges from the MMIS claims system or cost report, whichever is
greater, for that hospital during the applicable base year, less the
nonfull DRG transfers and short stay outliers.
Amend paragraph “e,” introductory paragraph
and subparagraph (1), as follows:
e. Add–ons Add–on to the
base amount. Four payments are One payment for capital
costs is added on to the blended base amount.
(1) Capital costs. Capital costs are
included in the rate table listing and added to the blended base amount prior to
setting the final payment rate schedule. This add–on reflects a 50/50
blend of the statewide average case–mix adjusted capital cost per
discharge and the case–mix adjusted hospital–specific base year
capital cost per discharge attributed to Iowa Medicaid patients. Allowable
capital costs are determined by multiplying the capital amount from the base
year cost report by 80 percent. The 50/50 blend is calculated by adding the
case–mix adjusted hospital–specific per discharge capital cost to
the statewide average case–mix adjusted per discharge capital costs and
dividing by two. Hospitals whose blended capital add–on exceeds one
standard deviation off the mean Medicaid blended capital rate will be subject to
a reduction in their capital add–on to equal the greatest amount
of the first standard deviation.
Further amend paragraph “e” by rescinding
subparagraphs (2), (3), and (4).
Amend paragraph “f,” subparagraphs
(1) and (2), as follows:
(1) Long stay outliers. Long stay outliers are incurred when
a patient’s stay exceeds the upper day limit threshold. This threshold is
defined as the greater of 23 days of care or two standard deviations above the
average statewide length of stay for a given DRG. Reimbursement for long stay
outliers is calculated at 60 percent of the average daily rate for the given DRG
for each approved day of stay beyond the upper day limit. Payment for long stay
outliers shall be paid at 100 percent of the calculated amount and made at the
time the claim is originally filed for DRG payment
paid.
(2) Short stay outliers. Short stay outliers are incurred
when a patient’s length of stay is greater than two standard deviations
from the geometric mean below the average statewide length of stay for a
given DRG, rounded to the next highest whole number of days. Payment for short
stay outliers will be 200 percent of the average daily rate for each day the
patient qualifies up to the full DRG payment. Short stay outlier claims will be
subject to PRO review and payment denied for inappropriate admissions.
Amend paragraphs “k,” “m,” and
“o” as follows:
k. Updating Inflation factors,
rebasing, and recalibration. Updating Inflation of base
payment amounts by the Data Resources, Inc. hospital market basket index shall
be performed annually, if funds permit subject to
legislative appropriations. Base amounts shall be rebased and weights
recalibrated every three years. The graduate medical education and
disproportionate share fund shall be updated as provided in subparagraphs
79.1(5)“y”(3), (6), and (9).
m. Payment to out–of–state hospitals. Payment
made to out–of–state hospitals providing care to beneficiaries of
Iowa’s Medicaid program is equal to either the Iowa statewide average
blended base amount plus the statewide average capital cost add–on,
multiplied by the DRG weight, or blended base and capital rates calculated by
using 80 percent of the hospital’s submitted capital costs. For those
hospitals which that wish to submit a cost report no
less than 120 days prior to rebasing using data for Iowa Medicaid patients only,
that provider will receive a case–mix adjusted blended base rate using
hospital–specific, Iowa–only Medicaid data and the Iowa statewide
average cost per discharge amount. Capital costs will be reimbursed at either
the statewide average rate in place at the time of discharge, or the blended
capital rate computed by using submitted cost report data. Hospitals that
qualify for disproportionate share payment based on the definition established
by their state’s Medicaid agency for the calculation of the Medicaid
inpatient utilization rate will be eligible to receive disproportionate share
add–ons if the last date of service is prior to July 1, 1997, or
disproportionate share payments according to paragraph
“y.” if the last date of services is on or after July
1, 1997. If a hospital qualifies for reimbursement for
the direct medical education or indirect medical education
component under Medicare guidelines, it shall qualify
for this add–on component for reimbursement purposes in Iowa if the date
of service is prior to July 1, 1997, or shall be reimbursed for
those components according to paragraph “y.”
if the date of service is on or after July 1, 1997. Hospitals
which that wish to submit the HCFA 2552 (or HCFA
accepted substitute) cost report must do so within 60 days from the date of
patient discharge to the state of Iowa’s fiscal agent. Hospitals
which that elect to submit cost reports for the
determination of blended rates must submit new reports on an annual basis within
90 150 days of the close of the hospital’s fiscal
year end. When audited, finalized reports become available from the Medicare
intermediary, these should be submitted to the Iowa Medicaid fiscal
agent.
o. Hospital billing. Hospitals shall normally submit claims
for DRG reimbursement to the fiscal intermediary agent
after a patient’s discharge. Payment for outlier days or costs is
determined when the claim is filed with paid by the
fiscal agent, as described in paragraph “f.” When a Medicaid
patient requires acute care in the same facility for a period of no less than
120 days, a request for partial payment may be made. Written requests for this
interim DRG payment shall be addressed to the Administrator, Division of Medical
Services, Iowa Department of Human Services, Fifth Floor, Hoover State
Office Building 1305 East Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa
50309–0114, and shall include the patient’s name, state
identification number, date of admission, brief summary of the case, current
listing of charges, and physician’s attestation that the recipient has
been an inpatient for 120 days and is expected to remain in the hospital for a
period of no less than 60 additional days. A departmental employee will then
contact the facility to assist the facility in filing the interim
claim.
Rescind and reserve paragraph
“v.”
Amend paragraph “w” as follows:
w. Rate adjustments for hospital mergers. When one or more
hospitals merge to form a distinctly different legal entity, the base rate plus
applicable add–ons will be revised to reflect this new
operation entity. Financial information from the
original cost reports and original rate calculations will be added together and
averaged to form the new rate for that entity.
Rescind paragraph “y” and adopt the
following new paragraph “y” in lieu
thereof:
y. Graduate medical education and disproportionate share fund.
Payment shall be made to all hospitals qualifying for direct medical education,
indirect medical education, or disproportionate share payments directly from the
graduate medical education and disproportionate share fund. The requirements to
receive payments from the fund, the amounts allocated to the fund, and the
methodology used to determine the distribution amounts from the fund are as
follows:
(1) Qualifying for direct medical education. Hospitals
qualify for direct medical education payments if direct medical education costs
that qualify for payment as medical education costs under the Medicare program
are contained in the hospital’s base year cost report and in the most
recent cost report submitted before the start of the state fiscal year for which
payments are being made.
(2) Allocation to fund for direct medical education. Except
as reduced pursuant to subparagraph 79.1(5)“y”(3), the total amount
of funding that is allocated to the graduate medical education and
disproportionate share fund for direct medical education related to inpatient
services for July 1, 2000, through June 30, 2001, is $8,314,810. Adjustments
may be made to this amount for inflation, subject to legislative appropriations,
and for utilization increases as established in paragraph
79.1(5)“z.”
(3) Distribution to qualifying hospitals for direct medical
education. Distribution of the amount in the fund for direct medical education
shall be on a monthly basis. To determine the amount to be distributed to each
qualifying hospital for direct medical education, the following formula is used:
Multiply the total of all DRG weights for claims paid from July 1, 1999, through
June 30, 2000, for each hospital reporting direct medical education costs that
qualify for payment as medical education costs under the Medicare program
in the hospital’s base year cost report by each hospital’s direct
medical education rate to obtain a dollar value. The dollar values for each
hospital are summed, then each hospital’s dollar value is divided by the
total dollar value, resulting in a percentage. Each hospital’s percentage
is multiplied by the amount allocated for direct medical education to determine
the payment to each hospital. Effective for payments from the fund for July
2003, the state fiscal year used as the source of DRG weights shall be updated
to July 1, 2002, through June 30, 2003. Thereafter, the state fiscal year used
as the source of DRG weights shall be updated by a three–year period
effective for payments from the fund for July of every third year. If a
hospital fails to qualify for direct medical education payments from the fund
because it does not report direct medical education costs that qualify for
payment as medical education costs under the Medicare program in the most recent
cost report submitted before the start of the state fiscal year for which
payments are being made, the amount of money that would have been paid to that
hospital shall be removed from the fund.
(4) Qualifying for indirect medical education. Hospitals
qualify for indirect medical education payments from the fund when they receive
a direct medical education payment from Iowa Medicaid and qualify for indirect
medical education payments from Medicare. Qualification for indirect medical
education payments is determined without regard to the individual components of
the specific hospital’s teaching program, state ownership, or bed size.
(5) Allocation to fund for indirect medical education. Except
as reduced pursuant to subparagraph 79.1(5)“y”(6), the total amount
of funding that is allocated to the graduate medical education and
disproportionate share fund for indirect medical education for July 1, 2000,
through June 30, 2001, is $14,599,413. Adjustments may be made to this amount
for inflation, subject to legislative appropriations, and for utilization
increases as established in paragraph 79.1(5)“z.”
(6) Distribution to qualifying hospitals for indirect medical
education. Distribution of the amount in the fund for indirect medical
education shall be on a monthly basis. To determine the amount to be
distributed to each qualifying hospital for indirect medical education, the
following formula is used: Multiply the total of all DRG weights for claims
paid from July 1, 1999, through June 30, 2000, for each hospital reporting
direct medical education costs that qualify for payment as medical education
costs under the Medicare program in the hospital’s base year cost report
by each hospital’s indirect medical education rate to obtain a
dollar value. The dollar values for each hospital are summed, then each
hospital’s dollar value is divided by the total dollar value, resulting in
a percentage. Each hospital’s percentage is multiplied by the amount
allocated for indirect medical education to determine the payment to each
hospital. Effective for payments from the fund for July 2003, the state fiscal
year used as the source of DRG weights shall be updated to July 1, 2002, through
June 30, 2003. Thereafter, the state fiscal year used as the source of DRG
weights shall be updated by a three–year period effective for payments
from the fund for July of every third year. If a hospital fails to qualify for
indirect medical education payments from the fund because it does not report
direct medical education costs that qualify for payment as medical education
costs under the Medicare program in the most recent cost report submitted before
the start of the state fiscal year for which payments are being made, the amount
of money that would have been paid to that hospital shall be removed from the
fund.
(7) Qualifying for disproportionate share. Hospitals qualify
for disproportionate share payments from the fund when the hospital’s
low–income utilization rate exceeds 25 percent or when the
hospital’s Medicaid inpatient utilization rate exceeds one standard
deviation from the statewide average Medicaid utilization rate. For those
hospitals that qualify for disproportionate share under both the
low–income utilization rate definition and the Medicaid inpatient
utilization rate definition, the disproportionate share percentage shall be the
greater of (1) the product of 2½ percent
multiplied by the number of standard deviations by which the hospital’s
own Medicaid inpatient utilization rate exceeds the statewide mean Medicaid
inpatient utilization rate for all hospitals, or (2)
2½ percent. For those hospitals that qualify
for disproportionate share under the low–income utilization rate
definition, but do not qualify under the Medicaid inpatient utilization rate
definition, the disproportionate share percentage shall be
2½ percent. For those hospitals that qualify
for disproportionate share under the Medicaid inpatient utilization rate
definition, but do not qualify under the low–income utilization rate
definition, the disproportionate share percentage shall be the product of
2½ percent multiplied by the number of
standard deviations by which the hospital’s own Medicaid inpatient
utilization rate exceeds the statewide mean Medicaid inpatient utilization rate
for all hospitals. Information contained in the hospital’s available 1998
submitted Medicare cost report is used to determine the hospital’s
low–income utilization rate and the hospital’s inpatient Medicaid
utilization rate.
Additionally, a qualifying hospital must also have atleast two
obstetricians who have staff privileges at the hospital and who have agreed to
provide obstetric services to Medicaid–eligible persons who are in need of
obstetric services. In the case of a hospital located in a rural area as
defined in Section 1886 of the Social Security Act, the term
“obstetrician” includes any physician with staff privileges at the
hospital to perform nonemergency obstetric procedures.
Out–of–state hospitals serving Iowa Medicaid
patients qualify for disproportionate share payments from the fund based on
their state Medicaid agency’s calculation of the Medicaid inpatient
utilization rate. The disproportionate share percentage is calculated using the
number of standard deviations by which the hospital’s own state Medicaid
inpatient utilization rate exceeds the hospital’s own statewide mean
Medicaid inpatient utilization rate.
Hospitals qualify for disproportionate share payments from the
fund without regard to the facility’s status as a teaching facility or bed
size.
(8) Allocation to fund for disproportionate share. The total
amount of funding that is allocated to the graduate medical education and
disproportionate share fund for disproportionate share payments for July 1,
2000, through June 30, 2001, is $6,978,925. Adjustments may be made to this
amount for inflation, subject to legislative appropriations, and for utilization
increases as established in paragraph 79.1(5)“z.”
(9) Distribution to qualifying hospitals for disproportionate
share. Distribution of the amount in the fund for disproportionate share shall
be on a monthly basis. To determine the amount to be distributed to each
qualifying hospital for disproportionate share, the following formula is used:
Multiply the total of all DRG weights for claims paid July 1, 1999, through June
30, 2000, for each qualifying hospital by each hospital’s disproportionate
share rate to obtain a dollar value. The dollar values for each hospital are
summed, then each hospital’s dollar value is divided by the total dollar
value, resulting in a percentage. Each hospital’s percentage is
multiplied by the amount allocated for disproportionate share to determine the
payment to each hospital. Effective for payments from the fund for July 2003,
the state fiscal year used as the source of DRG weights shall be updated to July
1, 2002, through June 30, 2003. Thereafter, the state fiscal year used as the
source of DRG weights shall be updated by a three–year period effective
for payments from the fund for July of every third year. In compliance with
Medicaid Voluntary Contribution and Provider Specific Tax Amendments (Public Law
102–234) and 1992 Iowa Acts, chapter 1246, section 13, the total of
disproportionate share payments from the fund and supplemental disproportionate
share payments pursuant to paragraph 79.1(5)“ab” cannot exceed the
amount of the federal cap under Public Law 102–234.
Adopt the following new paragraph
“ab”:
ab. Supplemental indirect medical education and supplemental
disproportionate share. In addition to payments from the graduate medical
education and disproportionate share fund pursuant to paragraph
79.1(5)“y,” payment shall be made to all hospitals qualifying for
supplemental indirect medical education and supplemental disproportionate share
payments. The requirements to receive supplemental payments, the amounts
available, and the methodology used for determining payments are as
follows:
(1) Qualifying for supplemental indirect medical education.
Hospitals qualify for supplemental indirect medical education payments by
receiving a direct medical education payment from Iowa Medicaid, qualifying for
an indirect medical education payment from Medicare, being an Iowa
state–owned hospital with more than 500 beds, and having eight or more
separate and distinct residency specialty or subspecialty programs recognized by
the American College of Graduate Medical Education.
(2) Available amount for supplemental indirect medical
education. The total amount of funding that is available for supplemental
indirect medical education for July 1, 2000, through June 30, 2001, is
$24,834,207. Adjustments made to this amount are determined pursuant to the Tax
Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 (Public Law 97–248).
(3) Payments to qualifying hospitals for supplemental indirect
medical education. Subject to the amount available, the amount to be
distributed to each qualifying hospital for supplemental indirect medical
education is determined by the following formula: The statewide average
case–mix adjusted operating cost per Medicaid discharge is multiplied by
five and divided by two, then added to the statewide average capital costs
multiplied by five and divided by two. The resulting sum is then multiplied by
the ratio of the numberof full–time equivalent interns and
residents serving in a Medicare–approved hospital teaching program divided
by the number of beds included in hospital departments served by the
interns’ and residents’ program, and is further multiplied by 1.159.
The number of interns, residents and beds is based on information contained
in the hospital’s base period Medicare cost report which will be
updated when rebasing and recalibration are performed. Payments for
supplemental indirect medical education shall be on a monthly basis.
(4) Qualifying for supplemental disproportionate share.
In–state hospitals that are state–owned acute–care hospitals,
that have more than 500 beds, and that qualify for payments from the graduate
medical education and disproportionate share fund for disproportionate share
pursuant to paragraph 79.1(5)“y” also qualify for supplemental
disproportionate share payments.
(5) Available amount for supplemental disproportionate share.
In compliance with Medicaid Voluntary Contribution and Provider Specific Tax
Amendments (Public Law 102–234) and 1992 Iowa Acts, chapter 1246, section
13, the total of disproportionate share payments from the graduate medical
education and disproportionate share fund pursuant to paragraph
79.1(5)“y” and supplemental disproportionate share payments cannot
exceed the amount of the federal cap under Public Law 102–234. The
amount available for supplemental disproportionate share payments shall
be the lesser of (1) the applicable state appropriation or (2) the federal cap
minus disproportionate share payments from the graduate medical education and
disproportionate share fund pursuant to paragraph
79.1(5)“y.”
(6) Payments to qualifying hospitals for supplemental
disproportionate share. Payments for supplemental disproportionate share are
made after the end of each federal fiscal year. Subject to the amount
available, qualifying hospitals receive a payment of up to 166 percent of the
hospital’s total calculated reimbursement for all cases paid by the
Medicaid fiscal agent within the previous federal fiscal year.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 79.1(16) as
follows:
Amend paragraph “a,” definitions of
“base year cost report” and “direct medical education
costs,” as follows:
“Base year cost report” shall mean the
hospital’s cost report with fiscal–year–end on or after
January 1, 1998, and prior to January 1, 1999, except as noted in paragraph
“s.” Cost reports shall be reviewed using Medicare’s cost
reporting and cost reimbursement principles regulations
for those cost reporting periods.
“Direct medical education costs” shall mean
a per visit add–on to the APG payment amount which shall
compensate for costs directly associated with outpatient
direct the medical education of interns and residents or
other medical education programs, such as a nursing education program or allied
health programs, conducted in an outpatient setting, that qualify for payment as
medical education costs under the Medicare program. Costs
associated with The amount of direct medical education
costs are is determined from the hospital base
year cost reports and are is inflated in determining
the direct medical education rate.
Further amend paragraph “a” by adopting the
following new definitions in alphabetical order:
“Direct medical education rate” shall mean a rate
calculated for a hospital reporting medical education costs on the Medicare cost
report (HCFA 2552). The rate is calculated using the following formula: Direct
medical education costs are multiplied by the percentage of valid claims to
total claims, further multiplied by inflation factors, then divided by
outpatient visits. This formula is limited by funding availability that is
legislatively appropriated.
“Invalid claims or visits” shall mean claims or
visits that are not priced and paid using the ambulatory patient group (APG)
system.
“Net number of Iowa Medicaid valid visits” shall
mean total visits plus the incremental portion of visits that resulted in
outliers less invalid visits.
“Valid claims or visits” shall mean those claims
or visits that are priced and paid using the ambulatory patient group (APG)
system.
Amend paragraph “e,” subparagraph
(2), as follows:
(2) Calculation of hospital–specific case–mix
adjusted average cost per visit. The hospital–specific case–mix
adjusted average cost per visit is calculated by subtracting from the
lesser of total Iowa Medicaid costs, or covered reasonable
charges as determined by the hospital’s base year cost report or MMIS
claims system, the actual dollar expenditures for direct medical
education costs for interns and residents, observation bed costs, and,
using valid claims, calculation of actual payments that will be made for
outliers, fee scheduled laboratory services and services known as noninpatient
programs as set forth at 441—subrule 78.31(1), paragraphs “g”
to “n.” The remaining amount is case–mix adjusted, adjusted
to reflect inflation and divided by the total net number of Iowa Medicaid
valid visits from the MMIS claims system or cost report,
whichever is greater, for that hospital during the applicable base
year.
Rescind and reserve paragraph
“f.”
Amend paragraphs “i,” “j,” and
“k” as follows:
i. Services covered by APG payments. Medicaid adopts the
Medicare definition of outpatient hospital services at 42 CFR 414.32, as amended
to September 15, 1992, which will be covered by the APG–based prospective
payment system, except as indicated herein. As a result, combined billing for
physician services is eliminated unless the hospital has approval from the
Health Care Financing Administration (HCFA) to combine bills. Teaching
hospitals having HCFA’s approval to receive reasonable cost reimbursement
for physician services under 42 CFR 415.58, as amended to November 25, 1991, are
eligible for combined billing status if they have filed the approval notice with
the department’s Medicaid fiscal agent.
Reasonable cost settlement for teaching physicians for those costs not included
in the APG cost–finding process will be made during the year–end
settlement process. Services provided by certified nurse anesthetists (CRNAs)
employed by a physician are covered by physician reimbursement. Payment for the
services of CRNAs employed by the hospital are included in the hospital’s
reimbursement.
Ambulance transportation will not be reimbursed by APG
payment. A hospital–based ambulance service must be an enrolled Medicaid
ambulance provider and follow policy as specified at rule 441—78.11(249A)
unless the recipient’s condition results in an inpatient admission to the
hospital. In the case of an inpatient admission, the reimbursement for
ambulance services is included in the hospital’s DRG reimbursement rate.
Enrollment information and claim submission for ambulance services should be
directed to the Medicaid fiscal agent.
Claims for all noninpatient services (NIP), including
outpatient mental health, substance abuse, eating disorders, cardiac
rehabilitation, pulmonary rehabilitation, diabetic education, pain management,
and nutritional counseling, should be billed to Iowa Medicaid and will be paid
under the respective NIP program on a fixed fee schedule.
Upon implementation of the managed mental health care and
substance abuse program (MHAP) (Iowa Plan), all
psychiatric services for recipients with a primary diagnosis of mental illness,
except for reference lab services and radiology services, in those eligibility
groups targeted under the MHAP Iowa Plan program will be
the responsibility of the MHAP Iowa Plan contractor and
will not be otherwise payable by Iowa Medicaid. Emergency psychiatric
evaluations for recipients who are covered by the MHAP Iowa
Plan program will be the responsibility of the contractor. For those
recipients who are not covered by the MHAP Iowa Plan
program, services will be payable under either the APG for emergency psychiatric
evaluation or under the respective NIP program. Additionally, laboratory
services to monitor Clozaril are payable under the APG system only if the
recipient is not MHAP eligible under the Iowa Plan
program. Eligibility groups served under the managed substance
abuse care plan (MSACP) program, Substance abuse services for
persons eligible under managed care will be the responsibility of the
MSACP Iowa Plan contractor and not payable through the
APG system. The only exceptions to this policy are reference laboratory and
radiology services, which will be payable by fee schedule or APG.
Claims for the following APGs, as defined in Version 2of the
Grouper software, will not be accepted by Iowa Medicaid for payment: APG
005—Nail Procedures, APG 171— Artificial Fertilization, APG
212—Fitting of Contact Lenses, APG 386—Biofeedback and hypnotherapy,
and APG 382—Provision of vision aids.
Claims grouping into APG 702 (Well Child Exam) shall meet all
early and periodic screening, diagnosis and treatment requirements as set forth
at rule 441—84.3(249A).
j. System implementation, inflation factors, rebasing,
and recalibration. For state fiscal years 1995 and 1996, a risk corridor has
been established to ensure that APG payments to each hospital will not be less
than 95 percent or greater than 105 percent of Medicaid allowable costs. For
the state fiscal year 1997, a risk corridor has been established to ensure that
hospital payments will not be less than 90 percent or greater than 110 percent
of Medicaid allowable costs.
Periodic interim payments, made quarterly to ensure adequate
cash flow to hospitals during the transition, will begin 30 days after the
quarter ending March 31, 1995. No periodic interim payment will be made to any
hospital within the corridor limits. Money may also be requested to be refunded
if an overpayment exists.
Inflation of base payment amounts by the Data Resources,
Inc. hospital market basket index shall be performed annually, subject to
legislative appropriations. The APG system will Base
amounts shall be rebased and APG weights recalibrated every three
years beginning October 1, 1996. Cost reports used will be
hospital fiscal year–end reports within the calendar year ending no later
than December 31, 1998. Case–mix indices shall be calculated using valid
claims most nearly matching each hospital’s fiscal year end. The
graduate medical education and disproportionate share fund shall be updated as
provided in subparagraph 79.1(16)“v”(3).
k. Payment to out–of–state hospitals. Payment
made to out–of–state hospitals providing care to beneficiaries of
Iowa’s Medicaid program is equal to either the Iowa statewide average
case–mix adjusted base amount or the Iowastatewide average case–mix
adjusted base amount blended with the hospital–specific base amount.
Hospitals that submit a cost report with data for Iowa Medicaid patients only,
no less than 120 days prior to rebasing, will receive a case–mix adjusted
blended base rate using hospital–specific Iowa–only Medicaid data
and the Iowa statewide average cost per visit amount. If a hospital qualifies
for reimbursement for the direct medical education
component under Medicare guidelines, it shall qualify for
this add–on component for reimbursement purposes in Iowa.
Hospitals wishing to submit the HCFA 2552 (or HCFA accepted substitute) cost
report must do so within 60 days from the date of patient visit to the
state of Iowa’s Medicaid fiscal agent. Hospitals
which that elect to submit cost reports for the
determination of blended rates shall submit new reports to the
department’s fiscal agent on an annual basis within 90
150 days of the close of the hospital’s fiscal year end. When
audited, finalized reports become available from the Medicare intermediary, the
facility may submit them to the Iowa Medicaid fiscal agent.
Amend paragraph “m,” introductory
paragraph, as follows:
m. Hospital billing. Hospitals shall normally submit a
UB–92 claim, with all services occurring within a 72–hour period,
for APG reimbursement to the fiscal intermediary agent
after a patient’s outpatient “visit” is complete. Payment for
outlier costs is determined when the claim is filed with
paid by the fiscal agent, as described in paragraph “g.”
However, the following exceptions are allowed:
Amend paragraphs “p” and
“q” as follows:
p. Cost report adjustments. Hospitals with 1998 cost reports
adjusted by Medicare through the cost settlement proc–ess for cost reports
applicable to the APG base year may appeal to the department the
hospital–specific base and add–on costs cost
used in calculating the Medicaid APG rates if the Medicare adjustment results in
a material change to the rate. Any appeal of the APG rate due to
Medicare’s adjustment process must be made in writing to the department
within 30 days of Medicare’s finalization and notification to the
provider. If the provider does not notify the department of the adjusted
amounts within the 30–day period, no costs shall be reconsidered for
adjustment by Iowa Medicaid. Claims adjustment reflecting the changed rates
shall only be made to claims that have been processed within one year prior to
the notification from the provider or the beginning of the rebasing period,
whichever is less.
q. Determination of payment amounts for mental health
noninpatient (NIP) services. Mental health NIP services are limited as set
forth at 441—78.31(4)“d”(7) and are reimbursed on a fee
schedule basis. Upon implementation of a managed mental health care
program, mental Mental health NIP services will
become are the responsibility of the managed mental health
care and substance abuse (Iowa Plan) contractor for persons eligible for
managed mental health care.
Rescind paragraph “v” and adopt the
following new paragraph “v” in lieu
thereof:
v. Graduate medical education and disproportionate share fund.
Payment shall be made to all hospitals qualifying for direct medical education
directly from the graduate medical education and disproportionate share fund.
The requirements to receive payments from the fund, the amount allocated to the
fund and the methodology used to determine the distribution amounts from the
fund are as follows:
(1) Qualifying for direct medical education. Hospitals
qualify for direct medical education payments if direct medical education costs
that qualify for payment as medical education costs under the Medicare program
are contained in the hospital’s base year cost report and in the most
recent cost report submitted before the start of the state fiscal year for which
payments are being made.
(2) Allocation to fund for direct medical education. Except
as reduced pursuant to subparagraph 79.1(16)“v”(3), the total amount
of funding that is allocated to the graduate medical education and
disproportionate share fund for direct medical education related to outpatient
services for July 1, 2000, through June 30, 2001, is $2,811,778. Adjustments
may be made to this amount for inflation, subject to legislative appropriations,
and for utilization increases as established in paragraph
79.1(16)“w.”
(3) Distribution to qualifying hospitals for direct medical
education. Distribution of the amount in the fund for direct medical education
shall be on a monthly basis. To determine the amount to be distributed to each
qualifying hospital for direct medical education, the following formula is used:
Multiply the total count of outpatient visits for claims paid from July 1, 1999,
through June 30, 2000, for each hospital reporting direct medical
education costs that qualify for payment as medical education costs under the
Medicare program in the hospital’s base year cost report by each
hospital’s direct medical education rate to obtain a dollar value. The
dollar values for each hospital are summed, then each hospital’s dollar
value is divided by the total dollar value, resulting in a percentage. Each
hospital’s percentage is multiplied by the amount allocated for direct
medical education to determine the payment to each hospital. Effective for
payments from the fund for July 2003, the state fiscal year used as the source
of the count of outpatient visits shall be updated to July 1, 2002, through June
30, 2003. Thereafter, the state fiscal year used as the source of the count of
outpatient visits shall be updated by a three–year period effective for
payments from the fund for July of every third year. If a hospital fails to
qualify for direct medical education payments from the fund because it does not
report direct medical education costs that qualify for payment as medical
education costs under the Medicare program in the most recent cost report
submitted before the start of the state fiscal year for which payments are being
made, the amount of money that would have been paid to that hospital shall be
removed from the fund.
[Filed 5/9/01, effective 8/1/01]
[Published 5/30/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/30/01.
ARC 0686B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 234.6, 237.3,
237A.12, 238.16, and 600.22, the Department of Human Services hereby amends
Chapter 107, “Certification of Adoption Investigators,” Chapter 108,
“Licensing and Regulation of Child–Placing Agencies,” Chapter
109, “Child Care Centers,” Chapter 110, “Family and Group
Child Care Homes,” Chapter 113, “Licensing and Regulation of Foster
Family Homes,” Chapter 157, “Purchase of Adoption Services,”
Chapter 170, “Child Care Services,” and Chapter 200, “Adoption
Services,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments May 9,
2001. Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments was published in the
Iowa Administrative Bulletin on March 21, 2001, as ARC 0548B.
These amendments revise the procedures for reviewing founded
child abuse reports and criminal convictions in reference to the following
parties:
• Persons requesting to be
certified as adoption investigators.
• Persons wanting to be
licensed as foster family homes or to be approved as adoptive parents by the
Department or by a child–placing agency.
• Agencies or individuals
wanting to be licensed as child care centers.
• Persons wanting to be
registered to provide family or group child care.
• Nonregistered family child
care homes wanting to receive public funds for providing child care for clients
of the Department.
Currently, Central Office is required to review all founded
child abuse reports, aggravated misdemeanors and felony convictions, and all
simple or serious misdemeanors less than five years old to determine if the
abuse or crime warrants prohibition of approval of registration or license.
This process may add up to 30 days to the evaluation process.
These changes allow the regional administrator or designee to
make the final evaluation decisions for a person wanting to be licensed as a
foster family home by the Department or a child–placing agency, an agency
or individual wanting to be licensed as a child care center or registered as a
family or group child care home, nonregistered family child care homes wanting
to receive public funds for providing child care for clients of the Department,
and persons wanting to be approved as adoptive parents for whom the Department
conducts the home study.
The process continues to require Central Office to make the
final evaluation decisions for persons wanting to be certified as adoption
investigators and for persons wanting to be approved as adoptive parents for
whom a child–placing agency conducts the home study.
Allowing final decisions to be made at the regional level will
decrease the length of time an individual or agency must wait before receiving
approval or denial of the certification or licensure process.
These amendments also require that sex offender registry
checks be made on these persons and agencies, and correct form names and legal
references.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because these changes confer a benefit on persons wanting to be
certified or licensed by decreasing the length of time and the number of steps
required for completing and approving or denying a record check evaluation. It
is not appropriate to provide a waiver for checking the sex offender
registry.
The following revision was made to the Notice of Intended
Action:
Subrule 107.4(5) was revised to remove incorrect references to
the department of inspections and appeals.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
234.6(6) and Iowa Code chapters 237, 237A, 238, and 600.
These amendments shall become effective August 1,
2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [amendments to Chs 108 to 110, 113, 157, 170, and 200] is being
omitted. With the exception of the change noted above, these amendments are
identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0548B, IAB
3/21/01.
[Filed 5/9/01, effective 8/1/01]
[Published
5/30/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
5/30/01.]
ARC 0699B
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
DEPARTMENT[471]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 14B.105, the
Information Technology Council hereby adopts Chapter 15, “Information
Technology Development Strategies and Activities,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These rules define the way in which information technology
strategies may be developed to ensure that the Department meets the technology
needs of the state. These rules also describe the types of arrangements the
Department may enter into to maximize or supplement existing resources and to
generate revenue. These rules also lay the foundation for the technology
advisory councils to adopt procedures relating to Web–based sponsorship
and other activity. Furthermore, the rules state that revenue generated by
Web–based advertising or promotional activity be deposited in theIowAccess
revolving fund.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on April 4, 2001, as ARC 0591B. A public hearing
was held on April 24, 2001.
The Information Technology Council adopted these rules on May
10, 2001.
Since publication of the Notice, subrules 15.3(1) and 15.3(3)
were revised and rule 471—15.4(14B) was added to address agency and other
government entity participation in Web–sponsorship programs as well as the
receipt and administration of the funds received as a result of these programs.
These revisions are intended to respond to concerns addressed by and comments
received by the Department.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
14B.105.
These rules will become effective July 4, 2001.
The following new chapter is adopted.
CHAPTER 15
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENT STRATEGIES AND
ACTIVITIES
471—15.1(14B) Development strategies and activities.
The department shall establish and implement strategies that will foster the
development and application of information technology, electronic commerce,
electronic government and Internet applications across participating agencies
and in cooperation with other governmental entities and the private sector.
Such strategies shall include, but not be limited to, developing public and
private relationships to supplement existing resources and comprehensively meet
the information technology needs of the state.
471—15.2(14B) Partnerships with public or private
entities. The department may enter into partnerships, relationships,
agreements, or other arrangements with public or private entities in order to
obtain assistance, supplement existing resources and generate revenue in support
of information technology development strategies and activities. Such
partnerships, relationships, agreements, or other arrangements may involve,
without limitation, the following:
15.2(1) The evaluation and development of
information technology.
15.2(2) The establishment of pilot projects to develop
prototype applications.
15.2(3) The joint sharing of information
technology.
15.2(4) The provision or sale of sponsorships or other
promotional activities on IowAccess or state Web sites.
15.2(5) The purchase, lease, licensing, disposal, or
other procurement or disposition of information technology.
15.2(6) The obtainment of legal protection necessary
to secure or enforce a right to or an interest in data processing software,
consistent with Iowa Code section 22.3A.
15.2(7) The sale or distribution, marketing or
licensing of data processing software, consistent with Iowa Code section
22.3A.
471—15.3(14B) Web–based sponsorships and
promotional activities.
15.3(1) Agreements. The department may enter into
agreements with public or private entities to provide for sponsorships or other
promotional activities on eligible state Web sites in order to generate revenue
or other advantages for the state. These agreements are limited in scope to
solely those relationships by which an entity sponsors a Web site and are not
intended to extend to public–private marketing partnerships which may be
legally entered into outside the scope of this rule.
15.3(2) Policies and procedures. Prior to
placingany sponsorships on state Web sites, the department andthe information
technology council shall consult with theIowAccess advisory council to develop
and publish written policies and procedures that will apply to all sponsorships
and other promotional content appearing on state Web sites.
15.3(3) Deposit and use of revenues. All
revenues received as a result of any Web–based sponsorship or promotional
activity shall be deposited in the IowAccess revolving fund to be administered
by the department. All funds received from each individual department or
entity sponsorship activity shall be earmarked for that particular department
and then shall be dedicated for that particular department’s technology
needs consistent with Iowa Code section 14B.206.
15.3(4) No endorsement by the state. The appearance
on a state Web site of any sponsorship or other promotion with respect to a
product or service produced, provided or offered by a person or entity
unaffiliated with the state shall not be construed as the state’s
endorsement, acceptance or approval of, or a representation or warranty with
respect to (a) such product or service, or (b) the content, accuracy or method
of sponsoring or promoting such product or service.
471—15.4(14B) Scope of applicability.
15.4(1) Nothing in this rule shall be interpreted to
violate Iowa Code sections 99E.10 and 99E.20.
15.4(2) Agencies choosing to participate in any
Web–based sponsorship activity shall be able to participate in the
decisions surrounding their participation.
15.4(3) Entities which do not fall under the authority
of Iowa Code chapter 14B may agree to partner with the department to participate
in Web–based sponsorship activities. Moneys received as a result of these
agreements shall be administered in the same manner as those administered under
15.3(3).
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
14B.
[Filed 5/11/01, effective 7/4/01]
[Published 5/30/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/30/01.
ARC 0696B
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135G.7, the
Department of Inspections and Appeals hereby adopts amendments to Chapter 52,
“Birth Centers,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on February 7, 2001, as ARC 0473B.
The adopted amendments remove unnecessary regulation related
to birth center governing bodies, health records maintained by birth centers and
staff requirements. Item 1 removes regulation pertaining to the director of the
birth center and the director of medical affairs. Item 2 removes regulation
pertaining to annual medical evaluations for staff and amends the rule to
require medical evaluations at the commencement of employment and at least every
four years thereafter. Item 3 adds HIV status to the list of complications that
shall require the midwife to call and confer with the client’s consulting
physician to determine if the pregnancy continues to be low risk. Item 4
removes requirements related to family rooms maintained by birth centers. Item
5 removes employment agreements from the list of required personnel policies to
be maintained by a birth center. Item 6 removes language requiring a consulting
physician to review and sign a client’s health record after delivery.
Item 7 extends the individuals to be informed of the policies and procedures of
the birth center beyond client and family to other individuals if identified by
the client. Item 8 corrects the erroneous use of the word “and” by
replacing it with the word “or” in the listing of symptoms
associated with gastrointestinal distress.
One change from the Notice of Intended Action has been made.
Paragraph 52.8(1)“a,” which contains requirements relating to family
rooms maintained by birth centers, is being rescinded in response to written
comment received from the Iowa Nurses Association.
These amendments will become effective July 4, 2001.
These amendments do not provide for waivers because the
amendments remove regulations and requirements to the licensees’
benefit.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
135G.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 481—52.3(135G)
as follows:
481—52.3(135G) Direction. Each birth center,
whether organized as a proprietary or voluntary service under sole ownership or
corporate group, shall have a governing body with full authority and
responsibility for overall policy and fiscal management of the facility and
services. The governing body shall:
1. Develop and make available to the department a table of
organization which shows the position of each staff
member.
2. Be responsible for the appointment of the director of the
birth center and a director of medical affairs.
The director of the birth center shall have
administrative ability and shall be responsible for the operation and
maintenance of the facility. If the director is not a physician with a valid
license to practice medicine and surgery, osteopathic medicine and surgery or
osteopathy, or a licensed nurse midwife, a licensed nurse midwife shall be
appointed director of midwifery services.
The director of medical affairs shall be a licensed
physician in good standing with hospital obstetrical privileges and shall advise
and consult with the birth center staff and approve policies, procedures and
protocols related to midwifery management of care and medical management of
pregnancy. These shall relate to birth, postpartum, newborn and gynecologic
health care. The director of medical affairs shall periodically review
previously developed policies, procedures and protocols and ascertain the need
for amendment, if any.
3. Adopt bylaws which include criteria for staff and
consultation appointments, delineation of clinical privileges and organization
of staff.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 52.4(4) as
follows:
52.4(4) All staff shall have an annual medical
evaluation by a physician with a valid license to practice medicine and surgery,
osteopathic medicine and surgery or osteopathy certifying that the staff member
is physically and emotionally capable of performing assigned tasks.
Health examinations for all personnel shall be required at the commencement
of employment and at least every four years thereafter. The examination shall
include, at a minimum, the health and tuberculosis status of the
employee.
ITEM 3. Adopt new
paragraph 52.5(1)“n” as follows:
n. HIV status.
ITEM 4. Rescind paragraph
52.8(1)“a” as follows:
a. The family room shall include a play area for
children and a living room setting of tables and chairs. It shall include some
sleeping accommodation for use by family members.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 52.9(2) as
follows:
52.9(2) Personnel policies. Personnel policies shall
include job descriptions for all personnel, employment
agreements, description of required orientation, training and
educational preparation. These policies shall be available on site.
ITEM 6. Rescind paragraph
52.9(4)“h” as follows:
h. Be reviewed and signed by the consulting physician
after delivery.
ITEM 7. Amend rule 481—52.10(135G),
introductory paragraph and numbered paragraphs “1” to
“7,” as follows:
481—52.10(135G) Services. Each client,
and family or those otherwise identified by the client
shall be fully informed of the policies and procedures of the licensed birth
center, including, but not limited to:
1. The selection of clients,
2. The expectation for prenatal care and self–help
involving the client and family,
3. The qualifications of the clinical staff,
4. Conditions which may result in a transfer to physician
management or a hospital,
5. The philosophy of childbirth care practiced by the
staff,
6. Services available, and
7. The customary length of stay after delivery.
ITEM 8. Amend subparagraph
52.10(4)“b”(10) as follows:
(10) Gastrointestinal distress as exemplified by bilious
vomiting, continuous vomiting, abdominal distention, and
or bloody diarrhea,
[Filed 5/10/01, effective 7/4/01]
[Published 5/30/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/30/01.
ARC 0695B
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135C.14, the
Department of Inspections and Appeals hereby adopts new Chapter 66,
“Quality–Based Inspection,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The adopted chapter implements changes made to Iowa Code
section 135C.16(1) and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1180, which established a
quality–based inspection system for health care facilities which are
licensed only by the state pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 135C. These rules
establish the program’s participation guidelines and criteria affecting a
participating facility’s survey cycle.
These amendments were published under Notice of Intended
Action in the December 13, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
0345B.
A public hearing was held via the ICN on January 4, 2001. The
hearing utilized 12 ICN sites. Approximately 30 individuals attended with
unanimous support for the new chapter.
Changes from the Notice of Intended Action have been made. In
response to public comment, the definition of “quality–based
inspection” has been amended. The definition no longer specifies the time
period, by date, in which initial inspections will be conducted. Concern was
expressed that, by specifying a time frame for initial inspections,
participation would be restricted. In addition, specific survey cycles are now
included under rule 481—66.5(135C). Surveys of a facility will be
conducted between 6 months and 30 months dependent upon the criteria contained
in subrule 66.5(1).
A waiver provision has not been included in this new chapter.
A waiver provision is not applicable to quality– based inspections because
a facility’s participation is voluntary.
These rules will become effective on July 4, 2001.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
135C.16(1) and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1180.
The following new chapter is adopted.
CHAPTER 66
QUALITY–BASED INSPECTION
481—66.1(135C) Definitions.
“Department” means the department of inspections
and appeals.
“Division” means the division of health
facilities.
“Health care facility” or “facility”
means a nursing facility, a residential care facility, a residential care
facility for persons with mental illness, or a residential care facility for
persons with mental retardation.
“Provider” means a health care facility licensed
by the department of inspections and appeals under Iowa Code chapter
135C.
“Quality–based inspection” means a
nonstandard inspection to be conducted by the department. This
quality–based inspection is not a substitute for the standard survey
andwill not be combined with a standard survey, complaintinvestigation or
dependent adult abuse investigation. The quality–based inspection
constitutes a review of the facility’s efficiency and effectiveness and
involves a review of identified performance criteria.
“Quality–based self–assessment form”
means the form used by participating facilities to complete a
quality–based self–assessment.
“Quality review report” means the findings of the
department of inspections and appeals following a validation review.
“Standard survey” means an unannounced inspection
performed every 30 months.
“Statement of deficiency” means a written
statement of any administrative rule violations found during a survey.
“Validation review” means the department’s
on–site review to assess the accuracy of a provider’s
quality–based self–assessment.
481—66.2(135C) Participation. Participation in
a quality–based inspection is limited to health care facilities which are
licensed only by the state and are selected for participation by the department.
The department shall select a facility based upon the facility’s history
of compliance, the facility’s willingness to participate in such an
inspection, and information collected during the two previous survey cycles.
Participating facilities shall then receive a quality–based inspection in
their first inspection to be performed during the time period of July 1, 2000,
through September 1, 2001. Participation in a quality–based inspection
does not relieve a facility of its obligation to operate in compliance with
state law and rules.
481—66.3(135C) Self–assessment. The
department will supply participating facilities with quality–based
self–assessment forms. Participating facilities must annually complete a
self–assessment based on quality management criteria and return the
completed self–assessment to the department electronically or via the
postal service within 30 calendar days after initial
receipt. A participating facility that fails to submit a scheduled
self–assessment shall be subject to a standard survey.
481—66.4(135C) Validation review. Within 30
calendar days of receiving the facility’s self–assessment, the
department will conduct a scheduled validation review. Duringthe validation
review, the department will apply the same quality management criteria used by
the facility in the self–assessment. The validation review will include
an assessment of those requirements fundamental to health, safety, welfare and
rights of the persons served by the facility.
66.4(1) Following a participating facility’s
validation review, the department will submit to the facility a quality review
report. The quality review report will examine findings in relation to the
quality management criteria.
66.4(2) Following the receipt of the quality review
report, each participating facility must submit an improvement plan within 30
calendar days.
66.4(3) A participating facility that fails to submit
an improvement plan within 30 calendar days shall be subject to a standard
survey.
481—66.5 (135C) Program survey cycle.
Participating facilities shall be subject to a standard survey not later
than 30 months after the date of the previous standard survey. Specific survey
cycles shall include: 6 to 12 months, 12 to 18 months, 18 to 24 months, and 24
to 30 months.
66.5(1) The department shall develop a process for
identifying the survey cycle for participating facilities licensed only by the
state based upon the following:
a. Compliance history of the facility.
b. Facility’s completed quality–based
self–assessment.
c. Information collected during the facility’s previous
two survey cycles.
d. Deficiencies issued as a result of a survey or complaint
investigation.
e. Information obtained from facility residents and family
members.
f. Information obtained from facility employees.
g. Information obtained from the state ombudsman.
66.5(2) The department shall provide public notice of
the classification process and shall identify the selected survey cycles for
each participating facility.
66.5(3) The department shall alter the survey cycle
for a participating facility based on findings identified through the completion
of:
a. A survey.
b. A validation review.
c. A complaint investigation.
481—66.6(135C) Initiation of standard survey.
The initiation of a standard survey out of a validation review must receive the
consensus of the department’s applicable program coordinator, bureau chief
and division administrator. Upon administrative approval, the department shall
conduct a standard survey as an extension of a validation review if a violation
of health, safety, welfare, or rights of the residents is alleged.
481—66.7(135C) Statement of deficiencies.
Within 10 calendar days of completing the standard survey, the department
will mail a statement of deficiencies to the provider. Within 20 calendar days
of receiving the statement of deficiencies, the provider must mail a plan of
correction to the department. The plan of correction shall state how the
provider will correct the deficient practices observed during the survey and
address any system changes necessary to avoid future occurrence of the deficient
practices.
481—66.8(135C) Training. The department,
throughquality–based inspection, shall expand training and educational
efforts for the participating facilities, residents and family members,
long–term care ombudsman, and the general public.
481—66.9(135C) Evaluation. The department shall
develop a process for the evaluation of the effectiveness of
thequality–based inspection program. The evaluation will be conducted
annually and will be made available to the governor, the general assembly and
the general public. Whenever possible, the information should be available via
electronic means.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
135C.16(1) and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1180.
[Filed 5/10/01, effective 7/4/01]
[Published 5/30/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/30/01.
ARC 0710B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[653]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76 and
272C.3, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby adopts new Chapter 8,
“Fees,” Iowa Administrative Code.
New Chapter 8 specifies the fees the Board charges for
testing, applications for licensure of physicians and acupuncturists,
verification and certification, public records, mailing lists and licensee data,
returned checks, and copies of the laws and rules; specifies the conditions for
refunds; and states that licensure and examination fees are not subject to
waiver or variance.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on April 4, 2001, as ARC 0588B. A public hearing
was held on April 25, 2001.
The only change from the Notice is the addition of a fee for
duplicate wall certificates or renewal cards. The $25 fee for these duplicates
exists in the Board’s current rules.
The Board adopted Chapter 8 during a telephone conference call
on May 11, 2001.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
147.11, 147.80, 147.103A, 148.5, 148.10, and 148.11.
These rules will become effective July 4, 2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 8] is being omitted. With the exception of the change noted
above, these rules are identical to those published under Notice as ARC
0588B, IAB 4/4/01.
[Filed 5/11/01, effective 7/4/01]
[Published
5/30/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
5/30/01.]
ARC 0708B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[653]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76 and
272C.3, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby adopts new Chapter 9,
“Permanent Physician Licensure,” and amends Chapter 12,
“Mandatory Reporting and Grounds for Discipline,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The language regarding permanent licensure in current Chapter
11 has been incorporated into new Chapter 9, “Permanent Physician
Licensure.”
New Chapter 9 includes the following:
• Additional definitions
used throughout the chapter;
• Provisions about when
licensure is and is not required;
• Additional eligibility
requirement that an applicant be at least 21 years of age and identification of
the board–approved accrediting bodies for medical education and
postgraduate training programs;
• Elimination of the
distinction between licensure by examination and licensure by
endorsement;
• Elaboration of the
examination requirements for those examined in the past and for future
applicants;
• Components of the
permanent licensure application and requirements;
• The process used for
reviewing permanent licensure applications and the role of staff, the licensure
and examination committee and the board in granting or denying a license or
requesting withdrawal of the application;
• A licensure application
cycle;
• Licensure restrictions and
the ways that the Board may impose them;
• The issuance of a
permanent license, including how the first license is issued for a period of 2
to 26 months in order to get it in the birth month cycle;
• Establishing that a
resident license becomes inactive when a permanent Iowa license is
received;
• The requirement that
licensees display the license in the licensee’s primary location of
practice;
• The requirement that the
licensee inform the Board of a change of name or address within one month of the
change;
• Identifying how a
licensee’s file is closed when the licensee dies;
• The process for renewing a
permanent license;
• Broader definitions of
“inactive status” and “reinstatement” that now encompass
the terms formerly known as “lapsed,” “delinquent” or
“retired” licenses and the process of “reactivation”; a
new process for making a license inactive and for reinstating it that eliminates
the current reactivation process; mandatory training on identifying and
reporting abuse and a continuing education requirement; elimination of fees
formerly charged for inactive, lapsed or delinquent statuses; and a change in
the fee for reinstatement;
• Addition of a process for
reinstatement of a disciplined license;
• Addition of testing,
competency evaluations and retraining programs as options that the Board may
consider requiring for those who seek to reinstate but who have not been in
practice in the United States or Canada for the past three years;
• The notification, appeal,
and hearing procedures when a license is denied.
Requests for waiver or variance will be considered in
conformance with 653—Chapter 3.
The amendment to Chapter 12, new subrule 12.40(5), explains
how a physician whose license has been suspended or revoked may reinstate the
license.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on April 4, 2001, as ARC 0587B. A public hearing
was held on April 25, 2001. Public comment was received from one organization
with the following concerns:
• That the definition of
“incidentally called into this state in consultation with a physician and
surgeon licensed in this state” in rule 653—9.1(147,148,150,150A)
might have the unintended consequence of allowing the practice of telemedicine
by out–of–state physicians. The Board is working on telemedicine
rules that should address this issue. The question was raised as to what
comprises a day, and this is answered in the adopted rules.
• That a three–year
residency will be required of those who are not able to pass the licensure
examinations in the allotted number of attempts and whether this is consistent
with standard expectations and requirements in physician licensure. The Board
believes this is a reasonable expectation.
• That “informal or
nonpublic actions” are required to be reported in the process of applying
for licensure. The commenter suggested that this term is vague and that
physicians will not know what materials to submit. The Board needs information
about informal or nonpublic actions reported from other boards.
• That a physician is
required to notify the Board of a change of address or name within 30 days. The
Board will not take action against these individuals; however, they cannot
expect to receive license renewal information.
• That the license renewal
grace period is shortened to two months and that there is liability exposure to
the physician because the license appears to be expired even though it is in the
grace period. Clarification of the process eliminated this concern.
The following changes were made from the Notice of Intended
Action:
In rule 653—9.1(147,148,150,150A), use of the word
“day” was clarified in the definition of “incidentally called
into this state in consultation with a physician and surgeon licensed in this
state.” The revised definition reads as follows:
“Incidentally called into this state in consultation
with a physician and surgeon licensed in this state” as set forth in Iowa
Code section 148.2(5) means a physician licensed in another United States
jurisdiction who acts in an advisory or instructional capacity to a physician
with a permanent or special medical license in Iowa, for a period of not more
than 10 consecutive days and not more than 20 total days in any calendar year.
Any portion of a day counts as one day. The consulting physician shall be
involved in the care of patients in Iowa only at the request of the Iowa
physician requesting the consultation. The physician requesting the
consultation shall retain the primary responsibility for the management of
patients’ care.
In paragraphs 9.2(2)“c” to “e,” the
phrase “who hold a current, active license in good standing in another
United States jurisdiction and” was added following the words
“physicians and surgeons” and “physicians and surgeons from
out of state” to ensure that those physicians who can come into Iowa and
practice without an Iowa license have a license in good standing in another
United States jurisdiction.
In subparagraphs 9.4(2)“e”(1) and
9.4(6)“a”(1), language was added which provides that those enrolled
in a joint M.D./Ph.D. or D.O./Ph.D. program may have ten years to successfully
pass all three parts of the USMLE or COMLEX examinations rather than the seven
years that others have.
In subparagraphs 9.4(2)“e”(6) and
9.4(6)“a”(4), the word “progressive” was added to the
three–year postgraduate training requirement for those who fail USMLE
orCOMLEX too many times. Physicians with three one–year training programs
do not have training that is as in–depth as the training found in one
three–year program that is progressively more complex.
The Board adopted these amendments during a telephone
conference call on May 11, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
17A, 147, 148, 150, 150A, and 272C.
These amendments will become effective July 4, 2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [Ch 9, 12.40(5)] is being omitted. With the exception of the
changes noted above, these amendments are identical to those published under
Notice as ARC 0587B, IAB 4/4/01.
[Filed 5/11/01, effective 7/4/01]
[Published
5/30/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
5/30/01.]
ARC 0707B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[653]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76 and
272C.3, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby adopts new Chapter 10,
“Resident, Special and Temporary Physician Licensure,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The language regarding resident, special and temporary
licensure in current Chapter 11 has been incorporated into new Chapter 10,
“Resident, Special and Temporary Physician Licensure.”
New Chapter 10 includes the following:
• Definition of terms used
throughout the chapter.
• Expanded direction about
when licensure is not required.
• General provisions and
requirements for resident licensure.
• New eligibility
requirements for resident licenses, including an age requirement and the names
of the board–approved accrediting bodies for medical education.
• New relicensure
requirements for resident licenses.
• Requirements of applicants
for resident, special and temporary licenses, and the role of staff, the
licensure and examination committee and the board in processing and approving,
denying or renewing these licenses and any recourse, if allowed, to the
applicant.
• New requirement of
licensees to notify the board of a change of name or address within one
month.
• New provisions for special
licenses that require the applicant to be a medical school graduate and an
academic staff member who does not meet the requirements for permanent licensure
but is held in high esteem for unique contributions the individual has made to
medicine and will make by practicing in Iowa. The license is not designed for
regular faculty positions that could be filled by an individual qualified for
permanent medical licensure in Iowa or for those who will be in training, i.e.,
fellows.
• New eligibility
requirements for special licensure, including an age requirement and English
proficiency.
• New application
requirements for special licensure.
• New procedures for
canceling special and temporary licenses.
• New renewal provisions for
special licensees, including the addition of continuing education and mandatory
training in identifying and reporting abuse.
• New provisions for
temporary licenses authorizing the licensee to practice in a specific location
or locations in Iowa for a three–month period with the possibility of one
renewal. This license is intended for physicians with short–term
assignments in Iowa who fulfill an urgent need and who clearly have no
long–term need for licensure.
• New provisions for a
second type of temporary license authorizing foreign physicians to practice
under a restricted license with physician supervision while the foreign
physicians are in Iowa for a short term for educational purposes which do not
include entire training programs, e.g., residency or fellowship.
• New eligibility
requirements for temporary licenses, including an age requirement.
• New application
requirements for temporary licenses that require less documentation and allow
speedier processing.
• Fees for resident, special
and temporary licenses, renewals and relicensure.
• The renewal process for
each category of license.
• Disciplinary measures for
resident licenses and cancellation policy on special and temporary
licenses.
• New requirement for
temporary licensees to display the license and renewal in the primary location
of practice.
Requests for waiver or variance will be considered in
conformance with 653—Chapter 3.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on April 4, 2001, as ARC 0581B. A public hearing
was held on April 25, 2001. There was no public comment on this
chapter.
The Board adopted Chapter 10 during a telephone conference
call on May 11, 2001.
The only change from the Notice is the inclusion of an
application cycle for each license type as is found in newly adopted Chapter 9.
Provisions concerning the application cycle read as follows:
“If the applicant does not submit all materials within
90 days of the board office’s last documented request for further
information, the application shall be considered inactive. The board office
shall notify the applicant of this change in status. An applicant must reapply
and submit a new nonrefundable application fee and a new application, documents
and credentials.”
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A,
147, 148, 150, 150A, and 272C.
These rules will become effective July 4, 2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 10] is being omitted. With the exception of the change noted
above, these rules are identical to those published under Notice as ARC
0581B, IAB 4/4/01.
[Filed 5/11/01, effective 7/4/01]
[Published
5/30/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
5/30/01.
ARC 0709B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[653]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76 and
272C.3, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby rescinds Chapter 11,
“Licensure Requirements,” and adopts a new Chapter 11,
“Continuing Education and Mandatory Training for Identifying and Reporting
Abuse,” Iowa Administrative Code.
New Chapter 11 contains rules on continuing medical education
and mandatory training for identifying and reporting abuse.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on April 4, 2001 as ARC 0578B. A public hearing
was held on April 25, 2001. Public comment was received from one organization
which did not request any change. The adopted rules include the following
changes from the Noticed rules:
1. A definition of “approved training program” was
added to rule 11.1(272C) in conformance with the mandatory training requirements
spelled out in 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 680.
2. A physician may use training that is category 1 activity to
meet both continuing education and mandatory training for identifying and
reporting abuse requirements when the training occurs in the license period.
The mandatory training requirement may be suspended in conformance with 2001
Iowa Acts, House File 680.
3. Two Iowa Code sections were added to the implementation
sentence at the end of the chapter in conformance with 2001 Iowa Acts, House
File 680.
The Board approved these rules during a telephone conference
call on May 11, 2001.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A,
147, 148, 150, 150A, and 272C.
These rules will become effective July 4, 2001.
The following amendment is adopted.
Rescind 653—Chapter 11 and adopt the following
new chapter in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 11
CONTINUING EDUCATION AND
MANDATORY TRAINING
FOR
IDENTIFYING AND REPORTING ABUSE
653—11.1(272C) Definitions.
“Accredited provider” means an organization
approved as a provider of category 1 activity by one of the following
board–approved accrediting bodies: Accreditation Council for Continuing
Medical Education, Iowa Medical Society, or the Council on Continuing Medical
Education of the AOA.
“Active licensee” means any person licensed to
practice medicine and surgery, osteopathic medicine and surgery, or osteopathy
in Iowa who has met all conditions of licensure and maintains a current license
to practice in Iowa.
“AMA” means the American Medical Association, a
professional organization of physicians and surgeons.
“AOA” means the American Osteopathic Association,
which accredits continuing medical education through its Council on Continuing
Medical Education.
“Approved program or activity” means any category
1 activity offered by an accredited provider or any other program or activity
meeting the standards set forth in these rules.
“Approved training program” means a training
program using a curriculum approved by the abuse education review panel of the
department of public health or a training program offered by the department of
human services, the department of education, an area education agency, a school
district, the Iowa law enforcement academy, an Iowa college or university, or a
similar state agency.
“Board” means the Iowa board of medical
examiners.
“Carryover” means hours of category 1 activity
earned in excess of the required hours in a license period that may be applied
to the continuing education requirement in the subsequent license period;
carryover may not exceed 20 hours of category 1 activity per renewal
cycle.
“Category 1 activity” means any formal education
program which is sponsored or jointly sponsored by an organization accredited
for continuing medical education by the Accreditation Council for Continuing
Medical Education, the Iowa Medical Society, or the Council on Continuing
Medical Education of the AOA that is of sufficient scope and depth of coverage
of a subject area or theme to form an educational unit and is planned,
administered and evaluated in terms of educational objectives that define a
level of knowledge or a specific performance skill to be attained by the
physician completing the program. Activities designated as formal cognates by
the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists or as prescribed credit
by the American Academy of Family Physicians are accepted as equivalent to
category 1 activities.
“Committee” means the licensure and examination
committee of the board.
“COMVEX–USA” means the Comprehensive
Osteopathic Medical Variable–Purpose Examination for the United States of
America, prepared by the National Board of Osteopathic Medical Examiners and
administered by a licensing authority in any jurisdiction. COMVEX–USA is
the current evaluative instrument offered to osteopathic physicians who need to
demonstrate current osteopathic medical knowledge.
“Continuing education” means education that is
acquired by a licensee in order to maintain, improve, or expand skills and
knowledge present at initial licensure or to develop new and relevant skills and
knowledge.
“Hour of continuing education” means a clock hour
spent by a licensee in actual attendance at or completion of an approved
category 1 activity.
“Inactive license” means any license that is not a
current, active license. Inactive license may include licenses formerly known
as delinquent, lapsed, or retired. A physician whose license is inactive
continues to hold the privilege of licensure in Iowa but may not practice
medicine under an Iowa license until the license is reinstated.
“Licensee” means any person licensed to practice
medicine and surgery, osteopathic medicine and surgery, or osteopathy in the
state of Iowa.
“Mandatory training for identifying and reporting
abuse” means training on identifying and reporting child abuse or
dependent adult abuse required of physicians who regularly provide primary
health care to children or adults, respectively. The full requirements on
mandatory reporting of child abuse and training requirements are in Iowa Code
section 232.69; the full requirements on mandatory reporting of dependent adult
abuse and the training requirements are in Iowa Code section 235B.16.
“SPEX” means Special Licensure Examination
prepared by the Federation of State Medical Boards and administered by a
licensing authority in any jurisdiction.
653—11.2(272C) Continuing education credit and
alternatives.
11.2(1) Continuing education credit may be obtained by
attending category 1 activities as defined in this chapter.
11.2(2) The board shall accept the following as
equivalent to 50 hours of category 1 activity: successful completion of one
year of an approved residency or fellowship training program within the
licensing period.
653—11.3(272C) Accreditation of providers. The
board approves the Accreditation Council for Continuing Medical Education, the
Iowa Medical Society, and the Council on Continuing Medical Education of the AOA
as organizations acceptable to accredit providers of category 1
activity.
653—11.4(272C) Continuing education and training
requirements for renewal or reinstatement. A licensee shall meet the
requirements in this rule to qualify for renewal of a permanent or special
license or reinstatement of a permanent license.
11.4(1) Continuing education and mandatory training
for identifying and reporting abuse.
a. Continuing education for permanent license renewal. Except
as provided in these rules, a total of 40 hours of category 1 activity or
board–approved equivalent shall be required for biennial renewal of a
permanent license.
(1) To facilitate license renewal according to birth month, a
licensee’s first license may be issued for less than 24 months. The
number of hours of category 1 activity required of a licensee whose license has
been issued for less than 24 months shall be reduced on a pro–rata
basis.
(2) A licensee desiring to obtain credit for carryover hours
shall report the carryover, not to exceed 20 hours of category 1 activity, on
the renewal application.
(3) A licensee shall maintain a file containing records
documenting continuing education activities, including dates, subjects, duration
of programs, registration receipts where appropriate and any other relevant
material, for four years after the date of the activity. The board may audit
this information at any time within the four years.
b. Continuing education for special license renewal. A total
of 20 hours of category 1 activity shall be required for annual renewal of a
special license. No carryover hours are allowed.
c. Mandatory training for identifying and reporting abuse for
permanent or special license renewal. The licensee shall complete the training
as part of a category 1 activity or an approved training program. The licensee
may utilize category 1 activity credit received for this training during the
license period in which the training occurred to meet continuing education
requirements in paragraph 11.4(1)“a.”
(1) A licensee who regularly provides primary health care to
children shall indicate on the renewal application the completion of two hours
of training in child abuse identification and reporting in the previous five
years.
(2) A licensee who regularly provides primary health care to
adults shall indicate on the renewal application the completion of two hours of
training in dependent adult abuse identification and reporting in the previous
five years.
(3) A licensee who regularly provides primary health care to
adults and children shall indicate on the renewal application the completion of
training on the identification and reporting of abuse in dependent adults and
children. This training may be completed through separate courses as identified
in subparagraphs (1) and (2) above or in one combined two–hour course that
includes curricula for identifying and reporting child abuse and dependent adult
abuse.
(4) A licensee shall maintain a file containing records
documenting mandatory training for identifying and reporting abuse, including
dates, subjects, duration of programs, and proof of participation, for five
years after the date of the training. The board may audit this information at
any time within the five–year period.
11.4(2) Exemptions from renewal
requirements.
a. A licensee shall be exempt from the continuing education
requirements in subrule 11.4(1) when, upon license renewal, the licensee
provides evidence for:
(1) Periods that the licensee served honorably on active duty
in the military;
(2) Periods that the licensee resided in another state or
district having continuing education requirements for the profession and the
licensee met all requirements of that state or district for practice
therein;
(3) Periods that the licensee was a government employee
working in the licensee’s specialty and assigned to duty outside the
United States; or
(4) Other periods of active practice and absence from the
state approved by the board.
b. The requirements for mandatory training on identifying and
reporting abuse for license renewal shall be suspended for a licensee who
provides evidence for:
(1) Periods described in paragraph 11.4(2)“a,”
subparagraph (1), (2), (3), or (4); or
(2) Periods that the licensee resided outside of Iowa and did
not practice in Iowa.
11.4(3) Extension for completion of or exemption from
renewal requirements. The board may, in individual cases involving physical
disability or illness, grant an extension of time for completion of, or an
exemption from, the renewal requirements in subrule 11.4(1).
a. A licensee requesting an extension or exemption shall
complete and submit a request form to the board that sets forth the reasons for
the request and has been signed by the licensee and attending
physician.
b. The board may grant an extension of time to fulfill the
requirements in subrule 11.4(1).
c. The board may grant an exemption from the educational
requirements for any period of time not to exceed one calendar year.
d. If the physical disability or illness for which an
extension or exemption was granted continues beyond the period of waiver, the
licensee must reapply for a continuance of the extension or exemption.
e. The board may, as a condition of any extension or exemption
granted, require the applicant to make up a portion of the continuing education
requirement by methods it prescribes.
11.4(4) Reinstatement requirement. An applicant for
license reinstatement shall provide proof of successful completion of 80 hours
of category 1 activity completed within 24 months prior to submission of the
application for reinstatement or proof of successful completion of SPEX or
COMVEX–USA within one year immediately prior to the submission of the
application for reinstatement.
11.4(5) Cost of continuing education and mandatory
training for identifying and reporting abuse. It is the responsibility of each
licensee to finance the costs of continuing education and training.
653—11.5(272C) Failure to fulfill requirements for
continuing education and mandatory training for identifying and reporting
abuse.
11.5(1) Disagreement over whether material submitted
fulfills the requirements specified in rule 11.4(272C).
a. Staff will attempt to work with a licensee or applicant to
resolve any discrepancy concerning credit for renewal or
reinstatement.
b. When resolution is not possible, staff shall refer the
matter to the committee.
(1) In the matter of a licensee seeking license renewal, staff
shall renew the license if all other matters are in order and inform the
licensee that the matter is being referred to the committee.
(2) In the matter of an applicant seeking reinstatement, staff
shall reinstate the license if all other matters are in order and inform the
applicant that the matter is being referred to the committee.
c. The committee shall consider the staff’s
recommendation for denial of credit for continuing education or mandatory
training for identifying and reporting abuse.
(1) If the committee approves the credit, it shall authorize
the staff to inform the licensee or applicant that the matter is
resolved.
(2) If the committee disapproves the credit, it shall refer
the matter to the board with a recommendation for resolution.
d. The board shall consider the committee’s
recommendations.
(1) If the board approves the credit, it shall authorize the
staff to notify the licensee or applicant for reinstatement if all other matters
are in order.
(2) If the board denies the credit, it shall:
1. Close the case;
2. Send the licensee or applicant an informal, nonpublic
letter of warning, which may include recommended terms for complying with the
requirements for continuing education or mandatory training for identifying and
reporting abuse; or
3. File a statement of charges for noncompliance with the
board’s rules on continuing education or mandatory training for
identifying and reporting abuse and for any other violations which may
exist.
11.5(2) Informal appearance for failure to complete
requirements for continuing education or mandatory training for identifying and
reporting abuse.
a. The licensee or applicant may, within ten days after the
date that the notification of the denial was sent by certified mail, request an
informal appearance before the board.
b. At the informal appearance, the licensee or applicant will
have the opportunity to present information, and the board will issue a written
decision.
653—11.6(17A,147,148E,272C) Waiver or variance
requests. Waiver or variance requests shall be submitted in conformance
with 653—Chapter 3.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 147
and 272C and sections 232.69 and 235B.16.
[Filed 5/11/01, effective 7/4/01]
[Published 5/30/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/30/01.
ARC 0714B
NATURAL RESOURCE
COMMISSION[571]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455A.5, the
Natural Resource Commission hereby rescinds Chapter 99, “Wild Turkey Fall
Hunting,” Iowa Administrative Code, and adopts a new Chapter 99,
“Wild Turkey Fall Hunting by Residents.”
These rules give the regulations for hunting wild turkeys
during the fall and include season dates, bag limits, possession limits,
shooting hours, areas open to hunting, licensing procedures, means and method of
take and transportation tag requirements. The new chapter changes the
procedures for obtaining licenses and requires hunters to register their kill
through the electronic licensing system.
Notice of Intended Action was published March 7, 2001, as
ARC 0540B. One change has been made to the Notice of Intended Action.
Proposed rule 99.11(481A) has been deleted and the subsequent rule
renumbered.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
481A.38, 481A.39, 481A.48 and 483A.7.
These rules will become effective July 4, 2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 99] is being omitted. With the exception of the change noted
above, these rules are identical to those published under Notice as ARC
0540B, IAB 3/7/01.
[Filed 5/11/01, effective 7/4/01]
[Published 5/30/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
5/30/01.]
ARC 0711B
NATURAL RESOURCE
COMMISSION[571]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code subsection 455A.5(6),
the Natural Resource Commission hereby rescinds Chapter 106, “Deer
Hunting,” and adopts new Chapter 106, “Deer Hunting by
Residents,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These rules give the regulations for hunting deer and include
season dates, bag limits, possession limits, shooting hours, areas open to
hunting, licensing procedures, means and methods of taking and transportation
tag requirements. The new chapter includes changes in shooting hours for
regular gun seasons, clarifies the definitions of antlered deer, opens all
counties to hunting for deer of either sex during the regular gun seasons,
modifies the list of counties open to hunting antlerless deer during the special
late season, clarifies the restrictions on types of licenses hunters may
purchase, explains the new procedures for purchasing deer licenses by electronic
methods, and clarifies that depredation licenses are available only to
residents.
Notice of Intended Action was published March 7, 2001, as
ARC 0539B. The following changes have been made to the Notice:
1. Paragraph 106.5(2)“a” was changed to include
all Iowa counties.
2. Paragraph 106.5(2)“b” was changed by adding
Decatur and Adair Counties.
3. Subrule 106.6(5) was changed from a listing of 21 counties
to include 99 counties.
4. Rule 106.8(481A) was changed to allow all antlerless deer
licenses to be sold directly to customers without a drawing.
5. Proposed rule 106.10(481A) was deleted in its entirety and
the subsequent rules were renumbered.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
481A.38, 481A.39 and 481A.48.
These rules will become effective July 4, 2001.
The following amendment is adopted.
Rescind 571—Chapter 106 and adopt in lieu thereof the
following new chapter:
CHAPTER 106
DEER HUNTING BY RESIDENTS
571—106.1(481A) Licenses. When hunting deer,
all hunters must have in their possession a valid deer hunting license and a
valid resident hunting license and must have paid the habitat fee (if normally
required to have a hunting license and to pay the habitat fee to hunt). No
person while hunting deer shall carry or have in possession any license or
transportation tag issued to another person.
106.1(1) Bow season license. Paid bow licenses shall
be valid for taking any deer statewide during the bow season, except that bow
season licenses for hunting antlerless deer shall be valid only in one county in
the special antlerless zone.
106.1(2) Regular gun season license. Paid regular gun
season licenses shall be valid for any deer, antlerless deer or antlered deer
depending on the season, county or zone hunted. Licenses shall be valid
statewide for the season designated on the license, except that regular gun
season licenses for hunting antlerless deer shall be valid only in one county in
the special antlerless zone. In seasons, counties, or zones in which only
antlered deer may be taken, antlered deer shall be defined as those deer having
at least one antler 3 inches or longer.
106.1(3) Muzzleloader season license. Paid
muzzleloader season licenses shall be valid during one of the muzzleloader
seasons for any deer, antlerless deer or antlered deer, depending on the season,
county or zone hunted. Licenses shall be valid statewide for the season
designated on the license, except that muzzleloader season licenses for hunting
antlerless deer shall be valid only in one county in the special antlerless
zone. In seasons, counties, or zones in which only antlered deer may be taken,
an antlered deer is defined as a deer having at least one antler 3 inches or
longer.
106.1(4) Special late season license. Paid special
late season deer licenses will be valid only for hunting antlerless deer during
the special late season in one of the counties in the special antlerless
zone.
106.1(5) Free licenses for landowners and tenants.
Free licenses for eligible landowners and tenants shall be available for the
youth/disabled hunter season, early and late muzzleloader seasons, or first and
second regular gun seasons. These licenses shall be valid for hunting any deer
in the season(s) designated on the license and only on the farm unit of the
landowner/tenant. A second free license valid for taking only antlerless deer
in the special late season may be issued to landowners and tenants who have a
portion of their farm unit in a county open during that season. The second free
license shall be valid only in that portion of the farm unit located in a county
open during the special late season.
571—106.2(481A) Season dates. Deer may be taken
only during the following seasons:
106.2(1) Bow season. Deer may be taken by bow and
arrow in accordance with the type of license issued from October 1 through the
Friday before the first Saturday in December and from the Monday following the
third Saturday in December through January 10 of the following year, except that
special regulations may apply in deer population management areas
(571—Chapter 105).
106.2(2) Regular gun seasons. Deer may be taken by
gun only in accordance with the type, season and zone designated on the license
from the first Saturday in December and continuing for five consecutive days
(first regular gun season) or from the second Saturday in December and
continuing for nine consecutive days (second regular gun season).
106.2(3) Muzzleloader seasons. Deer may be taken by
muzzleloader in accordance with the type, season and zone designated on the
license from the Saturday closest to October 14 and continuing for nine
consecutive days (early muz–zleloader season) or from the Monday following
the third Saturday in December through January 10 of the following year (late
muzzleloader season).
106.2(4) Special late season. Antlerless deer may be
taken by shotgun, muzzleloading rifle, handgun or bow as permitted in
571—106.7(481A) from January 11 through January 17. All participants must
meet the deer hunters’ orange apparel requirement in Iowa Code section
481A.122. All other regulations for taking deer with a firearm shall
apply.
571—106.3(481A) Shooting hours. Legal shooting
hours shall be from one–half hour before sunrise to one–half hour
after sunset in all seasons.
571—106.4(481A) Limits.
106.4(1) Bow season. The daily bag limit is one deer
per license. The possession limit is one deer per license. A person may shoot
and tag a deer only by utilizing the license and tag issued in the
person’s name.
106.4(2) Muzzleloader seasons. The daily bag limit is
one deer per license. The possession limit is one deer per license. A person
may shoot and tag a deer only by utilizing the license and tag issued in the
person’s name.
106.4(3) Regular gun seasons. The bag limit is one
deer for each hunter in the party who has a valid deer transportation tag. The
possession limit is one deer per license. “Possession” shall mean
that the deer is in the possession of the person whose license number matches
the number of the transportation tag on the carcass of the deer.
106.4(4) Special late season. The daily bag and
possession limit is one deer per license. Tagging requirements are the same as
for the regular gun seasons.
106.4(5) Maximum annual possession limit. The maximum
annual possession limit for a resident deer hunter is one deer for each legal
license and transportation tag obtained.
571—106.5(481A) Areas open to hunting.
106.5(1) Paid deer licenses. Hunters shall be
restricted to the type of deer they shoot based on the season, dates, county or
zone in which they hunt.
a. Bow season. Any deer may be taken in all
counties.
b. Muzzleloader seasons. Any deer may be taken in all
counties.
c. Regular gun seasons. Any deer may be taken in all
counties.
106.5(2) Paid antlerless deer licenses.
a. Paid antlerless deer licenses for the bow season, second
regular gun season and late muzzleloader season shall be valid only for
antlerless deer in all Iowa counties. An antlerless deer is defined as a deer
without a visible antler or with no antler longer than 7 inches.
b. Paid antlerless deer licenses for the special late season
shall be valid only for antlerless deer and only in the following counties:
Adair, Davis, Decatur, Van Buren, Ringgold, Taylor, Adams, Union, Fremont, Page
and Montgomery. An antlerless deer is defined as a deer without a visible
antler or with no antler longer than 7 inches.
106.5(3) Free landowner/tenant licenses.
Freelandowner/tenant licenses shall be valid for hunting any deer. Free regular
gun season licenses shall be valid for both the first and second regular gun
seasons.
106.5(4) Closed areas. There shall be no open seasons
for hunting deer on the county roads immediately adjacent to or through Union
Slough National Wildlife Refuge, Kossuth County, where posted accordingly.
There shall be no open seasons for hunting deer on all portions of
rights–of–way on Interstate Highways 29, 35, 80 and 380.
571—106.6(481A) License quotas and restrictions.
Certain types of deer licenses will be restricted in the number issued or in the
types of other deer licenses which may be purchased.
106.6(1) Bow season. An unlimited number of statewide
bow licenses may be issued. A person who purchases a bow license may purchase
the following additional licenses: one statewide gun license; up to two
antlerless licenses for the bow, second regular gun or late muzzleloader season;
and up to two antlerless licenses for the special late season.
106.6(2) Regular gun seasons. An unlimited number of
statewide licenses will be available for both the first and second regular gun
seasons.
a. A person obtaining a paid license for the first regular gun
season shall be eligible to purchase the following additional licenses: a
statewide bow license; up to two antlerless licenses for the bow and late
muzzleloader seasons; and up to two antlerless licenses for the special late
season. No person obtaining a paid license for the first regular gun season
shall be eligible to obtain a paid license for the second regular gun
season.
b. A person obtaining a paid license for the second regular
gun season shall be eligible to purchase the following additional licenses: a
statewide bow license; up to two ant–lerless licenses for the bow, second
regular gun or late muz–zleloader season; and up to two antlerless
licenses for the special late season.
106.6(3) Muzzleloader seasons.
a. Early muzzleloader season. No more than 7,500 paid
statewide licenses will be sold. Fifty additional licenses will be issued
through and will be valid only for the Iowa Army Ammunition Plant. No one may
purchase more than one paid license for the early muzzleloader season. A hunter
obtaining a paid early muzzleloader season license shall not be eligible to
purchase any other statewide gun season license but may purchase the following
additional licenses: a statewide bow license; up to two antlerless bow
licenses; and up to two antlerless licenses for the special late
season.
b. Late muzzleloader season. An unlimited number of statewide
licenses may be issued for the late muzzleloader season. A person obtaining a
paid late muzzleloader season license may purchase the following additional
licenses: a statewide bow license; up to two antlerless licenses for the bow,
second regular gun or late muzzleloader season; and up to two antlerless
licenses for the special late season.
106.6(4) Free landowner/tenant licenses. A person
obtaining a free landowner/tenant license may purchase any combination of paid
bow and gun licenses available to persons who are not eligible for
landowner/tenant licenses as explained in 571—106.12(481A).
106.6(5) Antlerless–only licenses. Paid
antlerless–only licenses will be available to eligible persons by county
as follows:
Adair
|
300
|
Adams
|
500
|
Allamakee
|
550
|
Appanoose
|
600
|
Audubon
|
100
|
Benton
|
200
|
Black Hawk
|
50
|
Boone
|
200
|
Bremer
|
100
|
Buchanan
|
50
|
Buena Vista
|
50
|
Butler
|
250
|
Calhoun
|
50
|
Carroll
|
50
|
Cass
|
150
|
Cedar
|
200
|
Cerro Gordo
|
100
|
Cherokee
|
50
|
Chickasaw
|
200
|
Clarke
|
200
|
Clay
|
50
|
Clayton
|
850
|
Clinton
|
200
|
Crawford
|
150
|
Dallas
|
150
|
Davis
|
800
|
Decatur
|
800
|
Delaware
|
250
|
Des Moines
|
250
|
Dickinson
|
100
|
Dubuque
|
300
|
Emmet
|
100
|
Fayette
|
350
|
Floyd
|
200
|
Franklin
|
150
|
Fremont
|
200
|
Greene
|
100
|
Grundy
|
50
|
Guthrie
|
300
|
Hamilton
|
50
|
Hancock
|
100
|
Hardin
|
150
|
Harrison
|
150
|
Henry
|
300
|
Howard
|
200
|
Humboldt
|
100
|
Ida
|
50
|
Iowa
|
300
|
Jackson
|
300
|
Jasper
|
150
|
Jefferson
|
400
|
Johnson
|
400
|
Jones
|
350
|
Keokuk
|
250
|
Kossuth
|
200
|
Lee
|
400
|
Linn
|
350
|
Louisa
|
200
|
Lucas
|
200
|
Lyon
|
100
|
Madison
|
250
|
Mahaska
|
150
|
Marion
|
200
|
Marshall
|
100
|
Mills
|
100
|
Mitchell
|
150
|
Monona
|
150
|
Monroe
|
400
|
Montgomery
|
200
|
Muscatine
|
250
|
O’Brien
|
50
|
Osceola
|
50
|
Page
|
200
|
Palo Alto
|
50
|
Plymouth
|
100
|
Pocahontas
|
50
|
Polk
|
100
|
Pottawattamie
|
200
|
Poweshiek
|
150
|
Ringgold
|
800
|
Sac
|
50
|
Scott
|
200
|
Shelby
|
100
|
Sioux
|
100
|
Story
|
100
|
Tama
|
200
|
Taylor
|
800
|
Union
|
400
|
Van Buren
|
800
|
Wapello
|
400
|
Warren
|
100
|
Washington
|
400
|
Wayne
|
300
|
Webster
|
200
|
Winnebago
|
100
|
Winneshiek
|
300
|
Woodbury
|
200
|
Worth
|
150
|
Wright
|
150
|
106.6(6) Special late season licenses. Paid
antlerless licenses for the special late season will be available in counties
designated in subrule 106.5(2) and are included in the quotas established in
subrule 106.6(5). A person may obtain up to two paid antlerless licenses for
the special late season regardless of any other paid or free gun or bow licenses
the person may have obtained.
571—106.7(481A) Method of take. Permitted
weapons and devices vary according to the type of season.
106.7(1) Bow season. Except as provided in 571—
15.5(481A), only recurve, compound or longbows with broadhead arrows will be
permitted for taking deer during the bow season. Arrows with chemical or
explosive pods are not permitted.
106.7(2) Regular gun seasons. Only 10–,
12–, 16– and 20–gauge shotguns shooting single slugs and
muzzleloaders and handguns as described in 106.7(3) will be permitted for taking
deer during the regular gun seasons.
106.7(3) Muzzleloader seasons. Only muzzleloading
rifles will be permitted for taking deer during the early muz–zleloader
season. During the late muzzleloader season, deer may be taken with a
muzzleloader, handgun or bow. Muz–zleloading rifles are defined as
flintlock or percussion cap lock muzzleloaded rifles and muskets of not less
than .44 and not larger than .775 caliber, shooting single projectiles only.
Centerfire handguns must be .357 caliber or larger shooting
straight–walled cartridges propelling an expanding–type bullet (no
full–metal jacket) and complying with all other requirements provided in
Iowa Code section 481A.48. Revolvers, pistols and black powder handguns must
have a 4–inch minimum barrel length. There can be no shoulder stock or
long–barrel modifications to handguns. Black powder handguns must be .44
caliber or larger, shooting single projectiles only.
106.7(4) Prohibited weapons and devices. The use of
dogs, domestic animals, bait, rifles other than muzzleloaded, handguns except as
provided in 106.7(2) and 106.7(3), crossbows except as otherwise provided,
automobiles, aircraft, or any mechanical conveyance or device, including
electronic calls, is prohibited, except that paraplegics and single or double
amputees of the legs may hunt from any stationary motor–driven land
conveyance. “Bait” means grain, fruit, vegetables, nuts, hay, salt,
mineral blocks, or any other natural food materials; commercial products
containing natural food materials; or by–products of such materials
transported to or placed in an area for the intent of attracting wildlife. Bait
does not include food placed during normal agricultural activities.
“Paraplegic” means an individual with paralysis of the lower half of
the body with involvementof both legs, usually due to disease of or injury to
the spinal cord. It shall be unlawful for a person, while hunting deer, to
carry or have in possession a rifle other than a muzzleloading rifle that meets
the requirements of 106.7(3) or to carry or have in possession a handgun during
the bow and early muzzleloader seasons.
106.7(5) Discharge of firearms from roadway. No
person shall discharge a shotgun shooting slugs or muzzleloader from a highway
during the regular gun seasons in all counties and parts of counties north of
Highway 30 and west of Highway 63. “Highway” means the way between
property lines open to the public for vehicle traffic as defined in Iowa Code
section 321.1(78).
571—106.8(481A) Procedures to obtain licenses.
All paid and free resident deer hunting licenses must be obtained using the
electronic licensing system for Iowa (ELSI). Licenses and license applications
may be purchased from ELSI license agents or by calling the ELSI telephone
ordering system.
106.8(1) Early muzzleloader season licenses. Early
muzzleloader licenses will be issued through a random drawing. Applications for
these licenses may be purchased through ELSI beginning the second Saturday in
July through the first Sunday in August. No one may purchase more than one
application for the early muzzleloader season during the application
period.
a. If applications are sold in excess of the license quota, a
drawing will be held to determine which applicants will receive licenses.
Licenses or refunds of license fees will be mailed to applicants after the
drawing is completed. License agent writing fees, department administrative
fees and telephone order charges will not be refunded.
b. If the license quota is not filled, the excess licenses
will be sold on a first–come, first–served basis through ELSI
beginning the second Saturday after the close of the application period until
the quota is filled, or until the last day of the hunting period for which that
license is valid, or until the final day any license for the current year may be
purchased, whichever occurs first.
106.8(2) All other deer licenses. All other paid and
free deer hunting licenses may be obtained beginning the second Saturday after
the close of the initial application period for early muzzleloader licenses
until the quota (if any) is filled, or through the last day of the hunting
period for which the license is valid, or until the final day any licenses for
the current year may be obtained, whichever occurs first.
a. Persons eligible for antlerless licenses may purchase no
more than one antlerless license for the bow, second regular gun or late
muzzleloader season and one antlerless license for the special late season
during the first four weeks of the purchase period.
b. After the first four weeks of the purchase period, one more
antlerless license may be purchased for the bow, second regular gun or late
muzzleloader season and one more antlerless license may be purchased for the
special late season.
571—106.9(481A) Transportation tag. A
transportation tag bearing the license number of the licensee, year of issuance,
and date of kill properly shown shall be visibly attached to the carcass of each
deer in such a manner that the tag cannot be removed without mutilating or
destroying the tag. This tag shall be attached to the carcass of the deer
within 15 minutes of the time the deer is killed or before the carcass is moved
in any manner, whichever occurs first. This tag shall be proof of possession
and shall remain affixed to the carcass until such time as the animal is
processed for consumption. The head, and antlers if any, shall remain attached
to the deer while being transported by any means whatsoever from the place where
taken to the processor or commercial preservation facility or until the deer has
been processed for consumption.
571—106.10(481A) Youth deer and severely disabled
hunts.
106.10(1) Licenses.
a. Youth deer hunt. A special youth deer license may be
issued to any Iowa resident who is at least 12 years old but not over 15 years
old on September 1. The youth license may be paid or free to persons eligible
for free licenses. If the youth obtains a free landowner/tenant license, it
will count as the one free license for which the youth’s family is
eligible. The youth must possess a valid hunter safety certificate to obtain a
license.
Each participating youth must be accompanied by an adult who
possesses a regular hunting license and has paid the habitat fee (if the adult
is normally required to have a hunting license and to pay the habitat fee to
hunt). Only one adult may participate for each youth hunter. The accompanying
adult must not possess a firearm or bow and must be in direct company of the
youth at all times. A person may obtain only one youth deer license but may
also obtain one of the following additional licenses: one statewide bow or
statewide gun license; up to two antlerless licenses for the bow, second regular
gun or late muzzleloader season; and up to two antlerless licenses for the
special late season.
b. Severely disabled hunt. Any severely disabled Iowa
resident meeting the requirements of Iowa Code section 321L.1(8) may be issued
one license to hunt deer during the youth season. A person applying for this
license must either possess a disabilities parking permit or provide a completed
form from the department of natural resources. The form must be signed by a
physician verifying that the person’s disability meets the criteria
defined in Iowa Code section 321L.1(8). A person between 16 and 65 years of age
must also possess a regular hunting license and have paid the habitat fee to
obtain a license (if normally required to have a hunting license and to pay the
habitat fee to hunt). A severely disabled person obtaining this license may
obtain one additional statewide bow license.
106.10(2) Season dates. Deer of either sex may be
taken statewide during the 16–day period that ends on the first Sunday in
October.
106.10(3) Shooting hours. Legal shooting hours will
be one–half hour before sunrise to one–half hour after sunset each
day regardless of weapon used.
106.10(4) Limits and license quotas. An unlimited
number of licenses may be issued. The daily and season bag and possession limit
is one deer per license. A person may shoot and tag a deer only by utilizing
the license and tag issued in the person’s name.
106.10(5) Method of take and other regulations. Deer
may be taken with shotgun, bow or muzzleloaded rifles as permitted in
571—106.7(481A). All participants must meet the deer hunters’
orange apparel requirement in Iowa Code section 481A.122. All other regulations
for obtaining licenses or hunting deer shall apply.
106.10(6) Procedures for obtaining licenses. Paid and
free youth licenses and licenses for severely disabled hunters may be obtained
through ELSI beginning the second Saturday after the close of the initial
application period for other deer licenses through the last day of the youth
season.
571—106.11(481A) Deer depredation management.
Upon signing a depredation management agreement with the department, producers
of agricultural or high–value horticultural crops may be issued deer
depredation permits to shoot deer causing excessive crop damage. If immediate
action is necessary to forestall serious damage, depredation permits may be
issued before an agreement is signed. Further permits will not be authorized
until an agreement is signed.
106.11(1) Method of take and other regulations. Legal
weapons and restrictions will be governed by 571— 106.7(481A). For deer
shooting permits only, there are no shooting hour restrictions. The producer or
designee must meet the deer hunters’ orange apparel requirement in Iowa
Code section 481A.122.
106.11(2) Eligibility. Producers growing typical
agricultural crops (such as corn, soybeans, hay and oats and tree farms and
other forestlands under a timber management program) and producers of
high–value horticultural crops (such as Christmas trees, fruit or
vegetable crops, nursery stock, and commercially grown nuts) shall be eligible
to enter into depredation management agreements if these crops sustain excessive
damage.
a. The producer may be the landowner or a tenant, whoever has
cropping rights to the land.
b. Excessive damage is defined as crop losses exceeding $1,000
in a single growing season, or the likelihood that damage will exceed $1,000 if
preventive action is not taken, or a documented history of at least $1,000
damage annually in previous years.
106.11(3) Depredation management plans. Upon request
from a producer, field employees of the wildlife bureau will inspect and
identify the type and amount of crop damage sustained from deer. If damage is
not excessive, technical advice will be given to the producer on methods to
reduce or prevent future damage. If damage is excessive and the producer agrees
to participate, a written depredation management plan will be developed by the
field employee in consultation with the producer.
a. The goal of the management plan will be to reduce damage to
below excessive levels within a specified time period through a combination of
producer–initiated preventive measures and the issuance of deer
depredation permits.
(1) Depredation plans written for producers of typical
agricultural crops may require preventive measures such as harassment of deer
with pyrotechnics and cannons, guard dogs, temporary fencing, allowing more
hunters, increasing the take of antlerless deer, and other measures that may
prove effective.
(2) Depredation plans written for producers of
high–value horticultural crops may include all of the measures in (1)
above, plus permanent fencing where necessary. Fencing will not be required if
the cost of a fence exceeds $1,000.
(3) Depredation permits to shoot deer may be issued to Iowa
residents only to temporarily reduce deer numbers until long–term
preventive measures become effective. Depredation permits will not be used as a
long–term solution to deer damage problems.
b. Depredation management plans will normally be written for a
three–year period with progress reviewed annually by the department and
the producer.
(1) The plan will become effective when signed by the field
employee of the wildlife bureau and the producer.
(2) Plans may be modified or extended if mutually agreed upon
by the department and the producer.
(3) Depredation permits will not be issued after the initial
term of the management plan if the producer fails to implement preventive
measures outlined in the plan.
106.11(4) Depredation permits. Three types of permits
may be issued under a depredation management plan.
a. Deer depredation licenses. Deer depredation licenses may
be sold to resident hunters only for the regular deer license fee for use during
one or more legal hunting seasons. Depredation licenses will be available to
producers of agricultural and horticultural crops.
(1) Depredation licenses will be issued in blocks of five
licenses up to the number specified in the management plan.
(2) Depredation licenses may be sold to individuals designated
by the producer as having permission to hunt. No individual may obtain more
than two depredation licenses. Licenses will be sold by designated department
field employees.
(3) A depredation license issued to the producer or
producer’s family member may be the one free license for which the
producer family is eligible annually.
(4) Depredation licenses will be valid only for
huntingantlerless deer, unless otherwise specified in the management plan,
regardless of restrictions that may be imposed on regular deer hunting licenses
in that county.
(5) Hunters may keep any deer legally tagged with a
depredation license.
(6) All other regulations for the hunting season specified on
the license will apply.
b. Deer shooting permits. Permits for shooting deer outside
an established hunting season may be issued to producers of high–value
horticultural crops when damage cannot be controlled in a timely manner during
the hunting seasons (such as late summer buck rubs in an orchard and winter
browsing in a Christmas tree plantation) and to other agricultural producers and
on areas such as airports where public safety may be an issue.
(1) Deer shooting permits will be issued at no cost to the
applicant.
(2) The applicant or one or more designees approved by the
department may take all the deer specified on the permit.
(3) Permits available to producers of high–value
horticultural crops will allow taking deer from August 1 through March 31.
Permits issued for August 1 through August 31 shall be valid only for taking
antlered deer. Permits issued for September 1 through March 31 may be valid for
taking any deer, antlerless deer or antlered deer, depending on the nature of
the damage. Permits available to other agricultural producers will allow taking
deer from September 1 through October 31.
(4) Permits issued due to public safety concerns may be used
for taking any deer, as necessary, to address unpredictable intrusion which
could jeopardize public safety. Permits may be issued for an entire year
(January 1 through December 31) if the facility involved maintains a deerproof
fence.
(5) The times, dates, place and other restrictions on the
shooting of deer will be specified on the permit.
(6) Antlers from all deer recovered must be turned over to the
conservation officer to be disposed of according to department rules.
(7) Shooters must wear blaze orange and comply with all other
applicable laws and regulations pertaining to shooting and hunting.
c. Agricultural depredation permits. Agricultural depredation
permits will be issued to a landowner or designated tenant who is a resident of
Iowa who has sustained at least $1,000 of damage to agricultural crops if the
resident is cooperating with the U.S. Department of Agriculture’s Animal
and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS) to reduce crop damage by deer or has
an approved DNR deer depredation plan.
(1) Agricultural depredation permits will be issued to the
resident landowner or designated tenant at no cost and shall be valid only on
the farm unit where the damage is occurring.
(2) Permits issued to the resident landowner or designated
tenant shall allow the taking of antlerless deer from September 1 through
November 30. The number of permits issued to individual landowners or tenants
will be determined by a department depredation biologist and will be part of the
deer depredation management plan.
(3) Deer taken on these permits must be taken by the resident
landowner or the designated tenant only.
(4) Times, places, and other restrictions will be specified on
the permit.
(5) Shooters must wear blaze orange and comply with all other
applicable laws and regulations.
d. Deer depredation licenses and shooting permits will be
valid only on the land where damage is occurring or the immediately adjacent
property. Other parcels of land in the farm unit not adjacent to the parcels
receiving damage will not qualify.
e. Depredation licenses, agricultural depredation permits and
shooting permits will be issued in addition to any other licenses for which the
hunters may be eligible.
f. Depredation licenses and shooting permits will not be
issued if the producer restricts the legal take of deer from the property
sustaining damage by limiting hunter numbers below levels required to control
the deer herd.
106.11(5) Disposal. It shall be the producer’s
responsibility to see that all deer are field dressed, tagged with a DNR salvage
tag, and removed immediately from the field. Dead deer must be handled for
consumption, and the producer must coordinate through the local conservation
officer the disposal of deer offered to the public. Charitable organizations
will have the first opportunity to take deer offered to the public. No producer
shall keep more than two deer taken under special depredation permits. By
express permission from a DNR enforcement officer, the landowner may dispose of
deer carcasses through a livestock sanitation facility.
571—106.12(481A) Eligibility for free
landowner/tenant deer licenses.
106.12(1) Who qualifies for free deer hunting license.
Owners or tenants of a farm unit, or a member of an owner’s or
tenant’s family who resides with the owner or tenant, are eligible for
free deer licenses. The owner or tenant does not have to reside on the farm
unit but must be actively engaged in farming it. Nonresident landowners do not
qualify.
106.12(2) Who qualifies as a tenant. A
“tenant” is a person other than the landowner who is actively
engaged in the operation of the farm. The tenant may be a member of the
landowner’s family, including in some circumstances the landowner’s
spouse or child, or a third party who is not a family member. The tenant does
not have to reside on the farm unit.
106.12(3) What “actively engaged in
farming” means. Landowners and tenants are “actively engaged in
farming” if they personally participate in decisions about farm operations
and those decisions, along with external factors such as weather and market
prices, determine their profit or loss for the products they produce. Tenants
qualify if they farm land owned by another and pay rent in cash or in kind. A
farm manager or other third party who operates a farm for a fee or a laborer who
works on the farm for a wage and is not a family member does not qualify as a
tenant.
106.12(4) Landowners who qualify as active farmers.
These landowners:
a. Are the sole operator of a farm unit (along with immediate
family members), or
b. Make all decisions about farm operations, but contract for
custom farming or hire labor to do some or all of the work, or
c. Participate annually in decisions about farm operations
such as negotiations with federal farm agencies or negotiations about cropping
practices on specific fields that are rented to a tenant, or
d. Raise specialty crops from operations such as orchards,
nurseries, or tree farms that do not necessarily produce annual income but
require annual operating decisions about maintenance or improvements,
or
e. May have portions of the farm enrolled in a long–term
land retirement program such as the Conservation Reserve Program (CRP) as long
as other farm operations occur annually, or
f. Place their entire cropland in the CRP or other
long–term land retirement program with no other active farming operation
occurring on the farm.
106.12(5) Landowners who do not qualify. These
landowners:
a. Use a farm manager or other third party to operate the
farm, or
b. Cash rent the entire farm to a tenant who is responsible
for all farm operations including following preapproved operations
plans.
106.12(6) Where free licenses are valid. A free
license is valid only on that portion of the farm unit that is in a zone open to
deer hunting. “Farm unit” means all parcels of land that are
operated as a unit for agricultural purposes and are under lawful control of the
landowner or tenant. Individual parcels of land do not need to be adjacent to
one another to be included in the farm unit. “Agricultural
purposes” includes but is not limited to field crops, livestock,
horticultural crops (e.g., from nurseries, orchards, truck farms, or Christmas
tree plantations), and land managed for timber production.
106.12(7) How many free licenses may be obtained. The
maximum number of free licenses for the youth/disabled season, bow season,
regular gun seasons or muzzleloader seasons is two per farm unit, one for the
landowner (or family member) and one for the tenant (or family member). If
there is no tenant, the landowner’s family may obtain only one license. A
tenant or the tenant’s family is entitled to only one free license even if
the tenant farms land for more than one landowner. An additional free license
for the special late season may be issued to eligible landowners and tenants as
described in subrule106.1(5).
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
481A.38, 481A.39, 481A.48 and 483A.24.
[Filed 5/11/01, effective 7/4/01]
[Published 5/30/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/30/01.
ARC 0719B
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455G.4(3), the
Iowa Comprehensive Petroleum Underground Storage Tank Fund Board hereby adopts
new Chapter 16, “Waivers and Variances,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
Chapter 16 is intended to provide guidelines under which the
Board will consider waivers and variances to its rules, as allowed in the Iowa
Administrative Procedure Act and mandated by the Governor’s Executive
Order Number 11.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on March 21, 2001, as ARC 0561B. Public comment
was received from the Petroleum Marketers of Iowa, a trade organization that
represents approximately 1,100 of the active UST sites in Iowa. The petroleum
marketers expressed support for the rule making; however, they also wanted to
ensure that the rules would not allow circumvention of eligibility deadlines
that nearly all Iowa UST owners have complied with to date.
These rules are identical to those published under Notice of
Intended Action.
These rules shall become effective July 4, 2001.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
17A.9A.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 16] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 0561B, IAB 3/21/01.
[Filed 5/11/01, effective 7/4/01]
[Published
5/30/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
5/30/01.]
ARC 0704B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE
DIVISION[645]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Examiners for Nursing Home Administrators hereby rescinds Chapter 141,
“Licensure of Nursing Home Administrators,” and adopts a new Chapter
141 with the same title; rescinds Chapter 142, “Nursing Home
Administration Education Programs”; amends Chapter 143, “Continuing
Education for Nursing Home Administrators”; adopts new Chapter 144,
“Discipline for Nursing Home Administrators”; and adopts new Chapter
145, “Fees,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments adopt a new chapter for licensure, adopt a new
chapter for discipline, change the word “penalty” to
“late” in the rule regarding reinstatement of a lapsed license,
amend the criteria for completion of continuing education and adopt a new
chapter for fees.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on March 21, 2001, as ARC 0567B.
A public hearing was held on April 11, 2001, from 9 to 11 a.m.
in the Professional Licensure Conference Room, Fifth Floor, Lucas State Office
Building, Des Moines, Iowa.
The following public comments were received at the public
hearing:
• There was serious concern
over proposed rule 141.5(155) that limits a person serving as a provisional
administrator to doing so for six months in an entire career. The change in
rule 141.5(155) makes it retroactive for two years. Commenters believed this
was not adequate notice for such a significant change.
• Another comment regarding
paragraph 141.4(1)“d” stated that, if the required number of
practicum hours has been completed satisfactorily, it should not matter whether
the practicum student has also carried out the duties required of a job the
student holds in the same facility.
• Paragraph
141.4(1)“e” would allow a practicum student to be paid. The
commenter supported this provision and expressed that it does not make sense for
a student to quit a job at a facility only to be rehired in order to be paid for
the practicum hours in the same facility.
• Commenters proposed that
more flexibility be added to the requirements under subrule 141.3(2) in order to
remove obstacles to and provide more incentive for pursuing a career as a
nursing home administrator.
• Another commenter
supported the change made in the wording for required courses. The new wording
is “gerontology or aging–related coursework.”
• The commenters also want
the Board to pursue reciprocal agreements with other states.
The following changes were made to the Notice of Intended
Action: Definitions for “licensure by endorsement” and
“reciprocal license” were added to rule 141.1(155). Examination
requirements in subrule 141.2(2) of the Notice are now contained in new rule
141.3(155). Subsequent rules were renumbered accordingly. Discussion at the
Board meeting was held regarding the requirement that the practicum experience
be outside designated work hours if the person is employed at the facility. The
Board agreed with the commenter that this requirement does make sense for the
student and deleted paragraph “d” of renumbered subrule 141.4(1)
from the rule and relettered paragraphs “e” and “f” as
“d” and “e.” The Board discussed commenters’
concerns regarding the six–month limitation on a provisional license. The
Department of Inspections and Appeals also has a rule regarding this subject.
481—subrule 58.8(4) reads as follows:
“58.8(4) A provisional administrator may be
appointed on a temporary basis by the nursing facility licensee to assume the
administrative duties when the facility, through no fault of its own, has lost
its administrator and has been unable to replace the administrator provided that
no facility licensed under Iowa Code chapter 135C shall
be permitted to have a provisional
administrator for more than 6 months in any 12–month period and further
provided that:
“a. The department has been notified prior to the date
of the administrator’s appointment;
“b. The board of examiners for nursing home
administrators has approved the administrator’s appointment and has
confirmed such appointment in writing to the department.”
Abuses of past versions of the board of examiners for nursing
home administrators’ rule on this subject have occurred and the board
feels it necessary to protect the public from unqualified administrators. The
board also feels that a person could ask for a waiver if needed.
The Board deleted the language regarding the interview process
in renumbered subrule 141.10(4). Language was added to the rule regarding the
reinstatement of an inactive license stating that the reinstated license should
be renewed at the next scheduled renewal cycle. New subrule 141.10(6) stating
that a licensee who is on inactive status during the initial licensure period
and who reinstates the license before the first license expiration date will
then not be required to complete continuing education. Renumbered subrule
141.12(6) was not adopted as the Board felt it was no longer needed; subsequent
subrules were renumbered accordingly.
These amendments were adopted by the Board of Examiners for
Nursing Home Administrators on May 3, 2001.
These amendments will become effective July 4, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
147.76 and chapters 17A, 155 and 272C.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Rescind 645—Chapter 141
and adopt in lieu thereof the following new chapter:
CHAPTER 141
LICENSURE OF NURSING HOME
ADMINISTRATORS
645—141.1(155) Definitions. For purposes of
these rules, the following definitions shall apply:
“Administrator” means a licensed nursing home
administrator.
“Board” means the board of examiners for nursing
home administrators.
“CNHA” means a certified nursing home
administrator.
“Lapsed license” means a license that a person has
failed to renew as required or the license of a person who has failed to meet
stated obligations for renewal within a stated time.
“Licensee” means any person licensed to practice
as a nursing home administrator in the state of Iowa.
“License expiration date” means December 31 of
odd–numbered years.
“Licensure by endorsement” means the issuance of
an Iowa license to practice nursing home administration to an applicant who is
currently licensed in another state.
“NAB” means National Association of Boards of
Examiners of Long Term Care Administrators.
“Reciprocal license” means the issuance of an Iowa
license to practice nursing home administration to an applicant who is currently
licensed in another state which has a mutual agreement with the Iowa board of
examiners for nursing home administrators to license persons who have the same
or similar qualifications as those required in Iowa.
645—141.2(155) Requirements for licensure. The
following criteria shall apply to licensure:
1. An applicant shall complete a board–approved
application packet. Application forms may be obtained from the board’s
Web site (http://www.idph.state.ia.us/licensure) or directly from the
board office. All applications shall be sent to the Board of Examiners for
Nursing Home Administrators, Professional Licensure Division, Fifth Floor, Lucas
State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075;
2. An applicant shall complete the application form according
to the instructions contained in the application. If the application is not
completed according to the instructions, the application will not be reviewed by
the board;
3. Each application shall be accompanied by the appropriate
fees payable by check or money order to the Board of Examiners for Nursing Home
Administrators. The fees are nonrefundable;
4. The applicant shall have official copies of academic
transcripts sent directly from the school(s) to the board;
5. The applicant shall provide satisfactory evidence of the
completion of the long–term care practicum;
6. An applicant shall successfully pass the approved national
examination;
7. Licensees who were issued their initial licenses within six
months prior to the renewal date shall not be required to renew their licenses
until the renewal date two years later.
8. Incomplete applications that have been on file in the board
office for more than two years shall be:
• Considered invalid and
shall be destroyed; or
• Maintained upon request of
the applicant. The applicant is responsible for requesting that the file be
maintained.
9. Notification of eligibility for licensure shall be sent to
the licensee by the board.
645—141.3(155) Examination requirements. The
following criteria shall apply to the written examination:
1. In order to be eligible to take the written examination,
the supporting data and documentation required by the board are completed and on
file at the board office.
2. The supporting data and documentation must be received at
least 30 days prior to the date the applicant desires board eligibility
determination for the examination.
3. Notification shall be sent by the board office to the
examination service of an applicant’s eligibility for the
examination.
4. Each applicant who fails the national examination may apply
to the board for reexamination. The applicant shall not take the national
examination more than three times. If the applicant fails a third national
examination, education in areas established by the board must be obtained
before another examination will be allowed or a license is issued.
645—141.4(155) Educational qualifications. An
applicant for licensure as a nursing home administrator shall fulfill the
educational requirements of one of the following:
141.4(1) Applicants with degrees in health care
administration, health services administration, nursing home administration or
long–term care administration. An applicant for licensure to practice as
a nursing home administrator shall possess a baccalaureate or postbaccalaureate
degree in health care administration, health services administration, nursing
home administration or long–term care administration from a college or
university currently accredited by one of the following: a regional accrediting
agency, an organization affiliated with the National Commission on Accrediting
(Council of Post–secondary Accreditation), or the National Association of
Boards of Examiners of Long Term Care Administrators. The practicum
requirements are as follows:
a. The applicant shall complete 12 semester hours of
long–term health care practicum (720 clock hours). There are nine areas
of practicum requiring 80 clock hours each: social services; dietary; legal
aspects and government organizations; nursing; environmental services;
activities/community resources; business administration; administrative
organization; and human resource management; or
b. The designated faculty of the academic program may verify
completion of the required clock hours of practicum in writing to the board if
the practicum is not a 12–semester–hour practicum; or
c. The school may waive up to 320 clock hours of practicum
based on prior academic coursework or experience. The designated faculty shall
provide written verification of completion of a minimum of 400 clock hours of
practicum and that each of the nine required areas of practicum has been
satisfied; or
d. Substitution of one year of long–term health care
administration experience supervised by a licensed administrator may be allowed
at the discretion of the board. Attestation of the supervised experience shall
be supplied in writing by the supervising licensed administrator. The
attestation shall verify the equivalent of the required 80 clock hours in each
of the nine required areas of practicum; or
141.4(2) Applicants with degrees in other disciplines.
An applicant shall possess a baccalaureate degree in any other
discipline from a college or university currently accredited by a regional
accrediting agency or organization affiliated with the National Commission on
Accrediting (Council of Post–secondary Accreditation). The
applicant’s coursework shall show satisfactory completion of the
following:
a. Ten semester hours of business management, accounting or
business law or any combination thereof;
b. Six semester hours of gerontology or aging–related
coursework in disciplines including but not limited to the sciences and
humanities;
c. Twelve semester hours in health care administration
including but not limited to the areas of organizational management, regulatory
management, human resources management, resident care management, environmental
services management, and financial management; and
d. Practicum. The applicant shall complete a practicum as
follows:
(1) The applicant shall complete 12 semester hours of
long–term health care practicum (720 clock hours). There are nine areas
of practicum requiring 80 clock hours each: social services; dietary; legal
aspects and government organizations; nursing; environmental services;
activities/community resources; business administration; administrative
organization; and human resource management; or
(2) The designated faculty of the academic program may verify
completion of the required clock hours of practicum in writing to the board if
the practicum is not a 12–semester–hour practicum; or
(3) The school may waive up to 320 clock hours of practicum
based on prior academic coursework or experience. The designated faculty shall
provide written verification of completion of a minimum of 400 clock hours of
practicum and that each of the nine required areas of practicum has been
satisfied; or
(4) Substitution of one year of long–term health care
administration experience supervised by a licensed administrator may be allowed
at the discretion of the board. Attestation of the supervised experience shall
be supplied in writing by the supervising licensed administrator. The
attestation shall verify the equivalent of the required 80 clock hours in each
of the nine required areas of practicum.
141.4(3) Foreign–trained applicants.
Foreign–trained nursing home administrators shall:
a. Provide an equivalency evaluation of their educational
credentials by International Educational Research Foundations, Inc., Credentials
Evaluation Service, P.O. Box 3665, Culver City, California 90231–3665,
telephone (310) 258–9451, Web site www.ierf.org, or E–mail at
info@ ierf.org. The professional curriculum must be equivalent to that
stated in these rules. A candidate shall bear the expense of the curriculum
evaluation.
b. Provide a notarized copy of the certificate or diploma
awarded to the applicant from a nursing home administration program in the
country in which the applicant was educated.
c. Receive a final determination from the board regarding the
application for licensure.
645—141.5(155) Practicum experience.
141.5(1) The practicum experience shall be performed
under the supervision of a preceptor (licensed administrator) in a licensed
nursing home in accordance with the following:
a. The facility must have a licensed capacity of no fewer than
25 beds.
b. The facility cannot be owned or operated by a parent,
spouse or sibling of the student.
c. The student may not be a provisional administrator of any
facility during the time of the practicum.
d. The practicum student may be compensated while completing
the practicum experience.
e. The preceptor (licensed administrator):
(1) Shall hold a current license in good standing as a nursing
home administrator;
(2) Shall have at least two years’ experience as a
licensed nursing home administrator;
(3) Shall be present in the facility during at least 75
percent of the student’s practicum; and
(4) Cannot be related to the student as a parent, spouse or
sibling.
141.5(2) The board may grant waivers of the total
practicum requirement based on previous life experience. Substitution of no
less than one year of long–term health care administration experience may
be allowed at the discretion of the board. Applications for waiver of the
practicum may be obtained from the board office and shall be accompanied by
supporting documentation, verified by both the applicant and the
applicant’s employer.
645—141.6(155) Provisional administrator. Under
certain limited circumstances, and only upon the filing of an application
requesting approval, a provisional administrator may be appointed to serve as
the administrator of a nursing home. A provisional administrator is considered
a temporary appointment, and the person appointed may serve as an administrator
for a period of time not to exceed six months. The six–month appointment
runs from the date approved by the board, and the months in service do not need
to be consecutive. The person serving as a provisional administrator shall not
be permitted to serve in that capacity for more than a total of six months in an
entire career.
141.6(1) The limited circumstances under which the
request for a provisional appointment shall be granted include the inability of
the licensed administrator to perform the administrator’s duties, the
death of the licensed administrator or circumstances which prevent the immediate
transfer of the licensed administrator’s duties to another licensed
administrator.
141.6(2) Applications for a provisional appointment
shall be in writing on a form prescribed by the board. Applicants shall meet
the following minimum qualifications:
a. Be at least 18 years of age.
b. Be employed on a full–time basis of no less than 32
hours per week to perform the duties of the nursing home
administrator.
c. Be knowledgeable of the nursing home administrator’s
domains of practice including resident care management, human resources
management, financial management, environmental management, regulatory
management and organizational management.
d. Be without a history of unprofessional conduct or denial of
or disciplinary action against a license to practice nursing home administration
or any other profession by any lawful licensing authority for reasons outlined
in 645— Chapter 144.
141.6(3) The board expressly reserves the right to
withdraw approval of a provisional appointment. Withdrawal of approval shall be
based on information or circumstances warranting such action. The provisional
administrator shall be notified in writing by certified mail.
645—141.7(155) Licensure by endorsement. An
applicant who has been a licensed nursing home administrator under the laws of
another jurisdiction shall file an application for licensure by endorsement with
the board office. The board may receive by endorsement any applicant from the
District of Columbia or another state, territory, province or foreign country
who:
1. Submits to the board a completed application;
2. Pays the licensure fee;
3. Provides official copies of the academic transcripts sent
directly from the school to the board office;
4. Shows evidence of licensure requirements similar to those
required in Iowa;
5. Provides verifications of licenses from all other states
that have been sent directly from those states to the board office;
and
6. Provides one of the following:
• The official NAB
examination score sent directly from NAB to the board or from the state in which
the applicant was first licensed; or
• Evidence of certification
as a nursing home administrator (CNHA) in good standing with the American
College of Health Care Administrators.
645—141.8(155) Licensure by reciprocal
agreement. The board may enter into a reciprocal agreement with the
District of Columbia or any state, territory, province or foreign country with
equal or similar requirements for licensure of nursing home administrator
applicants.
645—141.9(155) License renewal.
141.9(1) The biennial license renewal period for a
license to practice nursing home administration shall begin on January 1 of each
even–numbered year and end on December 31 of the next odd–numbered
year. All licensees shall renew on a biennial basis.
141.9(2) A renewal of license application and
continuing education report form to practice as a nursing home administrator
licensee shall be mailed to the licensee at least 60 days prior to the
expiration of the license. Failure to receive the renewal application shall not
relieve the license holder of the obligation to pay the biennial renewal fee(s)
on or before the renewal date.
a. The licensee shall submit the completed application and
continuing education report form with the renewal fee(s) to the board office
before the license expiration date.
b. Individuals who were issued their initial licenses within
six months of the license renewal date will not be required to renew their
licenses until the next renewal two years later.
c. Those persons licensed for the first time shall not be
required to complete continuing education as a prerequisite for the first
renewal of their licenses.
d. Persons licensed to practice as nursing home administrators
shall keep their renewal licenses displayed in a conspicuous public place at the
primary site of practice.
141.9(3) Late renewal. If the renewal fee(s),
continuing education report and renewal application are received within 30 days
after the license expiration date, the late fee for failure to renew before
expiration shall be charged.
141.9(4) When all requirements for license renewal are
met, the licensee shall be sent a license renewal card by regular
mail.
645—141.10(272C) Exemptions for inactive
practitioners.
141.10(1) A licensee who is not engaged in practice in
the state of Iowa may be granted a waiver of compliance and obtain a certificate
of exemption upon written application to the board. The application shall
contain a statement that the applicant will not engage in practice in the state
of Iowa without first complying with all regulations governing reinstatement
after exemption. The application for a certificate of exemption shall be
submitted upon the form provided by the board. A licensee must hold a current
license in order to apply for exempt status. The licensee shall apply for
inactive status before the license expiration date.
141.10(2) Reinstatement of exempted, inactive
practitioners. Inactive practitioners who have requested and been granted a
waiver of compliance with the renewal requirements and who have obtained a
certificate of exemption shall, prior to engaging in the practice of the
profession in Iowa, satisfy the requirements for reinstatement as outlined in
645—143.10(272C).
141.10(3) Verifications of license(s) are required
from any state in which the licensee has practiced since the Iowa license became
inactive.
141.10(4) Inactive licensees may be required to meet
with the board and, if the board finds reasonable doubt that the licensee
displays knowledge of the domains of practice, the board may require the
applicant to successfully complete any or all of the minimum qualifications,
which may include additional education or training for licensure prior to
license reinstatement.
141.10(5) Licensees shall renew at the next scheduled
renewal. Licensees whose licenses were reinstated within six months prior to
the renewal shall not be required to renew their licenses until the renewal date
two years later.
141.10(6) A new licensee who is on inactive status
during the initial license renewal time period and who reinstates the license
before the first license expiration date will not be required to complete
continuing education for that first license renewal time period only. Forty
hours of continuing education will be required for every renewal
thereafter.
141.10(7) Reinstatement of inactive license after
exemption. The following chart illustrates the requirements for reinstatement
of an inactive license after exemption.
An applicant shall satisfy the following
requirements:
|
Submit written application for reinstatement to the
board
|
Required
|
Pay the renewal fee
|
$50
|
Pay the reinstatement fee
|
$50
|
Furnish evidence of full–time practice in another state
of the U.S. or the District of Columbia and complete continuing
education
OR
|
Current valid license and at least 40 hours of continuing
education
|
Furnish evidence of completion of hours of approved continuing
education. The continuing education hours must be completed within the two most
recent bienniums prior to the date of application for reinstatement.
|
40 hours
|
Total fees and continuing education hours required for
reinstatement:
|
$100 and 40 hours
|
645—141.11(272C) Lapsed licenses.
141.11(1) If the renewal fee(s) and continuing
education report are received more than 30 days after the license expiration
date, the license is lapsed. An application for reinstatement must be filed
with the board accompanied by the reinstatement fee, the renewal fee(s) for each
biennium the license is lapsed and the late fee for failure to renew before
expiration. The licensee may be subject to an audit of the licensee’s
continuing education report.
141.11(2) Licensees who have not fulfilled the
requirements for license renewal or for an exemption in the required time frame
will have a lapsed license and shall not engage in the practice of nursing home
administration. Practicing without a license may be cause for disciplinary
action.
141.11(3) In order to reinstate lapsed licenses,
licensees shall comply with all requirements for reinstatement as outlined in
645—143.6(272C).
141.11(4) After the reinstatement of a lapsed license,
the licensee shall renew at the next scheduled renewal cycle and complete
continuing education required for the biennium.
141.11(5) Verifications of license(s) are required
from any state in which the licensee has practiced since the Iowa license
lapsed.
141.11(6) Reinstatement of a lapsed license. The
following chart illustrates the requirements for reinstatement based on the
length of time a license has lapsed.
An applicant shall satisfy the following
requirements:
|
30 days after expiration date up to 1 renewal
|
2 renewals
|
3 renewals
|
4 renewals
|
Submit written application for reinstatement to the
board
|
Required
|
Required
|
Required
|
Required
|
Pay the renewal fee(s)
|
$50
|
$100
|
$150
|
$200
|
Pay the late fee
|
$50
|
$50
|
$50
|
$50
|
Pay the reinstatement fee
|
$50
|
$50
|
$50
|
$50
|
Furnish evidence of satisfactory completion of continuing
education requirements. The continuing education hours must be completed within
the two most recent bienniums prior to the date of application for
reinstatement.
|
40 hours
|
40 hours
|
40 hours
|
40 hours
|
Total fees and continuing education hours required for
reinstatement:
|
$150 and 40 hours
|
$200 and 40 hours
|
$250 and 40 hours
|
$300 and 40 hours
|
645—141.12(272C) License denial.
141.12(1) An applicant who has been denied licensure
by the board may appeal the denial and request a hearing on the issues related
to the licensure denial by serving a notice of appeal and request for hearing
upon the board not more than 30 days following the date of mailing of the
notification of licensure denial to the applicant. The request for hearing as
outlined in these rules shall specifically describe the facts to be contested
and determined at the hearing.
141.12(2) If an applicant who has been denied
licensure by the board appeals the licensure denial and requests a hearing
pursuant to this rule, the hearing and subsequent procedures shall be held
pursuant to the process outlined in Iowa Code chapters 17A and 272C.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A,
147, 155, and 272C.
ITEM 2. Rescind and reserve
645—Chapter 142.
ITEM 3. Amend rule
645—143.6(272C), numbered paragraphs “3” and
“5,” as follows:
3. Pays all the penalty fees
late fee which have been assessed by the board for
failure to renew;
5. Provides evidence of satisfactory completion of continuing
education requirements during the period since the license
lapsed completed within the two most recent bienniums prior to the
date of application for reinstatement. The total number of continuing
education hours required for license reinstatement is 40.
ITEM 4. Amend paragraph
143.10(4)“b” as follows:
b. Completion of 40 hours of approved continuing education.
The continuing education hours shall be completed within the two most recent
bienniums prior to the date of application for reinstatement.
ITEM 5. Adopt new
645—Chapter 144 as follows:
CHAPTER 144
DISCIPLINE FOR
NURSING HOME
ADMINISTRATORS
645—144.1(147,155,272C) Grounds for discipline.
The board may impose any of the disciplinary sanctions set forth in rule
645—13.1(272C), including civil penalties in an amount not to exceed
$1,000, when the board determines that a licensee is guilty of any of the
following acts or offenses:
144.1(1) Obtaining or attempting to obtain a license
by fraud or deceit;
144.1(2) Professional incompetence;
144.1(3) Knowingly making misleading, deceptive,
untrue or fraudulent representations in the practice of nursing home
administration or engaging in unethical conduct or practice harmful or
detrimental to the public. Proof of actual injury need not be
established;
144.1(4) Habitual intoxication or addiction to the use
of drugs;
144.1(5) Conviction of a felony that is substantially
related to the qualifications, functions or duties of a nursing home
administrator and is evidence of unfitness to perform as a nursing home
administrator in a manner consistent with protecting the public health, safety
and welfare, in the courts of this state or any other state, territory, country
or of the United States. As used in this paragraph, “conviction of a
felony” shall include a conviction of an offense which if committed in
this state would be deemed a felony under either state or federal law, without
regard to its designation elsewhere. A copy of the record of conviction or plea
of guilty shall be conclusive as evidence;
144.1(6) Revocation, suspension or annulment of a
license to practice nursing home administration or another profession by any
lawful licensing authority; or other disciplinary action taken against the
license by any lawful licensing authority; or denial of a license or refusal of
the renewal of a license by any lawful licensing authority pursuant to
disciplinary proceedings;
144.1(7) Willful or repeated violations of any
statute, rule or regulation pertaining to a nursing home;
144.1(8) Knowingly aiding, assisting, procuring, or
advising any person to practice nursing home administration contrary to this
chapter or to the rules and regulations of the board; or knowingly performing
any act which in any way aids, assists, procures, advises, or encourages any
unlicensed person or entity to practice nursing home administration;
144.1(9) Failure to report to the board every adverse
judgment in a professional or occupational malpractice action to which the
licensee is a party and every settlement of a claim against the licensee
alleging malpractice;
144.1(10) Use of untrue or improbable statements in
advertisements;
144.1(11) Failure to report to the board in writing a
change of name or address within 60 days after the change occurs;
144.1(12) Any falsification or
misrepresentation contained in any report or document attesting to the facts,
conditions and activities of the internship or work experience and submitted by
the applicant, administrator/preceptor or other participants may be grounds for
denial of license or for suspension or revocation of the nursing home
administrator license in addition to fines and any other penalties provided by
law.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 147,
155, and 272C.
ITEM 6. Adopt new
645—Chapter 145 as follows:
CHAPTER 145
FEES
645—145.1(147,155) License fees. All fees are
nonrefundable.
145.1(1) Licensure fee for license to practice nursing
home administration is $100.
145.1(2) Biennial license renewal fee for each license
for each biennium is $50.
145.1(3) Late fee for failure to renew before
expiration is $50.
145.1(4) Reinstatement fee for a lapsed license or an
inactive license is $50.
145.1(5) Duplicate license fee is $10.
145.1(6) Verification of license fee is $10.
145.1(7) Returned check fee is $15.
145.1(8) Disciplinary hearing fee is a maximum of
$75.
145.1(9) Provisional license fee is $100.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 147.80
and Iowa Code chapter 155.
[Filed 5/11/01, effective 7/4/01]
[Published 5/30/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/30/01.
ARC 0691B
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 139A.3, the
Department of Public Health hereby rescinds Chapter 1, “Notification and
Surveillance of Reportable Diseases,” Chapter 2, “Ophthalmia
Prophylactics,” and Chapter 3, “Clinical Laboratories,” and
adopts a new Chapter 1, “Notification and Surveillance of Reportable
Diseases,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The rules in Chapters 1, 2, and 3 describe diseases and
conditions that are reportable and approve the eye prophylactics used at birth.
These rules implement changes in Iowa Code chapter 139A which expand the
requirements for laboratory reporting and mandate due process language. These
rules combine rules from Chapters 1, 2, and 3 into a single chapter.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the April 4, 2001,
Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0595B. A public hearing was held on
April 24, 2001, from 10 to 11 a.m. in the ICN room of the Lucas State Office
Building, 321 East 12th Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. Four additional ICN
sites were available. Attendance was zero at all sites. No written comments
were received.
The noticed version of subrule 1.6(5) stated that laboratories
are required to report results obtained in the examination of all specimens
which yield evidence of or are reactive for a reportable disease or condition.
A revision of this is as follows: Laboratories are required to report cases of
reportable diseases and results obtained in the examination of all specimens
which yield evidence of or are reactive for sexually transmitted diseases. This
change complies with Iowa Code chapter 139A.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
135.100 to 135.103, 139.2(17), 139A.3, 139A.21, and 141.21 to 141.25.
These rules will become effective July 4, 2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [rescind Chs 1 to 3 and adopt a new Ch 1] is being omitted. With
the exception of the change noted above, these rules are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 0595B, IAB 4/4/01.
[Filed 5/10/01, effective 7/4/01]
[Published
5/30/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
5/30/01.]
ARC 0694B
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 136C.3, the
Department of Public Health hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 38, “General Provisions for Radiation Machines and Radioactive
Materials”; Chapter 39, “Registration of Radiation Machine
Facilities, Licensure of Radioactive Materials and Transportation of Radioactive
Materials”; Chapter 41, “Safety Requirements for the Use of
Radiation Machines and Certain Uses of Radioactive Materials”; Chapter 42,
“Minimum Certification Standards for Diagnostic Radiographers, Nuclear
Medicine Technologists, and Radiation Therapists”; and Chapter 45,
“Radiation Safety Requirements for Industrial Radiographic
Operations,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The following itemize the adopted changes.
Items 1, 3, 5, and 24 amend the rules to reflect current
federal regulations.
Item 2 rescinds a definition of “mammogram” which
is already defined in Chapter 41. It also adds to the definition of
“mammography” a cross reference that directs the reader to Chapter
41 for additional information.
Item 4, relating to a compatibility issue with the U.S.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission, places into the rule a policy regarding federal
facilities.
Item 6 changes a requirement for dental facilities. The
commitment for this change was made to the dental community because the
performance of the dental X–ray equipment does not change until after
about four years.
Item 7 allows an exemption for X–ray equipment that is
not manufactured with the audible signal and cannot be altered to include the
audible signal. This change allows the use of X–ray equipment
manufactured before the federal requirements for audible signal.
Item 8 allows the facility to alter the procedures if
alteration is preapproved by the agency.
Item 9 allows the use of specific radioactive material in
order to keep current with industry technology.
Items 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, and 19 correct cross
references.
Item 20 is amended to include wording that was omitted from
the original amendment.
Item 21 changes time requirements that were in the original
draft to match the final wording accepted by the regulating state
bodies.
Item 22 expands the definition of “mammography” to
exclude a procedure that is not used for diagnostic purposes.
Item 23 shortens the time requirement for testing because the
test is now scheduled upon demand instead of only three times a year.
Item 25 is changed to be consistent with the rule for
retention of records for accelerators.
Item 26 is changed to exempt testing only.
Item 27 adds registration requirements to include all
facilities producing radioactive material.
Item 28 adds training and testing requirements for operators
not previously included except by policy.
Item 29 is changed to be consistent with the X–ray and
sealed source rules.
Items 30 and 31 add a time frame not previously
included.
Item 32 changes time frames to be consistent with other
X–ray rules.
Items 33, 34, and 35 add wording to include all types of
accelerator facilities.
The State Board of Health adopted these amendments at the
Board’s regular meeting on May 9, 2001.
Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments was
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on April 4, 2001, as ARC
0596B. A public hearing was held on April 24, 2001, at 8:30 a.m. in the
Conference Room, Department of Public Health, 401 S.W. 7th Street, Suite D, Des
Moines, Iowa. There were no persons in attendance, and two sets of written
comments were received, reviewed, and considered. Since all comments indicated
agreement, no changes to the Notice of Intended Action were made.
These amendments will become effective July 4, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
136C.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [amendments to Chs 38, 39, 41, 42, 45] is being omitted. These
amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0596B,
IAB 4/4/01.
[Filed 5/10/01, effective 7/4/01]
[Published
5/30/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
5/30/01.]
ARC 0692B
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135.11, the
Department of Public Health hereby amends Chapter 73, “Special
Supplemental Nutrition Program for Women, Infants, and Children (WIC),”
Iowa Administrative Code.
The purpose of amending Chapter 73 is to bring Iowa rules into
compliance with recent changes to the federal guidelines for the Special
Supplemental Nutrition Program for Women, Infants, and Children related to
vendor management, and to modify Iowa rules that were more restrictive than
federal guidelines related to food selection and participant access to
services.
These amendments include modification of the Iowa
Administrative Code where it was more restrictive than the federal rules in the
following areas: participant income verification, timing of collection of blood
work data, claiming of WIC food instruments by a proxy, and food selection
criteria.
These amendments modify the definitions of vendor monitoring
to be consistent with recent changes in Title 7 of the Code of Federal
Regulations, and clearly define vendor selection criteria to exclude vendors
that do not providefull service to participants or are not currently used by
participants. The federal regulations now specify that 5 percentof authorized
vendors receive more intense and time–consuming compliance investigations.
It is prudent not to authorize unnecessary vendors.
Clarification is made in participant violations that are no
longer pertinent since the Iowa WIC program has moved to checks with only one
signature.
The Department provided an opportunity for its local
contractors, representatives of the grocery industry, and internal staff of the
Department of Public Health to review the revised chapter prior to submission of
the Notice of Intended Action.
Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments was
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on April 4, 2001, as ARC
0598B. A public hearing was held on April 26, 2001. No comments were
received and no changes have been made to the Noticed rules.
These rules are subject to waiver pursuant to the
Department’s variance and waiver provisions contained at 641—
Chapter 178.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
135.11. The effective date is July 4, 2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [amendments to Ch 73] is being omitted. These amendments are
identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0598B, IAB
4/4/01.
[Filed 5/10/01, effective 7/4/01]
[Published
5/30/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
5/30/01.]
ARC 0693B
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135.11, the
Department of Public Health hereby rescinds Chapter 178, “Variances and
Waivers of Public Health Administrative Rules,” Iowa Administrative Code,
and adopts new Chapter 178 with the same title.
The new chapter is intended to implement Executive Order
Number 11 executed and signed by the Governor on September 14, 1999. The
Executive Order directs state rule–making authorities to adopt uniform
rules regarding waivers from administrative rules. This chapter is in response
to that order. The chapter is also intended to implement Iowa Code section
17A.9A, which establishes additional terms and conditions concerning the
issuance of waivers.
Notice of Intended Action regarding these rules was published
in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on February 21, 2001, as ARC 0508B.
A public hearing was held on March 13, 2001, from 11 a.m. to 12 noon in the
ICN Conference Room, 321 E. 12th Street, Sixth Floor, Des Moines, Iowa.
Additional ICN sites were also scheduled for the hearing. There were no persons
in attendance at the hearing, and no comments were received.
These rules are identical to those published under Notice of
Intended Action.
These rules will become effective July 4, 2001.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 17A.9A
and chapter 135.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 178] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 0508B, IAB 2/21/01.
[Filed 5/10/01, effective 7/4/01]
[Published
5/30/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
5/30/01.]
ARC 0701B
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 421B.11,
452A.59, and 453A.25, the Department of Revenue and Finance hereby adopts
amendments to Chapter 68, “Motor Fuel and Undyed Special Fuel,”
Chapter 82, “Cigarette Tax,” Chapter 83, “Tobacco Tax,”
and Chapter 84, “Unfair Cigarette Sales,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in IAB Volume XXIII,
Number 17, page 1322, on February 21, 2001, as ARC 0512B.
Item 1 clarifies that, with certain exceptions, dyed fuel
which meets federal regulations and is added at a terminal is exempt from tax if
used for a nontaxable purpose.
Items 2, 3, and 6 provide an exemption from tax for motor
fuel, cigarettes, and tobacco products sold by Indians to Indians of their own
tribe on their own reservation. The motor fuel, cigarettes, and tobacco
products must be purchased by the Indian seller with the tax included in the
purchase price and the Indian purchaser or the tribe of which the Indian is a
member may obtain the exemption by filing a claim for refund of the tax
paid.
Item 4 changes a Code section reference to reflect renumbering
resulting from recent legislation.
Item 5 reflects more accurate terminology.
Item 7 amends the cigarette minimum price example to show
current prices and tax rates.
These amendments differ from those published under Notice of
Intended Action in order to permit the tribe of which the Indian purchaser is a
member to file a claim for refund in behalf of the Indian purchaser.
These amendments will become effective July 4, 2001, after
filing with the Administrative Rules Coordinator and publication in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
421B, 452A, and 453A.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
701—68.3(452A) by adopting the following new
unnumbered paragraph:
Indelible dye meeting United States Environmental Protection
Agency and Internal Revenue Service regulations must be added to fuel before or
upon withdrawal at a terminal or refinery rack for that fuel to be exempt from
tax and the dyed fuel can only be used for a nontaxable purpose listed in Iowa
Code section 452A.17, subsection 1, paragraph “a.” However, this
exemption does not apply to fuel used for idle time, power takeoffs, reefer
units, or pumping credits, or fuel used by contract carriers.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 701—68.8(452A)
by adopting the following new subrule:
68.8(18) Refund of tax—Indians. Sales by
Indians to other Indians of their own tribe on federally recognized Indian
reservations or settlements of which they are tribal members are exempt from the
tax. However, Indian sellers are subject to the record–keeping
requirements of Iowa Code chapter 452A. The fuel must be purchased by the
Indian seller with the tax included in the purchase price, unless the
seller’s status as a particular licensee authorizes the seller to purchase
fuel tax–free. The tax exemption is allowed to the Indian purchaser by
the purchaser’s filing a claim for refund of the tax paid or the tribe of
which the Indian purchaser is a member filing a claim for refund of the tax paid
by the tribe on fuel sold to the Indian purchaser.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule
82.4(5)“b” as follows:
b. Sales by or to Indians. Sales by Indians to other Indians
of their own tribe on federally recognized Indian reservations or settlements of
which they are tribe tribal members are exempt from the
tax (Bryan v. Itasca County, 426 U.S. 373, 376–77 (1976); Moe v.
Confederated Salish & Kootenai Tribes, 425 U.S. 463, 475–81
(1976)). The Indians Indian sellers are
subject to the permit record–keeping requirements
of Iowa Code chapter 453A. The cigarettes must be purchased by the Indian
seller with the tax included in the purchase price. The tax exemption is
allowed to the Indian purchaser by the purchaser’s filing a claim for
refund of the tax paid or to the tribe of which the Indian purchaser is a member
by the tribe’s filing a claim for refund of the tax paid by the tribe on
cigarettes sold to the Indian purchaser. Indians who have purchased
or obtained cigarettes from an Indian reservation source and come within the
taxing jurisdiction of the state are subject to the provisions of Iowa Code
sections 453A.6(2), 453A.36(1) and 453A.37.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 701—83.4(453A)
as follows:
701—83.4(453A) Tax on little cigars.
“Little cigars” as defined in Iowa Code section 453A.42(5) means any
roll for smoking made wholly or in part of tobacco not meeting the definition of
cigarette as contained in Iowa Code section 453A.1(2)(3)
which either weighs three pounds or less per thousand or weighs more than three
pounds per thousand (excluding packaging weight) and has a retail price of two
and one–half cents or less per little cigar. All of the provisions
applicable to cigarettes concerning the rate, imposition, method of payment and
affixing of stamps apply equally to little cigars. The tax on little cigars is
to be paid on the purchase of stamps by cigarette distributors or cigarette
manufacturers who hold valid permits. The reporting requirements contained in
section 453A.15 and rule 701—82.9(453A) shall pertain equally to the
distribution of little cigars, and whenever information as to cigarettes is
required to be reported, the same is required as to little cigars.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
453A.42(5) and 453A.43.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 701—83.10(453A)
as follows:
701—83.10(453A) Return Credits
and refunds of taxes. Credits for tobacco products destroyed, returned
to manufacturers or exported are provided in subrule 83.6(1). If the credits
exceed the average monthly tax liability of the distributor, based upon the
prior 12 tax periods, a refund may be issued.
The only other return of tax paid on tobacco products
is for a refund Credits and refunds to a consumer who paid the
tax pursuant to as per Iowa Code section
453A.43(2). This refund shall be made for the same reasons
and upon the same basis as credits and refunds to
distributors.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
453A.47.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 83.11(2) as
follows:
83.11(2) Sales by or to Indians. Sales by Indians to
other Indians of their own tribe on federally recognized Indian reservations or
settlements of which they are tribe tribal members are
exempt from the tax (Bryan v. Itasca County, 426 U.S. 373, 376–77
(1976); Moe v. Confederated Salish & Kootenai Tribes, 425 U.S. 463,
475–81 (1976)). The Indians Indian
sellers are subject to the license
record–keeping requirements of Iowa Code chapter 453A. The
tobacco products must be purchased by the Indian seller with the tax included in
the purchase price. The tax exemption is allowed to the Indian purchaser by the
purchaser’s filing a claim for refund of the tax paid or to the tribe of
which the Indian purchaser is a member by the tribe’s filing a claim for
refund of the tax paid by the tribe on tobacco products sold to the Indian
purchaser. Indians who have purchased or obtained tobacco products
from an Indian reservation source and come within the taxing jurisdiction of the
state are subject to the provisions of Iowa Code sections 453A.43(2) and
453A.50.
ITEM 7. Amend rule
701—84.2(421B) by striking the existing example and inserting in
lieu thereof the following new example:
- Manufacturer’s list price per 1000
cigarettes
|
- $115.70
|
- Invoice price to wholesaler
|
- $115.70
|
- Less 2% discount
|
- 2.31
|
- Plus
½ of the
tax
|
- 9.00
|
- Basic cost of cigarettes
|
- $122.39
|
- Plus 3% of basic cost
|
- 3.67
|
- Retailer’s basic cost
|
- $126.06
|
- Plus
½ of the
tax
|
- 9.00
|
- Minimum cost to wholesaler per 1000
cigarettes |
- $135.06
|
- Per carton
|
- $27.01
|
- Less
½ state
tax
|
- 1.80
|
- Retailer’s basic cost
|
- $25.21
|
- Plus 6% of basic cost
|
- 1.51
|
- Plus
½ of state
tax
|
- 1.80
|
- Minimum cost to retailer
|
- $28.52
|
- Per pack
2.86/pack
|
[Filed 5/11/01, effective 7/4/01]
[Published 5/30/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/30/01.
ARC 0690B
SOIL CONSERVATION
DIVISION[27]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.9A and
161A.4(1), the Division of Soil Conservation hereby adopts new Chapter 8,
“Waiver or Variance of Rules,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These rules are intended to comply with Executive Order Number
11 and with Iowa Code section 17A.9A, which provides for waivers or variances of
administrative rules. These rules are based on the Attorney General’s
uniform waiver rules.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on April 4, 2001, as ARC 0579B.
These rules are identical to those published under Notice of
Intended Action.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 161A
and 17A.
These rules will become effective on July 6, 2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 8] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 0579B, IAB 4/4/01.
[Filed 5/10/01, effective 7/6/01]
[Published 5/30/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
5/30/01.]
ARC 0716B
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGY
COMMISSION, IOWA[751]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 8D.3, 17A.3
and 17A.9A and Executive Order Number 11, the Iowa Telecommunications and
Technology Commission hereby adopts new Chapter 16, “Uniform Waiver and
Variance Rules,” and amends Chapter 17, “Miscellaneous,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on April 4, 2001, as ARC 0593B.
The purpose of these rules is to comply with Executive Order
Number 11, which requires state agencies to adopt a uniform waiver rule, and
Iowa Code section 17A.9A. Current rule 751—17.6(8D), which pertains to
waivers and modifications, is rescinded to prevent any inconsistency between the
rules, the statute and the Executive Order.
Item 1 describes the waiver procedure.
Item 2 rescinds a current rule that is inconsistent with the
waiver procedure described in new Chapter 16.
A public hearing was held on April 25, 2001. No members of
the public appeared. No public comments were received concerning these
amendments.
After further review of the rules as noticed, the Commission
made nonsubstantive changes in subrule 16.2(1) toclarify that the Commission
shall consider the legislativeintent of the statute as opposed to the rule.
Rule 16.7(17A,ExecOrd11) was reorganized to read more clearly. the rule now
reads as follows:
751—16.7(17A,ExecOrd11) Voiding or cancellation.
A waiver or variance issued by the commission pursuant to this chapter may
be withdrawn, canceled, modified, declared void or revoked if, after appropriate
notice and hearing, the commission issues an order finding any of the
following:
1. The petitioner or the person who was the subject of the
waiver or variance order withheld or misrepresented material facts relevant to
the propriety or desirability of granting the waiver or variance; or
2. The alternative means for ensuring that the public health,
safety and welfare will be adequately protected after issuance of the waiver
order have been demonstrated to be insufficient; or
3. The subject of the waiver order has failed to comply with
all conditions contained in the order; or
4. The waiver or variance is contrary to the public health,
safety and welfare in light of newly discovered evidence or changed
circumstances.
The Commission adopted these rules on May 10, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Executive Order
Number 11 and Iowa Code section 17A.9A.
These amendments will become effective July 4, 2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [Ch 16, 17.6] is being omitted. With the exception of the
changes noted above, these amendments are identical to those published under
Notice as ARC 0593B, IAB 4/4/01.
[Filed 5/11/01, effective 7/4/01]
[Published 5/30/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
5/30/01.]
ARC 0680B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10 and
307.12, the Department of Transportation, on May 8, 2001, adopted amendments to
Chapter 132, “Iowa Scenic Byway Program,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
Notice of Intended Action for these amendments was published
in the February 7, 2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
0424B.
The rules were originally adopted in 1998. One two–year
program cycle is complete. Members of the scenic byway advisory council made
suggestions to improve the rules based on their experience with the first
program cycle. The Department is amending the rules as a result of these
suggestions. The amendments:
• Add
a table setting out the sequence of events of a two–year program
cycle.
• Clarify
that the Department will provide necessary signs and accompanying posts and
hardware for newly designated scenic byways.
• Clarify
that the overall rating calculated for a potential route is a quality rating,
and that, in addition to an overall quality rating that is above
“average,” at least 50 percent of the length of the route must be
rated above “average.”
• Correct
the name of the Department’s contact office for scenic byways.
Waivers are not provided because the purpose of the amendments
is to clarify and improve the readability of the existing rules.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
306D.
These amendments will become effective July 4, 2001.
Rule–making actions:
ITEM 1. Amend subrules 132.1(2) and
132.1(3) as follows:
132.1(2) Overview. Under the Iowa scenic byway
program, proposed routes are identified via an application process. The
department inventories and evaluates the proposed routes. The advisory council
selects the routes to be designated. The department designates the
routes as scenic byways and provides identifying signs for the
designated routes.
132.1(3) Information and forms. Information,
instructions and application forms may be obtained from the
Corridor Development, Office of Project Planning
Design, Iowa Department of Transportation, 800 Lincoln Way, Ames, Iowa
50010.
ITEM 2. Amend subrules 132.5(1) and
132.5(2) as follows:
132.5(1) Program cycle. The scenic byway program
shall operate on a two–year cycle, with the following steps and
timetable:
Step
|
Timetable
|
Deadline for submission of applications
|
October 1 of even– numbered
years
|
Field inventories of proposed routes
|
April to October of odd–numbered years
|
Evaluation and rating of proposed routes
|
November to February fol–lowing field
inventories
|
Designation and signing of routes
|
March to August of even–numbered years
|
Subrules 132.5(2) to 132.5(7) further explain each step of
the program cycle.
132.5(2) Application. Application to designate
a route as a scenic byway shall be on a form provided by the department and
shall be submitted to the office of project planning
corridor development by the application deadline. The application must
be accompanied by a document indicating approval of the designation from the
city council of each city and the board of supervisors of each county through
which the proposed route passes.
132.5(2) Deadline for
submission. The deadline for submission of applications is October 1 every
other year. However, the first deadline is November 1, 1998. This is the
beginning of a program cycle. Applications shall be submitted to the office of
project planning.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 132.5(4),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
132.5(4) Field inventory. In the spring,
summer and fall following the application deadline, the The
department shall conduct a field inventory of proposed routes. The department
shall collect the following information for each proposed route:
ITEM 4. Amend subrules 132.5(5) to
132.5(7) as follows:
132.5(5) Rating and evaluation. In the fall
or winter of the second year of the program cycle, the Evaluation
and rating. The department shall compile and evaluate the
field inventory data for each proposed route,
develop calculate an overall quality rating for
each proposed route, and prepare a written evaluation of each proposed
route report documenting these findings. The
A potential quality rating for a particular route
ranges from “excellent” to “very poor.” The midpoint is
“average.”
132.5(6) Selection. The advisory council shall review
the ratings and evaluations and ratings and select the
routes to be designated based on this information and any other information the
council may have obtained regarding the routes. To be selected, a
route For a route to be designated, it must have
a an overall quality rating that is above
“average.” Also, at least 50 percent of the length of the route
must be rated above “average.”
132.5(7) Designation and signing. In the
spring or early summer of the second year of the program cycle, the department
shall designate the selected routes as scenic byways and provide scenic byway
signs. Signing. The department shall provide the necessary state
scenic byway signs and accompanying posts and hardware for the newly designated
scenic byways.
[Filed 5/8/01, effective 7/4/01]
[Published 5/30/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/30/01.
Previous Bulletin
Table of Contents
Next Bulletin
© 2001 Cornell College and
League of Women Voters of Iowa
Comments about this site or page?
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us.
Please remember that the person listed above does not vote on bills. Direct all comments concerning legislation to State Legislators.
Last update: Thu May 31 9:15:01 2001
URL: /Rules/2001/Bulletin/acb010530.html
sam